2. Fixed graphics containing customer instructions for user-friendly operation. a. Operating procedure progresses from left to right and top to bottom. b. Numbered corresponding instructions are pictorially illustrated. c. Customizable by Owner.
3. User Interface
a. Weatherproof keypad or and/or user buttons unaffected by temperature, sun, rain, ice, snow, freezing rain, etc.
b. Capable of operating in at least three different languages at the push of a button. Support for English, Spanish, and Mandarin Chinese at minimum is required.
E. Card Reader
1. Accept the following cards:
a. VISA
b. Master Card
c. American Express
d. Discover
e. Bank Debit Cards with Credit Card Logo
2. Credit Card Approval System:
a. PARCS vendor is to coordinate with the STJPPFA and credit card clearing company on provisioning of Merchant ID and Terminal IDs associated with
758
STJPPFA Tahoe Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
PAY-BY-PLATE MULTI-SPACE PARKING METER (MSM) 11 12 24.14 - 19 all payment methods and credit card terminals in the MSM machines and in the permit payment feature of the MSM’s Meter Management System (MMS). STJPPFA will be the Merchant of Record (MOR) for all such transactions.
b. Credit card readers wirelessly connected to a server dedicated to credit card approval and payment processing system.
c. Configure system such that information from each credit card transaction is wirelessly transmitted to a server in direct communication with authorizing clearinghouse via secure connection to provide on-line real time approvals for each transaction.
d. Contact chip card read and mag stripe reader, and contactless NFC reader capable of accepting at a minimum Apple Pay and Google Pay. e. Credit Card gateway to be part of PCI P2PE as listed on the PCI-SSC web site and VISA Level-1 Service Provider as listed on the VISA web site. f. Encryption is performed at the card reader and utilizes P2PE. g. Credit card authorization in real time.
h. Maximum average authorization time for credit card transactions: Ten (10) seconds.
i. Provide “store and forward” feature only when the communication network is down, or not available and credit card payments cannot be authorized in online mode. j. Confirm and provide record formats required by Owner’s financial institution. k. Identify all required additional services necessary for processing and the associated costs.
3. Provide the user the ability to confirm purchase prior to processing card.
F. Scanner
1. Provide a 2D scanner which can read QR and bar codes presented on paper or on a mobile device screen.
2. Such QR/bar codes may be used for proof of online pre-payment or for partial/full parking validations obtained in advance of arrival from authorized nearby retail and entertainment establishments.
G. Audio/Video Intercom
1. Provide an audio/video intercom system supporting two-way audio and two-way video communications from each MSM to an assistance call center.
2. It is preferred that the intercom system be integrated into the body of the MSM using a built-in “push for assistance” button, embedded camera, microphone, and speaker and displaying the assistance call center’s agent image on the screen of the MSM.
3. It is acceptable but not preferred that the intercom system can be mounted outboard of the MSM via an add-on video screen and audio system. 759
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
PAY-BY-PLATE MULTI-SPACE PARKING METER (MSM) 11 12 24.14 - 20
4. Intercom system is to support high quality audio and video, with adjustable volume levels on audio and adjustable contrast ratio and focus on video.
5. Contractor is to include the monthly cost of the call assistance center to support the intercom system in their price proposal.
H. Power Supply
1. Standard power input of 120 Volts AC.
2. Backup battery with battery life of at least 36 months and capable of maintaining pay station operation for a period of up to 8 hours without AC power.
3. Commercially available battery without voiding warranty.
4. Ability to replace battery in less than two minutes with no tools required.
5. Programmable low battery alerts.
6. Separate backup battery to sustain clock, calendar, audit information and RAM in the event of a system failure or during battery replacement.
I. Communication
1. Offeror must perform independent site evaluation to determine optimal communications mode(s).
2. It is the responsibility of the vendor to test and confirm reliable power and communication from all MSM locations.
3. Standard communications mode to be hard-wired TCP/IP-Ethernet over CAT6.
4. Optional cellular data connection at LTE speeds or higher.
J. Receipt Printer and Electronic Receipts
1. Capable of printing standard and variable length receipts and reports.
2. Receipt offered and issued upon completion of transaction, if selected by payee.
3. Option for payee to select printed or electronic receipt. For the latter, ability for payee to enter a phone number to which e-receipt will be texted.
4. Minimum information provided on receipt:
a. Amount of transaction.
b. Unique identification number for adding time, adjudication, and audit control. c. Plate number.
d. Time and date purchased.
e. Expiration time and date.
f. Meter number.
g. A QR/bar code which contains the essential transaction information (for potential later usage at validation stations).
5. Ability to replace receipt paper roll in less than one minute with no tools.
2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Factory Acceptance Test (FAT)
760
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
PAY-BY-PLATE MULTI-SPACE PARKING METER (MSM) 11 12 24.14 - 21
1. Due to the separation of the “furnish equipment and software” and “provide installation” portions of the scope for this project, it is required that adequate documentation of the proper functioning of the equipment in its complete, originally manufactured state be conducted by the Contractor prior to delivery of equipment to the project site. Such testing, known as a Factory Acceptance Test (FAT), is meant to ensure that all equipment is known and demonstrated to be working correctly via a documented FAT procedure and a certificate of completion of FAT is provided to the Owner and Installer prior to handoff of the equipment to the Installer.
2.All equipment is to have successfully passed formal manufacturing FATs and quality assurance inspections to validate compliance with these functional specifications prior to shipment to the project site.
3. Records for formal internal Contractor FAT and inspection for performance, materials quality and/or workmanship are to be produced by the Contractor and sent as formal project submittals to Owner and Installer for review prior to shipment of equipment to the project site. Equipment is not to be released for shipment until Owner and Installer have approved the FAT submittals.
4. Contractor is also to have readily available proof of product reliability analysis and testing should reliability become a problem at any time from the beginning of installation testing through the final operational test period.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION AND COORDINATION
A. Coordinate installation of MSM System with Installer in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Installation and Start-Up: Contractor is to coordinate installation of all Contractor supplied equipment and its interfacing and interconnection with Owner supplied equipment with Installer. Installer is to perform all physical equipment installation and associated electrical or civil work, with support from Contractor as needed.
C. Contractor is responsible for all software and communications by all computers and peripheral devices.
D. Owner or Owner’s Representative may observe installation process and stop the work at any time throughout the process.
E. Provide dust and noise protection in strict accordance with equipment manufacturer's recommendations.
F. All equipment components installed near drive aisles shall be protected from damage by vehicular movements by protective bollards.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide an Acceptance Testing Plan to demonstrate the functionality of the system. 761
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
PAY-BY-PLATE MULTI-SPACE PARKING METER (MSM) 11 12 24.14 - 22
1. Include demonstrations of compliance with all specifications, contractual compliance, definitions of all test objectives, participant responsibilities, documentation of tests and procedures for dealing with failures during test.
2. Detail tests for every functional requirement of the MSM system, including PbC integration.
a. Include checklist for specified supplies, spare parts, training operation and training manuals.
b. Provide space for acceptance by Contractor and Owner or Owner’s representative.
3. Confirm that all specified features are provided and fully operational before Acceptance Testing.
4. Notify Owner or Owner’s Representative in writing at least one week prior to each official test session. If a test is not successful, correct noted deficiencies and advise Owner or Owner’s Representative, at least two days in advance, that test session is ready to resume.
5. Owner or Owner’s Representative may witness tests.
B. Passing Acceptance testing, even if performed in the presence of the Owner or Owner’s Representative, does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to provide a system in accordance with the Specifications.
C. Promptly correct all problems encountered at no cost to the Owner.
D. Thirty (30) Day Operational Test and Final Acceptance
1. After go-live date, the Owner will conduct an operational test for thirty (30) days.
2. Performance Standards:
a. System is fully operational without downtime or programming problems for the complete monthly reporting cycle. For each down-time period of between one hour and eight hours, or programming problems that delay the report cycle, two days will be added to the test duration. b. All reports correlate 100% with credit card reconciliation.
3. Maintain detailed records and a logbook of all tests, events, and issues to be provided to the Owner upon completion of the tests.
3.3 INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING
A. Fully instruct the Owner’s designated personnel in the operation, adjustment, and maintenance of all MSM products, equipment, and systems.
B. Coordinate scheduling of on-site and in-person instructional classes with Owner’s designated personnel to avoid conflicts and peak-period personnel demands.
C. Submit a proposed instruction schedule prior to equipment installation. Owner will tentatively approve or suggest changes to the training schedule. 762
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
PAY-BY-PLATE MULTI-SPACE PARKING METER (MSM) 11 12 24.14 - 23 D. Ample time should be allotted within each session for the instructor to fully describe and demonstrate all aspects of the MSM system and allow Owner personnel to have handson experience with the MSMs.
E. All instruction courses will consist of classroom instruction and actual “hands-on” experience. Classes will be set up in a room designated by the Owner.
F. Provide experienced instructors that speak fluent English in a clear precise manner.
G. Provide all documentation required for instructing Owner personnel. The Owner retains the right to copy training materials as frequently as required for ongoing internal use only.
H. Provide an instructional notebook or user’s manual to accompany every instruction course. Submit a hard copy and electronic version of all manuals (operation and maintenance) written in common English with appropriate photos, diagrams, and schematics to supplement the text.
I. Training categories:
1. Maintenance.
2. Enforcement.
3. Finance/Administration
J. Provide hard copies and electronic operation and maintenance manuals for all components.
END OF SECTION
©Copyright 2024. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission from Walker Consultants. 763
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
CITATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 34 - 1
SECTION 11 12 34 - CITATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Division 111224.14 Pay-by-Plate Multi-Space Parking Meter (MSM) System B. Division 111248.10 Fixed License Plate Recognition (LPR) Enforcement System C. Price Proposal Form
D. Specification Compliance Form
1.2 REFERENCES
A. List of Abbreviations:
1. BOLO Be on the Lookout
2. CC Credit Card
3. CMS Citation Management System
4. LPR License Plate Recognition
5. MSM Multi-Space Meter
6. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturing Association
7. OCR Optical Character Recognition
8. ODBC Open Database Connectivity
9. ODT Operational Demonstration Test
10. PbC Pay-by-Cell
11. PDF Portable Document Format
12. PEO Parking Enforcement Officer
13. IP Ingress Protection
14. RMA Return Merchandise Authorization
15. SAT System Acceptance Test
1.3 SUMMARY
A. Work consists of a prime contractor (“Contractor”), along with additional subcontractors as needed, furnishing and installing on a turnkey basis a fully integrated on-line, realtime, parking Citation Management System (CMS) functioning in the manner described herein. Contractor is also to provide ongoing operational support and service of this system.
B. System will be used for the Bellamy Court Garage of STJPPFA (“Owner”) located at 1 Bellamy Court, South Lake Tahoe, CA and will replace the current enforcement system.
764
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
CITATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 34 - 2
C. References in this section to “Contractor” include the Prime Contractor and any Subcontractor performing work.
D. Identify using the provided Specification Compliance Form any clarifications, deficiencies, exceptions or errors in the Specifications or Contract Documents in response. Deviancies or discrepancies in the Specifications or Contract Documents do not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to provide a fully functional, reliable system as intended by the design. Clarifications and exceptions to the design must be clearly stated in the response and are subject to Owner approval.
1.4 SYSTEM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
A. Integrate with Owner’s MSM, PbC, and LPR systems (as specified in related documents) for enforcement, appeals, and financial reporting.
B. Provide a public payment portal for parking citations via a secure website that is linked from the City’s parking website.
C. Future System Expansion:
1. Readily expandable to accommodate additional Owner parking facilities, features and configurations.
2. Add booting payments, scheduling, reporting, adjudication.
1.5 PRICE REQUIREMENTS
A. Price includes the provision of all material, labor, equipment, and services necessary to furnish, install and support a fully integrated MSM system as outlined herein B. Constraints
1. Identify in writing any constraints or conflicts regarding system implementation.
2. Include cost, in writing, of rectifying such constraints or conflicts in response.
1.6 PROPOSAL SUBMITTALS
A. Price Form: Total system cost and unit cost of each component, as well as explanation of all recurring costs.
B. List manufacturer of each primary component of system.
C. Contractor Information
1. Provide the following information:
a. Name of company.
b. Brief company overview including a description of the company structure, and a statement on whether the company is a private or public entity 765
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
CITATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 34 - 3
c. Years in business.
d. Number of employees.
e. Annual sales volume.
f. Description of the Contractor’s presence in the United States and in California, including the location of the nearest service center for maintenance and repairs
g. Name and contact information (address, email and phone number) of Principals and/or Local Contacts.
2. Provide a list of any subcontractors, their business address, and a summary of their role in the project.
D. Contractor’s Qualifications: Provide documentation:
1. In continuous operations for previous five years.
2. Five client references:
a. Name of municipality.
b. Address.
c. Contact name, telephone number and email address.
d. Date of implementation.
e. Description of system and services.
f. # of citations annually.
E. Project Approach – Submit the following:
1. Executive summary including any unique features and functionalities that will enhance customer service and facilitate greater operational efficiencies.
2. Description of the Contractor’s approach for client customer service.
3. Detailed project plan and schedule based on the anticipated project milestones.
Detail the plan for design, implementation, phasing and migration from current system, training, and testing.
F. Product Data - Submit the following:
1. Software application and version(s).
2. Standard report samples including screenshots.
3. Contractor’s workstation requirements for Owner provided workstations.
G. Exceptions and Substitutions:
1. Exceptions: Provide an all-inclusive list of all exceptions taken to any part or parts of these specifications or the contract documents, including substitutions, using the provided Specification Compliance Form.
2. Substitutions: It is recognized that there are variations between vendors. Where functional performance features or quality of system varies materially from that specified, identify substitution being proposed. Include catalog sheets, brochures, and/or technical specifications of the proposed substitution.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
766
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
CITATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 34 - 4
2.1 CITATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
A. Administrative
1. Integrate with Owner’s MSM, PbC, and LPR systems for Fixed LPR data feeds, citation management, and financial reporting.
2. Hosted or cloud-based environment must have an off-site secure backup location.
If cloud-based, must comply with the same submittal and technical requirements as noted in Specification Division 111224.14 Sections 1.8.B.1.g, 2.1.B.10, and
2.1.C.6. Any cloud instances used must be hosted in US-based cloud centers. A fully cloud-based CMS application architecture with no on-site server required is strongly preferred by STJPPFA.
3. Log and track all user activity within the system and generate audit reports on user activity.
4. Owner will have complete ability to add to delete from or revise the passwords that are established by the network administrator. The password system to include the provision of logging the event and user’s name each time a password is used to gain access to or within the system.
5. Security functions provided by the system to include but is not limited to:
a. All changes/updates to the server system require prior authorization from Owner.
b. Where the change and/or update is authorized, an audit trail and report are created including the following:
1) Date/time of change.
2) Record of change made.
3) Username of individual making the change.
4) Record of data modified or changed (prior to change). 5) File identities and record count.
6. Ability to determine from Fixed LPR entry/exit records and from MSM payment data whether a vehicle:
a. Has left without paying the parking fee due.
b. Has overstayed their purchased parking time.
c. Is a monthly permit parker whose permit has expired. d. Is a scofflaw vehicle on a “disallowed” list for various reasons such as repeated non-payment of past parking fees.
e. Is on a law enforcement BOLO list.
7. Ability to send Owner-programmable real-time email or text alerts to PEOs and other Owner parking operations personnel for any of the cases listed in Section 6 immediately above, including an image of captured LPR and vehicle image.
8. Ability to query database by name, vehicle, license plate, citation number, appeal number, facility, or event.
9. Ability to show the license plate and vehicle image on query results.
10. DMV Interface for Registered Owner Information and Holds a. Contractor must have ability to retrieve registered owner data from the DMV of at least California, Oregon, and Nevada. Support for additional states is highly desirable but not mandatory.
767
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
CITATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 34 - 5
b. Review DMV “No Hit" list to confirm vehicle make and registered owner information.
11. Allow for automatic scheduling of tasks (e.g., updating customer information from data imports).
12. Allow for customizable screen views for different user’s job tasks.
13. Email management
a. Ability to schedule auto-generated emails.
b. Ability to monitor and audit outgoing email batches, bounce backs, etc. c. HTML and TEXT email capabilities, with unlimited characters within body of email.
d. Ability to incorporate graphics or images within email body. e. Ability to attach PDF to email, or another file type. f. Ability to send email directly from customer account page.
14. Letter and statement management
a. Custom letters and statements that can be mailed emailed or uploaded to customers.
b. Citation and hearing letters with responsible customer, fee, citation and hearing information.
c. Auto-generate/pre-schedule outstanding citation letters and transfers to California DMV.
d. Auto-generate letters based on pre-programmed rules (i.e., number of days for outstanding citation, number of citations, amount owed, etc.). e. Ability to suppress generation of specific letters or citations at the discretion of Owner’s parking enforcement personnel.
15. Owner’s preferred approach to issuance of formal, DMV-aware citations is an API-based integration with Owner’s current DataTicket system. If this is not possible with the Contractor’s offering, explain the alternative(s) you propose which meet all Specifications in this section.
16. Ability to create and issue citations via handheld device.
17. Ability to create unique citation types with violation description.
18. Ability to set and adjust citation violation fines.
19. Ability to create custom fields on citation, including dropdown menu for public comments, private comments, etc.
20. Ability to attach a license plate and vehicle image to the citation.
21. Citation images must be available for the customer to view when logged into their account.
22. Issued citations automatically stored in sortable, searchable database.
23. Ability to transfer unpaid citations to a third party (i.e., collections agency).
24. Ability for customers to appeal citations online or via email:
a. Ability to attach up to three supporting documents (jpeg, pdf, etc.). b. Throughout the adjudication process the citation can be upheld, fine reduced, overturned, or reduced to a warning.
25. Ability to save, edit, download and schedule queries
26. Reports:
768
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
CITATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 34 - 6
a. Available online and on demand for Owner personnel who have proper password access.
b. Viewable, printable, and exportable from the GUI.
c. Ability to pre-program reports to run, print, and be emailed to desired recipients.
d. Data compiled in an ODBC compliant database with the ability to prepare custom reports using the PARCS data including Microsoft Excel, at a minimum, via a comma-separated-value file format.
e. Sortable by all fields.
f. Provide the Contractor’s standard reports including report descriptions, selectable data fields, and report layouts for all standard reports. g. Coordinate with the Owner as required during the system design to address specific reporting needs of the Owner. At a minimum, reports provided shall include:
1) Citations by date, time, location, issuer, violation type, license plate, 2) Paid and unpaid citations.
3) Citation status.
4) Cash drawer activity.
5) Transaction reports by cashier.
6) Cashier reconciliation reports.
7) Credit card transactions.
8) Accounts receivable.
h. Transition existing custom reports to new system as defined by Owner requirements. Owner and Contractor to coordinate report design and finalize custom reports prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
27. Customer Accounts:
a. Unique account number per customer.
b. Unlimited number of user-defined fields.
c. Ability for customer to prioritize data (multiple addresses, vehicles, phone numbers, etc.).
d. Ability to flag customer accounts or fields (VIP, no checks, contact supervisor, etc.).
e. Ability to archive inactive customers.
f. Ability to merge customer accounts when duplications occur. g. Ability to create group accounts.
h. Ability to identify and monitor scofflaw or BOLO accounts.
28. Credit Card Processing:
a. All applications and software that provide the ability to process Card Not Present transactions as defined by the PCI Council must be listed on the Visa Level-1 Service Provider Registry.
b. Real-time payment processing.
c. Ability to identify all CC payments by type of CC.
d. Accept the following cards:
769
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
CITATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 34 - 7
1) Visa
2) MasterCard
3) American Express
4) Discover
5) Bank-Issued Debit Cards with any of the above card brand affiliations, accepted as a credit card.
6) Ability to create and print receipts.
B. Support:
1. Support tickets can be submitted by phone, email, or web portal.
2. Same-day response required on weekdays if submitted by 3:00 pm EST.
3. Next-weekday response no later than 10:00 am EST if submitted after 3:00 pm EST or on weekend/holiday.
2.2 ENFORCEMENT HANDHELD TICKET WRITING DEVICES
A. Owner’s preferred approach to handheld ticket writing devices is to use Owner’s current DataTicket handhelds. If this is not possible with the Contractor’s offering, explain the alternative(s) you propose which meet the following specifications.
B. Electronic ticket writing devices.
C. Digital photographs for proof of violation, reduced adjudication and improved compliance.
D. Application shall provide for easy back up and restoration of data based on user-defined parameters.
E. Citation design and language to be approved by STJPPFA.
1. Ticket numbers print in an OCR-A readable and landscape format.
2. Accommodate preprinted and free form printing.
F. Minimal Fields:
1. Unique ticket number (automatic entry)
2. Issue date (automatic entry)
3. Issue time (automatic entry)
4. Vehicle information:
a. Registration number and/or VIN#
b. Vehicle Make
c. Vehicle Color
d. Vehicle Type
e. Plate number
f. City
g. State
h. Location
i. Zone
770
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
CITATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 34 - 8
j. Time Limit
k. Parking meter number
l. Route
m. Issuing PEO Name
n. Issuing PEO Badge Number
o. Violation Identification Code
p. Fine Amount
q. PEO Notes
r. Public and private comments
G. Clearly readable screen in direct sunlight and after exposure to direct sunlight.
H. Display and/or display keys must have adjustable lighting to facilitate use after dark or whenever low lighting conditions exist.
I. Provide date and time stamps for all operational functions.
J. Internal clock synchronizes on a daily basis with the host software.
K. Daylight savings / standard time changes shall be automatically reflected.
L. Provide group mode function for automated repetition of data for multiple violations in the same location or for the same violation – to hasten the issuance process.
M. Accommodate incident and trouble reporting in the field, such as broken parking meters, missing signs, etc.
N. Provide printable End of Shift summary.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 IMPLEMENTATION, PHASING AND MIGRATION PLAN
A. Sixty days prior to go-live date, meet with Owner to review implementation, phasing, and migration plan.
B. Provide close coordination with implementation schedules of all related systems that are part of this project (MSM, PbC, Fixed LPR).
C. Provide a “soft launch” period of one month in duration during which both the old and new CMS are in place.
3.2 TRAINING
A. Develop and implement a comprehensive training program for authorized personnel.
B. Design the curriculum so that each group is trained in the full repertoire of system commands that they may have to use in course of performing designated functions. 771
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
CITATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 34 - 9
C. Schedule training no more than two weeks prior to use of equipment.
D. Include lectures, visual presentations, hands-on operation of equipment and any materials necessary to perform job. Provide each trainee with a complete set of training materials and operating manuals during training session, to be kept for use on job at completion of training.
3.3 TESTING
A. Provide a formal submittal for Owner review and approval of Owner-specific System Acceptance Testing (SAT) and Operational Demonstration Testing (ODT) plans at least 60 days prior to the commencement of the SAT.
B. SAT plan is to test all system functions, features and reports using actual data from the Bellamy Court garage. This test occurs before the system is put into operational usage.
C. Based on any deviations or untested items noted in the SAT results, Owner will decide at their sole discretion if the SAT is considered passed, passed with deviations, or failed.
D. If SAT has failed, Contractor will correct all failures and repeat the SAT within no more than two (2) weeks after the failed SAT.
E. If SAT has passed with deviations, Contractor will develop and manage to Owneracceptable resolution a punchlist of all deviations. Resolution of all punchlist items is required before proceeding to ODT.
F. Upon successful completion of SAT and resolution of all punchlist items, the system will be considered conditionally accepted and ODT will commence. The ODT plan is intended to test the system once it is in an initial production state, to verify that functions, features and reports using actual data from the Bellamy Court garage are correctly and reliably operating as a full, complete system.
G. The duration of the ODT period is to be thirty (30) days of continuous operation free from any complete system failures or significant individual feature or function errors. The categorization of an error as “significant” is at the discretion of the Owner. If a complete system failure or a significant error occurs, the 30-day ODT period will restart from the beginning once the system failure or significant error is corrected.
H. Upon successful completion of ODT, the system will be considered to have achieved final acceptance.
END OF SECTION 11 12 34
©Copyright 2024. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission from Walker Consultants. 772
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 1
SECTION 111240.20 – LEVEL-COUNT AUTOMATED PARKING GUIDANCE SYSTEM (APGS) PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. APGS Design Drawings (“Drawings”) – see Q-001, Q-101, Q-403, Q-501, and Q-502.
B. Price Proposal Form
C. Specification Compliance Form
D. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction apply to this Section.
E. Codes and Regulations: Comply with State and Local codes as applicable.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. List of abbreviations:
1. ANSI American National Standards Institute
2. APGS Automated Parking Guidance System
3. API Application Programming Interface
4. BI Business Intelligence
5. DAT Device Acceptance Test
6. DMS Digital Messaging Sign
7. GUI Graphical User Interface
8. IP Intrusion Protection
9. ISO International Organization for Standardization
10. IDF Intermediate Distribution Frame
11. LED Light Emitting Diode
12. LPR License Plate Recognition
13. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
14. NEC National Electric Code
15. NTP Notice to Proceed
16. ODBC Open Database Connectivity
17. ODT Operational Demonstration Test
18. PARCS Parking Access and Revenue Control System
19. POLP Principle of Least Privilege
20. QA/QC Quality Assurance/Quality Control
21. SaaS Software as a Service
22. SDD System Design Documents
23. SDR System Design Review
24. TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
25. UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
26. UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply
773
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 2
1.3 SUMMARY
A. This section includes provision of all material, labor, equipment, documentation, services, and training necessary to furnish, coordinate installation with a separate Installation Contractor (“Installer”), support, and maintain a new, on-line, real-time LevelCount Automated Parking Guidance System (APGS) functioning in the manner described herein for the parking facility described as the Bellamy Court Garage, located at 1 Bellamy Court, South Lake Tahoe, CA.
B. System to be provided for STJPPFA, hereafter referred to as “Owner”, in South Lake Tahoe, CA for an existing, cast in place, post-tensioned, 4-level, above ground parking structure. This structure features two 2-lane entry/exit plazas on the Ground Level and a two-way, parked ramp between each level. The top deck is uncovered and currently has no solar canopy. The system is to provide a level count APGS for this structure and is to drive external Digital Messaging Signs (DMS), as described further below and as shown in Drawings. The level count is to be provided for two zones only – Level 1 and the combined total of Levels 2-4.
C. Work consists of a prime contractor (“Contractor”), along with additional subcontractors as needed, providing:
1. Provide any necessary information and support to Installer to enable them to prepare the site as needed for new APGS installation, as defined in Drawings.
2. Furnish all required equipment and software for the new APGS system, and coordinate equipment installation with a separate Installation Contractor (“Installer”) including providing all information, documentation and support required for Installer to complete the APGS installation work.
3. Install all APGS device/server Software as required, and provision, activate, configure, integrate, test, and turnover for production the entire APGS system.
4. Provide ongoing operational support and service of the new system, including both hardware repair and software support.
D. References in this section to “Contractor” include the Prime Contractor and any Subcontractor performing Work related to the APGS.
E. Identify any clarifications, deficiencies, exceptions or errors in the Specifications or Contract Documents in Contractor proposal. Deficiencies or discrepancies in the Specifications or Contract Documents do not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to provide a fully functional, reliable APGS as intended by the design. Clarifications and exceptions to the design taken by the Contractor must be clearly stated in the proposal and are subject to Owner approval.
F. System Design Characteristics
1. Monitor and communicate parking availability as described herein.
2. Utilize overhead sensors for monitoring occupancy and space availability of the parking levels. Allowable overhead sensor types include camera-based, ultrasonic, and LIDAR only.
3. Embedded magnetic loop sensors are not acceptable and may only be allowed in exceptional circumstances where no other type of overhead sensor can be utilized, with Owner’s prior approval.
774
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 3
4. Furnish, and coordinate with separate Installer the installation of, a real-time parking availability digital sign showing “OPEN”, “FULL”, “CLOSED” (or “CLSD”) or the number of available spaces in the facility as a whole, via a monument DMS designated “DS-1” located near the corner of Heavenly Village Way and Bellamy Court, as shown on Drawings, with communications to this sign via wireless cellular data or hard-wired serial data link.
5. Furnish, and coordinate with separate Installer the installation of, a DMS designated “DS-2” and provide an Owner-controllable feature in the APGS for activating or deactivating a “No Right Turn” illuminated sign to be located at the corner of Heavenly Village Way and Bellamy Court, as shown on Drawings, with communications to this sign via wireless cellular data or hard-wired serial data link.
6. As an Add-Alternate, furnish and coordinate with separate Installer the installation of a monument DMS designated “DS-3” located adjacent to the southern entry lane driveway of the garage, as shown in Drawings. The APGS is to activate this sign when the occupancy of Level 1 of the garage reaches an Owner-configurable percentage (for example, 90% or greater) and deactivate the sign when the occupancy of Level 1 is below that level. Communications to this sign are to be via wireless cellular data or hard-wired serial data link.
7. Provide system intelligence and central control to facilitate management of spaces, real-time reporting and information capabilities to provide:
a. Occupancy and availability by level.
b. Occupancy and availability by entire facility.
8. Provide a mobile application for dissemination of parking availability data, and/or provide integration with an Owner-developed mobile app or web page.
9. Provide open APIs for dissemination to third party websites and applications. Such API’s must be open, documented and non-proprietary using industry-standard approaches such as REST or Websocket. Data access via the API is to be available to Owner at no additional charge.
10. Provide all necessary APGS software and hardware required to support and process detection and counting data from sensors and provide real-time APGS information to signage and to other applications listed herein.
11. Provide local and/or cloud-based computer servers with related data storage to provide data reporting, data analytics, historical data storage, user and administrator interfaces, system configuration, and system maintenance.
12. APGS is to operate seamlessly as a complete system. All equipment components are to function in coordination with other components.
13. Coordinate APGS component installation with the geometric circumstances of the specific location where they are installed, i.e. garage clearance, drive aisle widths, line of sight, etc.
G. Future System Expansion
1. Provide an APGS that is readily expandable and upgradeable to accommodate additional parking facilities, nested parking areas, features and configurations.
Installed APGS capable of expansions/enhancements listed below:
a. Add additional sensors, individual space sensors, indicator lights, or DMSs. b. Add additional parking facilities.
775
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 4
c. Interface with additional third-party systems such as mobile applications and external websites that are not already called out in this specification. d. Additional functionalities (e.g. parking reservations, loyalty programs, dynamic pricing based on location, etc.).
1.4 PRICE REQUIREMENTS
A. Price includes the provision of all material, labor, equipment, and services necessary to furnish, coordinate installation with a separate Installer, support, and maintain a fully integrated APGS system as outlined herein.
1. Examine site
a. Identify in writing any constraints or conflicts regarding installation. b. Include cost, in writing, of rectifying such constraints or conflicts in Price Proposal.
B. Add-Alternates:
1. Provide pricing for Maintenance, Service and Parts Contract after two-year warranty:
a. A separate contract awarded for Maintenance, Service and parts that would commence with expiration of warranty period.
b. Provide detailed descriptions, inclusions and exclusions c. Provide annual pricing for five (5) years after initial two-year warranty period.
2. As an optional Add-Alternate, Contractor is to propose full matrix, full color LED panel signs or embeddable modules instead of fixed format digit sign modules.
See further specifications for this option in Section 2.4.F.
3. As an optional Add-Alternate, Contractor is to provide pricing to furnish and install the “Level 1 Full” sign DS-3 adjacent to the southern entry lane driveway, as per Drawings.
C. Substantial Completion: A certificate of substantial completion is to be provided when the following requirements have been satisfied:
1. All systems, features and communications, have passed the DAT and ODT per Section 3.2 of this document.
2. All spare parts, stock material and manuals are on site and have been approved.
3. All test checklists, documentation and training has been completed.
D. Final Acceptance: Final Acceptance will occur upon substantial and successful completion of all acceptance tests, and upon verification of substantial and successful resolution of all outstanding items on the Punch List.
1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
776
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 5
A. System Design Review: Conduct SDR meeting within twenty-one (21) days of contract award to review System Design Documents (SDDs) with the Owner’s design team and coordinate the infrastructure design. SDDs include the following Proposal Submittals and Informational Submittals:
1. Product Data Submittals.
2. Project Schedule.
3. Training Plan.
4. Testing Plan.
B. Pre-Installation Meeting: Conduct meeting at project site fourteen (14) days in advance of time scheduled for equipment installation to proceed to review requirements and conditions that could interfere with successful APGS implementation. All parties concerned with APGS installation including electrical, communications, or others who are required to coordinate work should attend. Include the Owner or their respective representatives. At a minimum, cover:
1. Required preparatory work.
2. Review installation and implementation schedule.
3. Review testing and acceptance procedures.
1.6 PROPOSAL SUBMITTALS
A. Price Proposal Form: Total system cost and per unit cost of each component. Include the cost and type of recommended spare parts to be kept on-site. Contractor must utilize the Price Proposal Form provided by Owner to submit pricing.
B. List manufacturer of each primary component of system.
C. Contractor Information - Provide the following information:
1. Name of company.
2. Brief company overview including a description of the company structure, and a statement on whether the company is a private or public entity
3. Years in business.
4. Number of employees.
5. Annual sales volume.
6. List of key accounts.
7. Name and contact information (address, email and phone number) of Principals and/or Local Contacts.
D. Provide a list of any subcontractors, their business address, and a brief summary of their role in the project.
E. Description of the Contractor’s presence in the United States and in the South Lake Tahoe, CA area, including the location of the nearest service center for maintenance and repairs.
F. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Provide documentation:
777
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 6
1. Company must have been in continuous operations for previous five (5) years, and proposed APGS product must be released in general availability for at least two (2) years prior to the date of this procurement.
2. Similar system and system integration installed in three (3) or more garages of similar size and complexity to Owner’s garage. The reference clients must utilize the same model and version of system that is being proposed for Owner. Provide the following for each installation:
a. Name of project.
b. Location.
c. Contact name, telephone number and email address.
d. Dates of installation and system activation.
e. Description of equipment and quantities.
G. Service Provider Qualifications: If different than Manufacturer, Provide documentation:
1. Proven ability to provide installation and/or service and support after installation, meeting minimum requirements as specified herein.
2. Continuously worked with equipment manufacturer, including providing installations and/or service, for minimum of three (3) years.
3. Approved in writing by manufacturer.
4. Documentation of manufacturer’s installation and/or service training within previous two (2) years.
5. Similar system and system integration installed in three (3) or more garages of similar size and complexity to Owner’s garage. The reference clients must utilize the same model and version of system that is being proposed for Owner. Provide the following for each installation:
a. Name of project.
b. Location.
c. Contact name, telephone number and email address.
d. Dates of installation and system activation.
e. Description of equipment and quantities.
6. Manufacturer approved service center located within four (4) hour’s drive of installation.
H. List of sub-contractors, identifying nature of work performed.
I. Warranty:
1. Submit copy of warranty (per Section 1.13 of this document) and explanation of any instances which may impact warranty coverage.
2. Submit RMA procedures.
J. Project Approach – Submit the following:
1. Executive summary of proposed APGS system, as described in the RFP documents, including any unique APGS features and functionalities that enhance customer service and facilitate greater operational efficiencies. 778
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 7
2. A specific system design and layout diagram, super-imposed on top of the provided Drawings, showing the locations, layout and interconnection mechanism of all vendor hardware components.
3. Description of the Contractor’s approach for post-installation client customer service.
4. Project schedule based on the anticipated project milestones. Detail the Contractor’s plan for design, installation, implementation, training, and testing including the following:
a. Milestone dates clearly identified.
b. Task and subtask start and completion dates.
c. Narrative description of phasing for each area of work including installation of field devices and performance of acceptance testing. d. Training schedule relative to system activation.
K. Product Data Submittals – submit the following:
1. Sample photos, sketches, diagrams, or other graphics that are representative of the products that are to be provided for the APGS.
2. Cut sheets including equipment dimensions; power and load requirements; communication requirements; operating temperature range; and any NEMA or IP rating for the following APGS equipment:
a. Vehicle Detectors/Sensors
b. APGS power/control cabinets
c. APGS Headend Server(s) and associated workstations or display screens d. DMS’s
e. UPS’s
3. Software application and version(s).
4. Standard report samples including screenshots.
5. APGS GUI screenshots.
6. Sample screenshots or other graphics that are representative of the mobile application that is provided for the APGS, and/or a description of the method of integration of the APGS with an Owner-supplied mobile app.
7. Schematic diagram showing communication between head end equipment, APGS components, and interconnection with Owner network.
8. Description of any offsite or cloud-based components of the system and the methods by which the on-site equipment and software communicates with the offsite/cloud-based components. This must include a description of the communications and networking methods required to integrate the onsite and offsite components, who provides the associated communications network (Owner, Contractor, or a combination), and any costs associated with this communications network.
L. Price proposal with total APGS cost and unit cost of each component along with add/alternate items, using Price Form provided by Owner.
M. List of manufacturer-recommended spare parts specific to this installation, including:
779
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 8
1. Part name.
2. Part number.
3. Unit price.
4. Proposed quantity.
5. Total Cost.
N. Exceptions and Substitutions:
1. Exceptions: Provide an all-inclusive list of any and all exceptions taken to any part or parts of these Specifications or the Contract Documents, including substitutions.
2. Substitutions: It is recognized that there are variations in equipment between manufacturers. Where functional performance features or quality of system varies materially from that specified, identify substitution being proposed. Include catalog sheets, brochures, and/or technical specifications of the proposed substitution.
3. Utilize only the provided Specification Compliance Form to describe any exceptions or substitutions.
1.7 INFORMATIONAL AND CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. All submittal approvals, comments and rejections are to be returned to the Contractor by the Owner’s designated representative with requests for resubmittal as appropriate.
Resubmit as required until submittal is approved by the Owner’s designated representative.
B. Submittals include:
1. Shop Drawings to be submitted within 21 calendar days of contract award:
a. Dimensioned Construction Drawings showing plans, elevations, sections and details indicating coordination and relationships with other construction. b. DMS Design/Shop drawings and technical specifications, including power and network specifications, weight, intrusion protection (IP) rating, encasement design and color, LED display area design and colors, method of varying LED intensity based on ambient light, and details on the proposed mounting approach including legs/pedestals, other mounting assemblies, and required concrete footings.
1) Encasement color of DMS is to be coordinated with Owner; a custom color to match other Owner signs will be required as specified in Drawings
c. Mounting details for Vehicle Detectors/Sensors.
d. Wiring diagrams detailing wiring requirements for power, communication, and control systems.
e. Proposed locations for electrical and communications connection points and pathways including riser diagram, network access points, and head end server location(s).
f. Specific pictorial and graphic descriptions of any connections required to an external network or cloud, and who provide each associated networking component or network service.
2. Testing Plan to be submitted as part of the SDR meeting, per Section 3.2. 780
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 9
3. Phasing Plan: Incorporate Owner comments to the Transition Plan, Training Plan, and Testing Plan received during the SDR and submit a detailed Phasing Plan 30 days prior to installation to include:
a. Revised schedule with milestone dates clearly identified, task start and completion dates, lane-by-lane installation dates, training dates, and testing dates.
b. Description of phasing to install field devices and perform DAT.
4. APGS Manuals to be submitted 14 days prior to commencement of testing, per section 3.3.
5. As-Built Documentation: Submit as-built documentation of all systems and components installed as part of the APGS. As-built documents include updated Construction Drawings depicting the actual installed conditions of all equipment and cabling components. In addition, as-built documentation includes configuration settings of each system upon the completion of any acceptance test.
Update the most recent as-built documentation submitted as further changes occur in the field or as a result of a patch or upgrade to an installed system throughout installation warranty, and post-warranty maintenance periods.
6. Provide a list of all TCP/IP devices with each device’s IP address and installation location. Indicate if TCP/IP addresses need to be statically or dynamically assigned. Specify if the networking aspects of the APGS system require one of the following, or if the APGS can support multiple of these options: (a) a dedicated, isolated non-TCP/IP network, (b) a dedicated, isolated TCP/IP network (nonVLAN), (c) an Owner-provided TCP/IP Virtual LAN (VLAN), (c) can run on a public TCP/IP LAN.
7. If the APGS system requires a connection to the public internet and for the required wireless connection to the DMS’s via a cellular connection, specify the details of this connection, who provides each component, and what the associated costs are. If a cellular modem is required, specify the cellular provider the Contractor plans to use, what level of cellular data service is to be used (4G, LTE, 5G), and provide a signal survey to ensure adequate cellular signal strength is available to the APGS. Contractor is expected to do all required cellular signal strength measurements and determine ideal modem and/or antenna placement. Owner has no responsibility to ensure adequate cellular signal strength. Contractor is to include the cost of all cellular data components and ongoing monthly/annual cellular data service in their price quotation.
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Spare Parts: Deliver spare parts per the approved spare parts list, complete and ready to use, prior to commencement of testing and maintain inventory of spare components at this level as components are used during warranty period.
1. The proposed spare parts list is subject to the approval of the Owner, and the Owner reserves the right to modify the spare parts inventory throughout the term of the Contract.
2. Owner is to provide a storage location of the spare parts, exact location to be identified by the Owner. Contractor to have access to the spare parts inventory 781
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 10
and is responsible for ordering replacement components or parts during the implementation and warranty period as components or parts are used.
3. All equipment and parts to be newly manufactured and never installed in any other operational system other than for factory test purposes.
4. Provide an itemized list of manufacturer's part numbers, model numbers, pricing, supplier's address, supplier's telephone numbers, and any single source components when delivered to the project site.
5. Provide a monitoring tool for tracking the inventory and usage of spare parts.
B. Equipment Keys and other Special Tools
1. Provide two (2) sets of keys for each unit of equipment with locks plus two (2) sets of universal keys.
2. If any special tool or accessory (for example, a remote control) is required to perform any function on the APGS during the normal course of business and/or maintenance, provide three of these tools.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All APGS components and installation to comply with all laws, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations of public authorities having jurisdiction over this part of the work. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to meet these and all other current technical, performance, and safety standards that are applicable to all components and to the entire system, even when not specifically referenced.
B. Open-architecture system where all interfaces (hardware and software) conform to national and International Organization for Standardization (ISO) standards.
C. All materials and equipment listed, labeled or certified by a nationally recognized testing laboratory to meet Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) standards, where test standards have been established.
1. Equipment and materials which are not covered by UL Standards may be considered provided equipment and material is listed, labeled, certified or otherwise determined to meet safety requirements of a nationally recognized testing laboratory.
2. Equipment of a class for which no nationally recognized testing laboratory accepts, certifies, lists, labels, or determines to be safe, can be considered if inspected or tested in accordance with national industrial standards, such as NEMA, or ANSI.
Evidence of compliance includes certified test reports and definitive product data.
D. Equipment housings, conduits, and junction boxes exposed to weather (i.e. any location not in a conditioned environment) is to meet or exceed NEMA 4X or IP65 standards to be moisture-proof and provide sufficient protection so that the components continue to function without moisture, dust, particle, heat, or cold-related interruption. Components that do not meet NEMA 4X or IP65 standards or better may be considered if implemented with supplemental environmental controls to sufficiently protect equipment.
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
782
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 11
A. Prior to shipment of any equipment, a Factory Acceptance Test process must be completed and documented by Contractor, and the certificates of FAT completion reviewed and approved by Owner and Installer, in accordance with the description in Section 2.6 below.
B. Contractor is responsible for insuring all shipped items. Any items damaged during shipping are to be replaced and shipped to the project site, by expedited means if requested, at no additional cost to the Owner.
C. Owner, at their sole discretion, may agree to provide a designated storage/staging area of no more than 100 square feet of floor space for equipment that has not been installed.
Location to be determined after contract award. Contractor should assume in their proposal that no storage area will be provided. If a storage area is provided, Installer is responsible for securing that storage area with a suitable lock.
D. Deliver equipment to Installer or project site in manufacturer’s original containers to prevent damage and marked for easy identification.
E. Once equipment has been delivered either to the Installer or to the project site, it is the Installer’s responsibility to protect the equipment from theft and damage until final acceptance and to insure the stored equipment against risk of loss and damage. Installer is to replace any lost or damaged equipment at no additional cost to the Owner.
F. Installer is to receive all equipment at deliver site or project site. Owner is not to receive, unload, or otherwise participate in delivery of equipment.
1.11 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Provide a system that is not affected by temperature, rain, snow, wind, or other weather conditions typical to the South Lake Tahoe, CA area. An operating temperature range of -22F to +120F is to be supported by all hardware components that are not in a climatecontrolled environment.
B. Provide a system such that environmental conditions inside the APGS equipment enclosures do not cause failure of the installed electronics.
C. Provide a system such that electrostatic and electromagnetic forces within the environment, e.g., non-direct lightning strikes, or other types of power interference have no effect upon the integrity or operation of the APGS.
1. Provide solution for preventing power interference for Owner approval prior to implementation.
2. Provide lightning protection through surge arrestors or earthen ground rods or a combination thereof for the APGS. Determine, based upon the APGS manufacturer’s system requirements, the appropriate lightning protection method to use for the location where the equipment is installed.
3. Provide equipment that is UL-approved for use as part of an overall labeled lightning protection system and marked in accordance with UL procedures. 783
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 12
1.12 PROJECT SEQUENCING
A. Propose sequencing in the Project Schedule that achieves full implementation and acceptance of the APGS in accordance with the Owner provided milestone dates and Contract Documents.
1.13 WARRANTY
A. General: Equipment and installation (100% parts and labor) for two (2) years from date of final acceptance by Owner or Owner’s Representative. System maintained and serviced against any and all malfunctions due to manufacturing or installation defects at no cost to Owner during warranty period, including preventive maintenance per manufacturer's recommendations or as necessary to keep equipment in good working order. Software support provided during warranty period to include all software upgrades at no additional cost to Owner.
1. Warranty period commences after Contractor has demonstrated satisfactory performance as specified in the Acceptance Testing Plan.
2. Maintain a log of all maintenance, preventive maintenance and repair work performed under warranty and provide to Owner or Owner’s Representative at end of warranty period.
B. Warranty response period:
1. Monday through Friday, 8:00 am to 5:00 pm Pacific Time excluding holidays.
2. Response time from initiation of trouble call to on-site response by qualified service technician
a. Immediate telephone support available from 8:00 am – 5:00 pm MondayFriday Pacific Time. b. Same-day on-site technical support if requested by 10:00 AM MondayFriday. c. Next-day on-site technical support no-later than 10:00 AM the following day if requested between 10:00 AM and 3:00 pm Monday-Thursday. d. Next-day on-site technical support no later than 12 noon if requested after 3:00 pm Monday-Thursday.
e. Monday technical support no-later than 10:00 am if requested on Friday after 3:00 pm.
f. Monday technical support no-later than 12:00 noon if requested on Saturday or Sunday.
C. If Contractor is not available for above response, Owner or Owner’s Representative may affect repairs with no impact on warranty. Pre-qualify appropriate Owner or Owner’s Representative to perform repairs and identify types of repair each trained individual is qualified to perform after training of Owner personnel.
D. Replace items taken from spare parts inventory during warranty period at no additional cost to Owner.
E. Preventative Maintenance Service during the Warranty Period:
784
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 13
1. Provide preventative maintenance services for all systems throughout the warranty period. Preventative maintenance procedures and frequencies are defined within the Manufacturer's recommended maintenance procedures manual submitted with the APGS Proposal as modified and accepted by the Owner.
2. Preventative maintenance services include but are not limited to inspection, testing, necessary adjustment, alignments, calibration, parts cleaning, camera lens cleaning, communication system maintenance, server administration and database administration of the APGS hardware and software provided as part of this project by the Contractor.
3. Perform all preventative maintenance at non-peak periods during regular business hours.
F. Emergency Maintenance Service during the Warranty Period:
1. Emergency Maintenance Service includes both on-site service and remote service support.
2. Provide three (3) methods of notification to be used for emergency contact information (ex: telephone, email, SMS text message). Acknowledge receipt of any emergency service request within 30 minutes of notification by the Owner.
3. During normal business hours (9:00 am to 5:00 pm Pacific Time Monday through Friday), Contractor to begin remote (or on-site) emergency repair service within four (4) hours of the initial emergency service request by the Owner. If request is made after normal retail business hours the emergency repair to begin by 10:00 am Pacific Time the following weekday. When remote service is insufficient to resolve the issue and on-site service is needed, up to 24-hours is permitted to begin on-site repairs.
4. Resolution of the situation within three (3) business days after notification is required in all situations. A temporary solution is acceptable in the event replacement parts are not available in inventory.
5. Factors beyond the control of the Contractor, such as unexpected delays in parts, accidents, severe weather, to be thoroughly documented and reported to the Owner the next business day.
G. Software Support during the Warranty Period:
1. Make available to the Owner normal software improvement releases (updates) as they become available at no additional cost to the Owner. This includes both system software components and any firmware in system components such as sensors, cameras, routers, etc.
2. Provide all software/firmware patches and updates free of charge during the warranty period; however, the Owner has right of refusal.
3. Seven (7) calendar days prior to all software modifications, patches, updates, and upgrades, provide accurate and complete documentation that describes:
a. Patch/update release designation.
b. Proposed date and time of implementation.
c. Detailed description of what the patch/update accomplishes. d. Test plan that shows the change has been successfully tested and has passed internal unit, end-to-end testing.
e. Full disaster recovery procedures that return the system to its prepatch/update condition 785
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 14
4. Provide operating system support and database administration services including adherence to the recommended operating system patches and updates as they are made commercially available by the operating system developer. This requirement applies whether the OS and database are hosted on-site or off-site (cloud).
5. Coordinate the testing and implementation of all patches and updates with the Owner.
6. Support upgrades to the APGS application based on operating system patch and upgrade requirements. For example, if the APGS runs on a Microsoft operating system, the software can be patched according to the Microsoft patch and upgrade schedule without breaking any application. If Microsoft decommissions an operating system, the Contractor must be capable of releasing code compatible with next operating system upgrade prior to Microsoft ending support for current operating system. This requirement applies whether the OS and database are hosted on-site or off-site (cloud).
7. If at any time the Contractor ceases to do business or ceases to make their APGS software product commercially available, the Owner assumes full ownership of the APGS software. Thirty days prior to ceasing to do business, the Contractor is to provide the most current version of the APGS software source code to the Owner.
8. Provide corrective patches and upgrades within 30 days in the event security vulnerability or system availability issues are discovered.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOFTWARE
A. Provide all software and software licensing required by the system. To the greatest extent possible, use proven, off-the-shelf software (i.e. software already manufactured and available for delivery).
B. Deliver original CD-ROMs, DVDs, or other form of software e-delivery and software documentation to the Owner prior to system acceptance testing.
C. Provide any necessary perpetual licenses and/or authorization for all software used by the Owner.
D. If any of the software is cloud-based and provided on a Software as a Service (SaaS) basis, Contractor is to document in the Proposal their SaaS licensing terms and conditions, and the options and costs for a multi-year license for terms ranging from 2 (two) up to 10 (ten) years in length. Furthermore, if any component of the system is cloud-based and provided on a SaaS basis, Contractor is to describe in their Proposal what occurs in terms of system and feature functionality if Owner chooses not to renew SaaS-based licensing. If SaaS licensing is not renewed, the system must at minimum continue to operate, accurately count vehicles locally, and display availability counts on DMS signs.
E. Provide a site license to the Owner, meaning usage of the license is unrestricted, regardless of the physical locations where the software may be used as part of this contract.
786
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 15
F. Operating System Platform
1. Operating system software consisting of software to support system setup, system operation, routine hard drive backups, diagnostics, and other maintenance routines.
2. Upgrade the APGS application to operate on the most current operating system upon commercial release of a new operating system version. Upon completion of successful Contractor testing, recommend implementation of the patch.
Implementation subject to the Owner’s approval.
G. APGS Application Software
1. Provide an APGS solution with configurable groups and roles that govern individual access to the system. The assignment of a group/role controls access to the various modules of the APGS, and if the access is update or view only.
2. Install and configure all application software and firmware required by the APGS with all software licenses registered to the Owner.
3. Provide application software with the following features and functionalities:
a. Ability to collect, display and report all APGS-related data as outlined in this Specification.
b. Browser-based – Provide APGS software that is browser-based and webbrowser enabled, i.e. the APGS software is accessible by an authorized user through an internet browser of any web-enabled computer or mobile device.
Users should not need a client version of the software installed on their workstation or mobile device to access the application. c. APGS application software to utilize a Graphical User Interface (GUI) that is intuitive and user friendly. Provide a GUI with the following features, at a minimum:
1) Display of the parking facility with real-time occupancy and availability, including floor maps and occupancy graphically indicated. 2) Access for authorized users to modify system configurations including:
a) Manual adjustments to counts and capacities based on Owner defined areas within the parking facilities.
b) Manual override of signs.
3) Access to view, print, and export all reports (Microsoft Excel and Adobe PDF, at a minimum).
d. Provide role-based access control using POLP for all system functions including system administration and security administration. e. Access rights to the system for Owner personnel and others are to be defined during implementation.
f. Automatically detect and report fault conditions – The system performs a self-check on a routine basis and provides notification for fault conditions and equipment failure. Fault conditions are categorized by severity and the system displays alarm notification on the system GUI as well as provides automatic notification to designated Owner personnel via email and or text 787
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 16
message for any individual fault condition, category of fault, or Ownerselected group of faults. g. Provide reporting as outlined in the Reports section. h. Utilize industry standard Application Programming Interface (API) to allow simple interface with other third-party applications. Such API’s must be open, documented and non-proprietary using industry-standard approaches such as REST or Websocket. Data access via the API by Owner is to be available at no additional charge.
i. Provide remote monitoring of all field devices, e.g., Vehicle Detectors/Sensors, DMS, etc.
4. Identify in the proposal the version of APGS software that is used.
H. APGS Mobile Application
1. Develop, implement, and support a customized, public-facing mobile application for disseminating APGS-related data and information, or integrate with an Ownerprovided app.
2. Coordinate with Owner during development of graphics and messages.
3. At a minimum the mobile application to include the following features:
a. Indicate real-time parking availability for the entire facility. b. Indicate real-time parking availability for each level (Level 1 and combined Levels 2-4).
I. Reports
1. Monitor and record parking activity and generate activity reports.
2. All reports are available online and on demand for Owner personnel who have proper password access.
3. Compile the APGS stream of data in an ODBC-compliant database. Provide the Owner the ability to prepare custom, exportable reports using the APGS data including Microsoft Excel™, at a minimum, via a comma-separated-value file format.
4. Provide the Contractor’s APGS standard reports including report descriptions, selectable data fields, and report layouts for all standard reports. Contractor to submit standard reports for Owner review.
5. Coordinate with the Owner as required during the system design to address the specific reporting needs of the Owner. At a minimum, reports provided to include:
a. Statistical utilization reports by garage as a whole and by level and zone:
1) Hourly.
2) Daily.
3) Weekly.
4) Monthly.
5) Annually.
6) Life-to-Date since original system activation.
b. Exception Reports
788
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 17
1) Vehicle Detector failures.
2) Loss of communication, either to on-site components or to offsite systems/cloud.
6. Prepare up to five (5) custom reports as defined by Owner requirements. Owner and Contractor to coordinate report design and finalize custom reports prior to the expiration of the warranty period.
J. Third Party Software
1. Identify all third-party software packages in the Contractor’s proposal.
2. Provide the latest available version, at the time of implementation, of all third-party software provided.
3. Purchase software maintenance for all third-party software naming the Owner as the software owner and contact. All third-party software maintenance agreements are to remain valid throughout the duration of the warranty period and are to be extended on an annual basis during post-warranty maintenance period, if postwarranty maintenance is selected by the Owner.
2.2 POWER
A. Power conduit and cabling necessary to support the APGS equipment and signage will be provided by Installer, as shown on the Drawings. Contractor is to coordinate with the Installer to ensure proper power is provided to the locations for all APGS equipment and signage. Alert Owner, Engineer of Record, and Installer of any different or additional requirements required by the APGS.
1. DMS may utilize either 120VAC or 12-24VDC for power. Contractor is to recommend the most appropriate approach in their design based on signage power requirements and distance from the garage.
2. Provide APGS components that are powered via hardwired connections. Solar power or batteries are not desirable as primary power sources and will only be considered if no reasonable alternative can be found for hard-wired power.
B. Specify to the Installer any power conditioning that is required for the proper operation of the system.
C. Configure all field component power connectivity design such that no single point of failure of a device causes an operational failure of surrounding devices.
2.3 COMMUNICATION
A. Communication conduit and pull cords necessary to support the APGS will be provided by Installer, as shown in Drawings. Owner is to provide network demarcation point to allow APGS to connect to Owner’s enterprise network and to/from the public internet. If Owner is unable provide network demarcation points for connection to Owner’s enterprise network, Contractor is to propose, furnish and install a cellular wireless gateway and required monthly cellular data service installed at a location mutually agreed between Owner and Contractor.
789
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 18
B. Contractor to provide necessary ports or serial connection to send data and/or control signals to all Digital Messaging Signs (DMS). All DMS’s in this system are located remotely from the garage, and contractor is to determine and state in their proposal whether data/control signals will be sent over hard wires or via cellular data connection.
Owner prefers hard-wired connections both for reliability and in order to avoid recurring cellular data charges.
C. Design all field component communications such that no single point of failure of a device causes an operational failure of surrounding devices.
D. Cable certification tests in accordance with IEEE/ANSI standards are to be specified and described by Contractor and instructions for such tests to be provided to Installer. All APGS cabling must be verified to “pass” on all Installer-installed communications cables after installation and termination with suitable connectors, using suitable cable testing equipment that is capable of verifying cable length, correct termination, continuity, and signal quality (loss, jitter, etc.). Electronic versions of these test results are to be made available to Owner upon completion of testing.
2.4 EQUIPMENT AND SUBSYSTEMS
A. General
1. Provide newly manufactured equipment and associated materials utilized in the APGS. Installation of used or refurbished equipment is prohibited.
2. Provide fully interchangeable components without the requirement for physical modification for all equipment performing a like function and of the same part number.
3. Provide APGS configuration with device autonomy such that no single point of failure of a device causes an operational failure of surrounding devices. Equipment at a single location that fails causing a shutdown of that device should not affect the operational status or functionality of any other device.
B. Application and Data Servers
1. Provide and install APGS server(s) in locations specified on the Drawings; or identify alternate proposed locations, which are to be reviewed and approved by Owner; or specify if certain portions of the APGS run offsite hosted or in the cloud.
2. Utilize TCP/IP for APGS data communication both within the system and externally.
3. Provide stand-alone operations (distributed system with intelligent devices) as well as centralized management of the APGS.
4. The APGS servers to contain all APGS database software that is associated with occupancy statistics and designated reports.
5. Fully install and configure the application software on the servers with all required system software licenses registered to the Owner.
6. If the APGS servers reside inside or on the Owner’s network, the APGS servers are to have secured access. The Owner’s network administrator based upon a “need to know” decision is to establish an appropriate user-level password system.
The Owner is to have complete ability to add to, delete from, or revise the passwords that are established by the network administrator. The password 790
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 19
system to include the provision of logging the event and user’s name each time a password is used to gain access to or within the APGS.
7. If some or all of the APGS servers reside outside the Owner’s network, Contractor is to identify, document, and gain Owner’s approval on a mechanism to ensure that Owner has secure, complete, unrestricted access to the servers in the same manner as specified in item 2.4.B.6 above for on-site servers. In such a configuration, there are to be no restrictions on Owner’s capability to establish or change passwords, access levels, etc. as specified above.
8. Provide an appropriate mechanism to limit access to the servers and the accompanying data. The security functions provided by the system to include but is not limited to:
a. All changes/updates to the server system require prior authorization from the Owner.
b. Where the change and/or update is authorized, an audit trail and report are created including the following:
1) Date/time of change.
2) Record of change made.
3) Username of individual making the change.
4) Record of data modified or changed (prior to change). 5) File identities and record count.
9. Sufficiently configure the Database Servers such that the following features and functionalities are attainable:
a. Maintain at least five (5) years of on-line data of all APGS data. Data is readily accessible without any delay in processing and at no additional cost. b. Long Term Storage Media – Ability to archive all summary data in accordance with Owner’s data retention policy with simple retrieval capability, and at no additional cost.
10. All APGS occupancy data is considered to be the sole intellectual property of the Owner. Usage of this data by Contractor or by the APGS vendor for any purpose other than to support, test or repair Owner’s system requires prior written authorization from Owner. If such data is stored offsite or in the cloud under a termbased SaaS mechanism and Owner decides not to renew the SaaS agreement, Contractor is to send all APGS data gathered over the lifetime of the system (i.e. from system activation date through the SaaS agreement termination date) to the Owner in an Excel format and is to subsequently delete such data from any offsite servers or cloud instances.
C. APGS Workstations and Mobile Devices
1. Ability for any web-enabled workstation or mobile device to access the APGS based on access rights of the user.
D. Level Detection Sensors
791
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 20
1. Isolate and count the occupancy and availability of each of the parking areas (Level 1 and combined total of Levels 2-4) as well as the total structure, at locations identified in the Drawings.
2. A critical element of the APGS is accurate detection of vehicles. Overhead camera detection, overhead ultrasonic detection, or overhead LIDAR detection are acceptable, if they meet the accuracy definitions in this Specification. No other sensor/detector types are permissible.
3. Contractor is to identify and document in their Proposal the form and cost of any delineation or other vehicle route control required to achieve the accuracy goals stated below. This documentation also must indicate if any (and, if so, how many) parking spaces are lost due to delineation or similar approaches by indicating this on a marked-up striping plan.
4. For overhead mounted sensors:
a. Mount the detection devices overhead to cover the counting points as shown on the Drawings.
b. Maintain a minimum clearance 2” greater than the minimum clearance of the parking structure.
5. Include directional logic to identify the travel direction of a vehicle and correctly count the vehicles.
6. Sensor calibration:
a. Automatically initiate self-calibration upon power up or reboot b. Manually initiated self-calibration via push button on the sensor c. Manually initiated self-calibration via remote connection from a web-enabled workstation or mobile device. Workstation or mobile device are to be capable of initiating an individual sensor, elected group of sensors, or all networked sensors to recalibrate via the FMS.
7. Sensor detection unaffected by:
a. Vehicles parked in adjacent spaces.
b. Detection signals of adjacent sensors.
c. Changes in ambient lighting conditions including direct sunlight as well as complete darkness.
d. Vehicle color.
e. Surface color variations such as oil stains, painted surfaces, etc. f. Vehicle speeds up to 25 miles per hour.
g. Blowing rain, snow, hail or other weather conditions.
8. Detect vehicles in the intended manner with 99% accuracy, as defined in section
2.5B below.
9. Continue to operate when the sensor goes into an offline condition. All activity occurring while the sensor is offline is to be locally stored and uploaded to the APGS server up restoration of communication.
10. Powered via a hardwired connection utilizing readily available, commercially common, wire and cable. Preferably, sensors are to be powered on the same conductors as the data.
792
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 21
11. For camera-based APGS systems: Contractor is to describe in their Proposal how video captured for counting purposes is processed and stored, whether and where this counting video is retained and available for viewing by Owner, and whether there is any additional charge for access to this video. For clarity, Owner does not necessarily plan to access this video but needs to know if it is being retained and available if desired.
E. Uninterruptible Power Supplies
1. Provide conditioned/emergency power through UPS units for the APGS server and the vehicle detectors/sensors to protect these devices from loss of power, power spikes, and power sags and to enable the system to keep counting during a temporary power outage. UPS coverage of the DMS’s is not required.
2. UPS battery back-up sized to run APGS server and vehicle detectors/sensors without degradation in performance for a minimum of 30 minutes.
3. Provide an on-line, solid-state UPS for both backup power and transient surge protection.
4. The Owner to review and approve the UPS units to be provided by the Contractor.
5. Properly size the UPS with 50% spare capacity and facilitate 30% expanded load with an 80% continuous load factor.
6. Test all UPS system components during the DATs.
7. Submit the manufacturer’s recommended UPS battery refresh cycle.
F. Digital Messaging Signs (DMS)
1. Furnish and coordinate with Installer the installation of a monument DMS known as DS-1 near the corner of Heavenly Village Way and Bellamy Court, as shown on Drawings. This DMS is to display real-time parking availability as “OPEN”, “FULL”, “CLOSED” (or “CLSD”) or the number of available spaces in the facility as a whole with communications to this sign via hard-wired connection or wireless cellular data.
2. Provide and coordinate with Installer the installation of a DMS known as DS-2 which provides an Owner-controllable feature in the APGS for activating or deactivating this “No Right Turn” illuminated sign, DS-2 is to be located at the corner of Heavenly Village Way and Bellamy Court, as shown on Drawings, with communications to this sign via hard-wired connection or wireless cellular data.
3. As an Add-Alternate, provide, coordinate with Installer the installation of, and control a monument DMS known as DS-3 located adjacent to the entry lane of the southern entry/exit plaza of the garage, as shown in Drawings. The APGS is to activate this sign when the occupancy of Level 1 of the garage reaches an Ownerconfigurable percentage (for example, 90% or greater) and deactivate the sign when the occupancy of Level 1 is below that level. Communications to this sign are to be via hard-wired connection only. The messaging on the sign should be via illuminated LEDs but will have fixed message content and only red/green colors.
This sign will either display the fixed message or be off (dark).
4. Include all necessary sign housings with static graphics, mounting hardware, and communication equipment.
5. Enclosures for the new DMS’s specified in this section are to be provided by the Contractor and all design elements including but not limited to static text, graphics, and colors are to be coordinated with the Owner.
6. Utilize red/green LED sign modules in all DMS which can create at least 7” character height on the Facility Count DMS. The Add-Alternate “Level 1 Full” DMS 793
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 22
must have a minimum character height of 5” but can be in a single color, color to chosen by Owner
7. As an optional Add-Alternate, Contractor may propose full matrix, full color LED panel signs instead of drop-in/embeddable sign modules. In such case, the full matrix, full color LED panel signs must meet all other Specifications in this document and in the Drawings and must have a LED pitch of 8mm or less.
8. Propose proper sign matrix size to fit within the geometric circumstances of each installation location.
9. Provide user configurable settings to display total available spaces on the DS-1 DMS in normally green numbers, “OPEN” in normally green letters, and “FULL” or “CLOSED” (or “CLSd”) in normally red letters.
10. Provide functionality for APGS software to control the message that is displayed on DS-1 and automatically update the respective number of available spaces displayed or “OPEN”/”FULL”/”CLOSED” (or “CLSd”) status based on user configurable thresholds.
11. Provide functionality for authorized users to override the automated messages through the APGS GUI including the status displayed and to change the predetermined occupancy number that triggers a change from one status to another displayed status.
12. Provide a built-in light sensor for DS-1 and DS-3 that automatically adjusts the LED brightness in changing lighting conditions to ensure DMS is legible in all ambient lighting conditions ranging from direct sunlight to complete darkness.
13. Signs must reflect changes in actual vehicle count within 3 (three) seconds maximum of the time of occurrence of each event which changes the count of any level, zone, or facility.
14. In the event of a loss of communication, sign displays are to go blank or display dashes or another symbol indicating that the sign is out of order. Signs are not to continue to display inaccurate counts while offline. Upon re-establishment of communication, signs are to automatically update and display the current occupancy.
2.5 EQUIPMENT AND SUBSYSTEM PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
A. The system is to perform accurate summation of available and occupied parking spaces:
1. By level.
2. By facility.
B. APGS Performance
1. The count signals are to be received within one second from the event.
2. The FMS GUI display and dynamic signage displays are to be updated by the APGS every three seconds by default. This frequency is to be user configurable to be lower or higher than three seconds.
3. The APGS is to count vehicles that pass through the vehicle detectors in a valid vehicle movement with 99% or greater accuracy. “Vehicles” in this context are defined as autos, trucks, and motorcycles of any size or type. Invalid counts include vehicles or other objects that enter detection zones in a manner that defeats the intent of the system. For example, invalid counts can be generated by 794
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 23
pedestrians, carts, bicycles and various other foreign objects that enter the detection zones, or by vehicles that skirt the defined detection zones.
4. If the proposed camera-based, ultrasonic, or LIDAR counting system offers the ability to separately detect and eliminate counting of extraneous objects such as pedestrians and bicycles, Contractor is to explain this functionality and demonstrate during the testing phases its effectiveness in increasing accuracy.
5. During acceptance testing, each detection zone is to count vehicle movements with 99% or greater accuracy over the testing period. The minimum number of vehicle counts to establish passing test criteria during a single Device Acceptance Test is to be determined prior to system testing with approval from the Owner.
6. The entire APGS, including the available spaces displayed to the patrons on APGS signage, is to maintain 99% accuracy over a 24-hour period for each zone, level and facility as a whole regardless of traffic volume over a 24-hour period. All accuracy tests are to be conducted during 24-hour periods that include typical and peak parking demand during normal business hours of Owner’s parking facility.
The accuracy is to be calculated by taking the difference between a real-time physical inventory and the occupancy reported by the APGS and dividing it by the capacity for the respective zone, level and facility.
7. The APGS accuracy for all zones, levels and facility is also to be assessed over the 30-day ODT period. From the beginning to the end of the 30-day ODT period, the APGS system are to retain an accuracy of 85% or greater without any system count manual resets or adjustments being performed.
8. Record count signals in the APGS database within two seconds from the count event.
9. Update the APGS GUI display and DMS every three seconds. This frequency is to be user configurable to less or more than three seconds.
10. At any given point in time, no variance is allowed between the counts shown on DMS, the counts shown in the APGS GUI, and the counts recorded in the APGS database.
11. A feature to allow automatic occupancy count resets to zero (i.e. allowing the system to assume that there is an empty facility, level or zone) at a preset daily time (e.g. middle of the night) is permissible to offer. However, it is not to be activated by default, is to only be activated with Owner’s permission, and is never to be activated during accuracy testing.
2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Factory Acceptance Test (FAT)
1. Due to the separation of the “furnish equipment and software” and “provide installation” portions of the scope for this project, it is required that adequate documentation of the proper functioning of the equipment in its complete, originally manufactured state be conducted by the Contractor prior to delivery of equipment to the project site. Such testing, known as a Factory Acceptance Test (FAT), is meant to ensure that all equipment is known and demonstrated to be working correctly via a documented FAT procedure and a certificate of completion of FAT is provided to the Owner and Installer prior to handoff of the equipment to the Installer.
795
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 24
2. All equipment is to have successfully passed formal manufacturing FATs and quality assurance inspections to validate compliance with these functional specifications prior to shipment to the project site.
3. Records for formal internal Contractor FAT and inspection for performance, materials quality and/or workmanship are to be produced by the Contractor and sent as formal project submittals to Owner and Installer for review prior to shipment of equipment to the project site. Equipment is not to be released for shipment until Owner and Installer have approved the FAT submittals.
4. Contractor is also to have readily available proof of product reliability analysis and testing should reliability become a problem at any time from the beginning of installation testing through the final operational test period.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION AND COORDINATION
A. Review contract documents and specifications to be certain that all functional requirements can be achieved with equipment to be supplied.
B. Coordinate with the Owner’s design team on the design of infrastructure modifications necessary for the APGS and on the design and installation of all pre-embedded conduit, junction boxes, etc. as specified earlier in this document.
C. Attend construction meetings, provide schedules as requested, and schedule fieldwork to be coordinated with facility operations.
D. Distribute to the Installer within 30 days after award of contract all installation diagrams, installation instructions, details, shop drawings, riser diagrams, and templates required to provide Installer the necessary information for installing, setting, anchoring and/or mounting, and connecting all APGS equipment including but not limited to any required sensors, field control cabinets, digital signs, signage controllers or communication devices, servers, network switches, etc.
E. Provide support remotely and on-site as needed to the Installer during the installation period to ensure they properly install the MSM equipment.
F. Run all initial diagnostics and system testing programs necessary to provide a complete working system.
G. Any patch, upgrade, update, or modification to the software during the installation period requires appropriate documentation and Owner approval before the modification is made.
H. Verify that the installation location is prepared and ready to have the installation completed. Notify the Owner, in writing, if the Contractor finds that the installation location is not prepared for installation due to unfinished work outside of the Contractor’s scope of work. The written notification to provide detail of the elements that need modification in order to prepare the location for equipment installation. 796
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 25
I. Coordinate with responsible entity to correct unsatisfactory conditions.
J. Coordinate with the sign housing provider, if different than the Contractor, to ensure proper fit and function of DMS.
K. Coordinate with other subcontractors responsible for providing power and communication that is not in the scope of the Contractor to ensure proper power and communication is provided for all APGS components.
L. Coordinate and confirm final and precise layout of signs, conduits, mounting rails, stubs, sensors, anchor bolts, etc. with Owner prior to installation.
M. Comply with all applicable Federal, State and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations pertaining to the performance of the work specified herein and compliant with the contract documents.
N. Obtain all permits, licenses and certificates, or any such approvals of plans or specifications as may be required by Federal, State and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and compliant with the contract documents for the proper execution of the work specified herein.
O. All equipment components installed near drive aisles are to be protected from damage by vehicular movements by protective bollards.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Device Acceptance Test (DAT)
1. Conduct DATs as a demonstration to the Owner or its representatives that the installed equipment complies with the Contract, the Contractor’s product data, and to other documentation, such as user manuals.
2. When a device installation has been completed, the Contractor conducts its internal testing of the installed equipment. Internal testing is to follow the identical DAT test procedures that are used during DATs observed by the Owner (or its representative).
3. Upon successful completion of the Contractor’s test, the Contractor and the Owner (or its representative) perform the DAT to verify performance. The DAT is only to be observed after a fully completed and signed test script verifying successful completion of the Contractor’s internal testing is submitted. Signed internal test scripts to be submitted at least one calendar day prior to the scheduled test with the Owner.
4. Conduct DATs for all vehicle detectors, occupancy indicators, and DMS. APGS is not to be activated for service until all DATs have been successfully completed, and the Owner has notified the Contractor that it is ready to put the equipment into operation.
5. Provide test procedure documents for DATs in accordance with the submittal guidelines.
6. Provide DAT Test Procedures Documents for each device type and test procedures to include the following sections:
797
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 26
a. Narrative describing the general procedures to be followed. b. Definition of all minor and major deviation types.
c. Checklist of all items necessary to conduct the test. d. Checklist for the components of each device to be tested. e. Signature page for all DAT participants’ signatures. f. Step by step instructions for testing each functionality. g. Tests for verifying the reporting requirements.
h. Area within each test section to denote “pass” or “fail”. i. Section for listing and describing test deviations.
7. Provide all ancillary items necessary to complete the DATs for testing purposes.
In addition, make available sufficient Contractor personnel to perform the DAT in an efficient and timely manner.
8. Successful completion of a DAT occurs when all components have passed their respective test procedures and all test documents have been signed by the Owner and Contractor. Minor deviations resulting in the creation of punch list items are not to be considered grounds for failure of the overall DAT. Major deviations found during the DAT are to result in the retest of the device. The Contractor agrees to credit the Owner from its total contract value for any travel and/or labor costs incurred by the Owner or its representatives as a result of additional effort required to retest failed devices.
9. Successful completion of all DATs constitutes Substantial Completion.
B. Operational Demonstration Test
1. The ODT is comprised of all equipment, systems, and subsystems performing under actual conditions, e.g., patron use, normal activity recording, and reporting procedures. The ODT demonstrates, over a period of 30 consecutive calendar days, the successful performance of all aspects of the APGS.
2. During the ODT only routine maintenance procedures, as defined by the preventative maintenance manual and according to industry standards, are permitted. All other maintenance procedures must be approved in writing by the Owner before they are performed; otherwise, they constitute a failure of the ODT and a mandatory restart. This requirement includes manual resets of zone, level or facility counts to match physical counts; such resets are not to be performed during ODT without the express permission of Owner.
3. The Owner reserves the right to be present for all maintenance services during the ODT.
4. For purposes of the ODT, a subsystem is defined to be any one of the following:
a. APGS Server(s) and control cabinet(s).
b. Data Communication System.
c. APGS Application and User Interface.
d. APGS Mobile Application.
e. APGS Website Interface.
f. DMS.
g. Vehicle Detectors.
5. The ODT begins after successful completion of all DATs on a date mutually selected and agreed to in writing by the Owner and the Contractor at a time 798
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 27
designated by the Owner. The ODT monitors system performance of the entire system operating as a single unit.
6. Submit an ODT Procedures Document in accordance with the submittal requirements. ODT Procedures Documents are intended to outline procedures for monitoring the overall performance of the APGS and should not include test procedures for individual components. The ODT Procedures Document includes:
a. Narrative describing the general procedures to be followed. b. Methodology for calculation of downtime for the various APGS components. c. Methodology for calculating accuracy of the APGS.
d. Electronic tracking document to be used during the ODT period for documenting failures and downtime.
7. The ODT continues for 30 days (consecutive 24-hour periods) during which all the performance criteria, stated below, have been met. If during the 30-day period the system fails to meet any one of the following specified performance criteria, the test begins anew on a day agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor. The Contractor agrees to credit the Owner from its total contract value for any travel and/or labor costs incurred by the Owner as a result of retesting the system.
8. The performance criteria for successful completion of the ODT includes:
a. No individual subsystem is operationally unavailable for four or more hours cumulative during the 30-day test period.
b. No individual subsystem is operationally unavailable for more than two consecutive hours.
c. If any single component fails more than once during the 30-day period for the same reason, it is to be replaced upon the second failure with a newly manufactured component of the same type and the test continues. d. No component of a given type (e.g., vehicle detection sensor, DMS, etc.) can fail more than three times during the 30-day test period for the same reason.
Upon the fourth failure all components of that type are to be replaced or modified to correct the common deficiency, and the test is to be restarted from the beginning.
e. The APGS accuracy for all zones, levels and facility is to also be assessed over the 30-day ODT period. From the beginning to the end of the 30-day ODT period, the APGS system is to retain an accuracy of 85% or greater without any system count manual resets or adjustments being performed.
9. In addition to the system reports generated during the ODT, provide the Owner a one-page summary report that clearly provides the percentage of system accuracy, overall percentage of downtime, and causes of that down time.
10. Provide the Owner a corrective action report that provides a detailed description of each failure that occurs during the ODT. The corrective action report to include the type of failure, why the failure occurred, what was done to remedy the failure, and whether or not the failure resulted in a restart of the ODT.
11. All reports require 100% accuracy and can be reconciled against one another over the 30-day testing period, otherwise the test is to be deemed a failure, problems are to be corrected and the test restarted.
12. A subsystem is considered unavailable if any major component of the subsystem is not functioning. As an example, the major components include but are not limited to:
799
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 28
a. APGS Application and User Interface.
b. APGS Website Interface and/or cloud connection.
c. APGS Server(s) and control cabinet(s).
d. DMS.
e. Vehicle Detectors
f. Data communication.
g. Power supply.
13. An inoperative subsystem is not to be deemed unavailable if it has become inoperative because of:
a. Outage of line power beyond UPS requirement.
b. Malicious damage or vandalism to a component(s) by employees, patrons or others.
c. Network connectivity issues beyond the scope of the APGS. d. APGS failures due to Owner-provided equipment issues and/or failures. e. Failures caused by a 3rd party.
f. Act of God.
14. Should a failure occur in the system that is caused by normal hardware failure, it is to be repaired and the test resumed with downtime accrued. Where the failure causes inadequate test data to be collected or a loss of test data, then the test is to be restarted from a point where it can be successfully completed with data to verify compliance with the Contract and the test procedures document.
15. If the system “crashes” during a test, then the test is to be stopped. “Crash” is defined as a failure in which the APGS cannot properly process vehicle detection counts and display space availability. The Contractor is to analyze the cause of the system “crash,” document the cause in a system problem report, responsively repair the flaw, and document the repair in a corrective action report.
16. Where corrective action impacts delivered documentation, the documentation is to be corrected prior to Final System Acceptance.
17. Upon formal written approval of the corrective action report by the Owner, testing may continue if a problem has been encountered as long as the Contractor can clearly demonstrate that the failure is associated only with one function of the system, corrective action has been taken to remedy the failure, and the corrective action does not impact other areas of the system.
18. Where the system does not perform a function or incorrectly performs the function, but the system does not crash, testing may continue, if the function is corrected, and all of the following conditions are met:
a. The functionality of the Vehicle Detectors, DMS, APGS application, user interface and data archiving work properly and in compliance with the Contract.
b. No personnel, vehicle or driver safety issues exist. c. Failure does not cause loss or contamination of data.
19. Where the above criteria are not met, the test is to be stopped and corrective action taken and verified prior to testing restart.
20. During the test, the continued availability of the system is to be demonstrated.
Where a failure occurs that causes data loss, system instability (crash), and/or contamination of the data and the database, the Contractor is to immediately 800
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 29
correct the problem. Testing continues until a consecutive 30-day period of stable operation is achieved. Stability is defined as the proper functioning of the APGS with a failure having no impact on the continued system operation or on the integrity of data.
C. Punch List
1. Starting with the beginning of installation through Final System Acceptance, submit a document on a weekly basis showing the status of all outstanding system issues, regardless of severity, including the plan for resolution and estimated completion date.
2. All deviations noted during acceptance testing are to be recorded on the Punch List.
D. Final System Acceptance
1. Final System Acceptance is provided upon successful completion of all acceptance tests, and upon verification of complete resolution of all outstanding items on the Punch List.
3.3 INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING
A. Fully instruct the Owner’s designated personnel in the operation, adjustment, and maintenance of all APGS products, equipment, and systems.
B. Coordinate scheduling of on-site and in-person instructional classes with Owner or Owner’s designated personnel to avoid conflicts and peak-period personnel demands.
C. Submit a proposed instruction schedule prior to equipment installation. Owner is to tentatively approve or suggest changes to the training schedule.
D. Ample time should be allotted within each session for the instructor to fully describe and demonstrate all aspects of the APGS and allow Owner personnel to have hands-on experience with the APGS.
E. All instruction courses are to consist of classroom instruction and actual “hands-on” experience. Classes are to be set up in a room designated by the Owner.
F. Provide experienced instructors that speak fluent English in a clear precise manner.
G. Provide all documentation required for instructing Owner personnel. The Owner retains the right to copy training materials as frequently as required for ongoing internal use only.
H. Provide an instructional notebook or user’s manual to accompany every instruction course. Submit a hard copy and electronic version of all manuals (operation and maintenance) written in common English with appropriate photos, diagrams, and schematics to supplement the text.
END OF SECTION 11 12 40.20
801
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
LEVEL COUNT APGS 11 12 40.20 - 30
©Copyright 2024. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission from Walker Consultants. 802
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
FIXED LPR ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 48 - 1
SECTION 11 12 48.10 – FIXED LICENSE PLATE RECOGNITION ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Price Proposal Form
B. Specification Compliance Form
C. Drawings Q-001, QD-101, QD-401, Q-101, and Q-400.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. List of Abbreviations:
1. AKA Also Known As
2. BOLO Be on the Lookout
3. CMS Citation Management System
4. ID Identification
5. OCR Optical Character Recognition
6. MSM Multi-Space Meter
7. LMS LPR Management System
8. LPN License Plate Number
9. LPR License Plate Recognition
10. PC Personal Computer
11. PEO Parking Enforcement Officer
12. RH Relative Humidity
13. RAM Random Access Memory
14. RMA Return Merchandise Authorization
1.3 SUMMARY
A. Provide all material, labor, equipment, documentation, services, and training necessary to furnish, coordinate installation with a separate Installation Contractor (“Installer”), support, and service a fully integrated on-line, real-time fixed License Plate Recognition (LPR) system functioning as described herein.
B. System Description
1. The LPR system includes:
a. Fixed LPR Cameras
b. Pay-by-Plate (PbP) Multi-Space Parking Meter (MSM) System integration c. Citation Management System Integration
803
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
FIXED LPR ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 48 - 2
d. All necessary components and materials for a complete and functioning turnkey LPR system as identified in this RFP.
C. System to be provided for STJPPFA, hereafter referred to as “Owner”, at the Bellamy Court Garage, 1 Bellamy Court, South Lake Tahoe, CA. Camera locations are to cover entrance and exit lanes to the facility as indicated on Drawings.
D. System is to note and record all vehicles entering and exiting the facility and provide:
1. Notification to the Pay-by-Plate (PbP) Multi-Space Parking Meter (MSM) System of vehicle entry and exit with LPN, date and time of LPN capture, vehicle/LPN image capture, and any other data elements specified below or required to integrate with the Pay-by-Plate (PbP) Multi-Space Parking Meter (MSM) System and the Citation Management System.
2. Real time and statistical reporting.
1.4 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. LPR System Performance
1. Acquire an image of a vehicle’s entire license plate at a 99.5 percent (99.5%) or higher rate for all non-exception vehicles as defined within this section. The intent of the
99.5% capture rate is to have a visual record of 99.5% of all non-exception license plates entering the facility.
2. Achieve an N Factor rating of 94% meaning specifically that the LPR Subsystem is to read all license plate characters, exclusive of stacked characters, correctly ninety-four percent (94%) of the time for all non-exception vehicles as defined within this section.
Missing, misread, or additional characters as determined by the LPR Subsystem is to be counted against the read accuracy. (i.e., if a license plate contains six standard characters “ABC123”, then N=6. Therefore, in order for the system to achieve an N read, the system must return the LPN “ABC123” exactly.) Additional characters added before or after the license plate characters are to count against the read rate. (i.e., “1ABC123” would not constitute an N read.)
3. Achieve an N-1 Factor rating of 98% meaning specifically that the LPR Subsystem is to read all but one LPN characters, exclusive of stacked characters, correctly ninetyeight percent (98%) of the time for all non-exception vehicles as defined within this section. Missing, misread, or additional characters as determined by the LPR Subsystem are to be counted against the read accuracy. (i.e., if a license plate contains six standard characters “ABC123”, then N=6. Therefore, in order for the system to achieve an N-1 read, the system must return the LPN “xBC123”, “ABC12x”, etc.) Additional characters added before or after the license plate count against the read rate.
4. Exception vehicles will not count against the accuracy of the LPR Subsystem. For the purposes of the LPR performance requirements an exception vehicle is defined as:
a. Any vehicle whose license plate is obstructed, obscured, or encroached upon by a foreign object.
b. Oversized vehicles that have a total distance between the center of the drivers’ side window and the end of the rear bumper greater than 15 feet. 804
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
FIXED LPR ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 48 - 3
c. Vehicles that contain excessive graphics and advertising such that it is impossible for the LPR system to determine which graphics belong to the license plate and which graphics do not.
d. Vehicles with no license plate or relocated to a window and not in the OEM location.
e. Vehicles with temporary cardboard “Dealer Plates.”
f. Damaged plates.
g. Plates from locations other than the U.S., Canada, and Mexico. h. Motorcycles.
5. Ambient lighting conditions are to have no effect on the accuracy of the LPR system regardless of the time of the day and night. Contractor to provide any necessary shading or lighting elements required to mitigate the effect of the ambient lighting conditions on the LPR system performance.
6. Provide a means, subject to approval by the Owner, to remotely score the LPR Subsystem to ensure it meets the performance requirements. Assist the Owner in transferring images from each lane to a storage format such as CD-ROM, DVD, memory stick, or uploaded to an FTP site that can then be viewed and scored on a standalone PC by the Owner or their designated representative. Owner is to be able to select any images stored on the LPR database for scoring purposes. The Contractor to provide all software needed to test the LPR Subsystem’s performance.
The software is to be able to be downloadable to a standalone PC used for testing.
B. Fully operational regardless of extreme weather such as heat, sun, rain, ice, snow, freezing rain, etc.
C. Operating temperature range of -30 to +55 Celsius and to 95% RH.
1.5 PRICE REQUIREMENTS:
A. Price includes the provision of all material, labor, equipment, and services necessary to furnish, coordinate installation with a separate Installation Contractor (“Installer”), support, and service a fully integrated LPR system as outlined herein.
B. Add-Alternate: Provide pricing for Maintenance, Service, and Parts Contract after twoyear warranty:
1. A separate contract awarded for Maintenance, Service and parts that would commence with expiration of two-year warranty period.
2. Provide annual pricing for five (5) years after initial two-year warranty period.
C. Substantial Completion: A certificate of substantial completion will be provided when the following requirements have been satisfied:
1. All systems, features and communications, have passed the SAT per Section 3.2 of this document.
2. All spare parts, stock material and manuals are on site and have been approved.
3. All test checklists, documentation and training has been completed. 805
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
FIXED LPR ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 48 - 4
D. Final Acceptance: Final acceptance will occur upon satisfactory completion of all work, tests, demonstrations and training specified herein as well as successful completion of thirty-day operational test per Section 3.2 of this document.
1.6 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Distribute to the Installer within 45 days after award of contract all installation diagrams, installation instructions, details, shop drawings, riser diagrams, and templates required to provide Installer the necessary information for installing, setting, anchoring and/or mounting, and connecting all LPR cameras and associated LPR system equipment including but not limited to any required servers, network switches, camera mounting cabinets, etc.
2. Provide support remotely and on-site as needed to the Installer during the installation period to ensure they properly install the LPR equipment.
3. Coordinate interfaces with any other systems by others, including but not limited to Local Area Network, MSM/SSM/PbC vendors, etc.
1.7 PROPOSAL SUBMITTALS - TO BE INCLUDED WITH RESPONSE
A. Price Form:
1. Total system cost (design, manufacture, shipping, installation coordination, training, commissioning, etc.).
2. Include per unit cost of each component.
3. Include any and all recurring fees including any annual SaaS/subscription fees.
4. Include recommended spare parts to be kept on-site.
B. Product Data:
1. Product description for each component including the following:
a. Detail of user interface.
b. Operating temperature and humidity ranges.
c. Camera housing materials.
d. Photos of installed system, including and identifying base products and options.
e. Installation and mounting requirements.
f. List of modular components that may be replaced by hand. g. List of components that require tools for replacement, and identify which tools are required.
h. Contractor will identify and document in their Proposal the form, location and cost of any LPR trigger loops required to assure accurate counting and LPN capture.
2. RMA process and procedures.
3. Description of the LMS software, including the following:
806
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
FIXED LPR ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 48 - 5
a. Configuration diagram.
b. Software platforms.
c. Communication protocol, polling procedures and transaction message flow from peripheral devices to and through LMS.
d. Describe how data and license plate images are transferred in real time. e. Describe the minimum, maximum, and average amount of time in seconds the system will take to transmit and receive images and data, including what parameters or conditions will affect transmission times and what percentage of each type of transmission can be expected to be transmitted within the average transmission time.
f. Describe any file limitations in downloading, sending and storing license plate images.
g. Communication failure/error identification and recovery. h. Fault tolerance.
i. Back-up procedures.
j. Data storage and retrieval procedures.
4. Sample screenshots, databases and reports:
a. Screenshots of dashboards.
b. License plate images.
c. Databases.
d. Enforcement reports.
e. Statistical reports.
C. Spare Parts
1. Provide a list of recommended spare parts and associated pricing.
2. Provide a list of all spare parts including:
a. Part name.
b. Part number.
c. Unit price.
d. RMA process and procedures.
D. Exceptions and Substitutions:
1. Complete and submit an all-inclusive Specification Exception list (including substitutions) using the Specification Compliance Form provided in this RFP, identifying any substantive non-compliance with specification requirements.
2. Substitutions: It is recognized that there are variations in equipment between manufacturers. Where functional performance, features or quality of system varies materially from that specified, submit a Request for Substitution identifying substitution being proposed. This submittal may be accompanied by catalog sheets, brochures, and technical specifications of the proposed system.
E. Project Schedule: Detailed schedule of project requirements including milestones for delivery, installation coordination, training, and testing. Milestones include special project requirements related to coordination with work by others and phasing.
F. List manufacturer of each primary component of system. 807
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
FIXED LPR ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 48 - 6
G. Contractor Information
1. Provide the following information:
a. Name of company.
b. Brief company overview including a description of the company structure, and a statement on whether the company is a private or public entity c. Years in business.
d. Number of employees.
e. Annual sales volume.
f. Name and contact information (address, email, and phone number) of Principals and/or Local Contacts.
2. Provide a list of any subcontractors, their business address, and a brief summary of their role in the project.
3. Provide the name, location, and contact information of the nearest authorized service center for maintenance and repairs.
4. Proven ability to provide installation support to others and service/support after installation, meeting minimum requirements as specified herein.
5. Continuously worked with equipment manufacturer, including providing installations and/or service, for minimum of three (3) years.
6. Approved in writing by manufacturer.
7. Documentation of manufacturer’s installation and/or service training within previous two (2) years.
8. Similar system installed in three (3) or more customers of similar size and complexity, at least one of which must be located within 4 hours driving time from Owner’s location. Provide the following for each installation:
a. Name of project.
b. Location.
c. Contact name, telephone number and email address.
d. Date of installation.
e. Description of equipment and quantities.
H. Manufacturer’s Qualifications (if not the Contractor): Provide documentation:
1. In continuous operations for previous five (5) years.
2. Description of the manufacturer’s presence in the region.
3. Similar systems and system integration installed in three (3) or more customers of similar size and complexity, at least one of which must be located within 4 hours driving time from Owner’s location. Provide the following for each installation:
a. Name of project.
b. Location.
c. Contact name, telephone number and email address.
d. Date of installation.
e. Description of equipment and quantities.
I. Warranty:
808
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
FIXED LPR ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 48 - 7
1. Submit copy of warranty (per Section 1.10 of this document) and explanation of any instances which may impact warranty coverage. Note that a two-year warranty is required.
2. Submit RMA procedures.
1.8 INFORMATIONAL AND CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. All submittal approvals, comments and rejections will be returned to the Contractor by the Owner’s designated representative with requests for resubmittal as appropriate.
Resubmit as required until submittal is approved by the Owner’s designated representative.
B. Operating Documentation: Prior to initiation of field test and training, deliver two hard copies and one electronic copy of operations manuals, maintenance, and administration manuals.
C. Copies of all licenses, registrations, documentation, disks and other media as may have been included with those commercially available software packages provided with system. In addition, ensure that all licenses, registrations and warranties have been transferred to Owner prior to final software turnover.
D. At least 30 days prior to scheduled training sessions, deliver a Training Plan. Include at a minimum, a description of all training courses including identification of instructional outcome, duration of course, and type of presentations.
E. Testing Plan and Documentation: Provide a test plan for review and approval by Owner or Owner’s authorized representative 30 days prior to start of first test. Include demonstrations of compliance with specifications, contractual compliance, disaster recovery testing and documentation, definitions of all test objectives, participant responsibilities, documentation for tests, and procedures for dealing with failures during test.
F. Contractor is responsible for all licenses and compliance with all codes and regulations.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All components and installation to comply with all laws, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations of public authorities having jurisdiction over this part of the work. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to meet these and all other current technical, performance, and safety standards that are applicable to all components and to the entire system, even when not specifically referenced.
B. Open-architecture system where all interfaces (hardware and software) conform to national and International Organization for Standardization (ISO) standards.
C. All materials and equipment listed, labeled, or certified by a nationally recognized testing laboratory to meet Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) standards, where test standards have been established.
809
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
FIXED LPR ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 48 - 8
1. Equipment and materials which are not covered by UL Standards may be considered, provided equipment and material is listed, labeled, certified, or otherwise determined to meet safety requirements of a nationally recognized testing laboratory.
2. Equipment of a class for which no nationally recognized testing laboratory accepts, certifies, lists, labels, or determines to be safe, will be considered if inspected or tested in accordance with national industrial standards, such as NEMA, or ANSI.
Evidence of compliance includes certified test reports and definitive product data.
D. Equipment housings, conduits, and junction boxes exposed to weather (any location not in a conditioned environment) will meet or exceed NEMA 4X or IP65 standards to be moisture-proof and provide sufficient protection so that the components continue to function without moisture, dust, particle, heat, or cold-related interruption. Components that do not meet NEMA 4X or IP65 standards or better may be considered if implemented with supplemental environmental controls to sufficiently protect equipment.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. General: Equipment warranty (100% parts and labor) for two (2) years from date of final acceptance by Owner or Owner’s Representative. System maintained and serviced against any and all malfunctions due to manufacturing or installation defects at no cost to Owner during warranty period, including preventive maintenance per manufacturer's recommendations or as necessary to keep equipment in good working order. Software support provided during warranty period to include all software upgrades at no additional cost to Owner.
1. Warranty period commences after Contractor has demonstrated satisfactory performance of system as specified in the Acceptance Testing Plan.
2. Maintain a log of all maintenance, preventive maintenance and repair work performed under warranty and provide to Owner or Owner’s Representative at end of warranty period.
B. Warranty response period:
1. Immediate telephone support available from 8:00 am – 5:00 pm, local time, Monday-Friday.
2. On-site response by qualified service technician within 48 hours, excluding weekends and holidays.
C. If Contractor is not available for above response, Owner or Owner’s Representative may affect repairs with no impact on warranty. Pre-qualify appropriate Owner or Owner’s Representative to perform repairs and identify types of repair each trained individual is qualified to perform after training of Owner personnel.
D. Replace items taken from spare parts inventory during warranty period at no additional cost to Owner.
E. Preventative Maintenance Service during the Warranty Period:
810
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
FIXED LPR ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 48 - 9
1. Provide preventative maintenance services for all systems throughout the warranty period. Preventative maintenance procedures and frequencies are defined within the Manufacturer's recommended maintenance procedures manual.
2. Preventative maintenance services include but are not limited to inspection, testing, necessary adjustment, alignments, calibration, parts cleaning, communication system maintenance, server administration and database administration of the hardware provided as part of this project by the Contractor.
3. Perform all preventative maintenance at non-peak periods during regular business hours.
F. Software Support during the Warranty Period:
1. Make available to the Owner normal software improvement releases (updates) as they become available at no additional cost to the Owner.
2. Provide all software patches and updates free of charge during the warranty period; however, the Owner has right of refusal.
3. Seven (7) calendar days prior to all software modifications, patches, updates, and upgrades, provide accurate and complete documentation that describes:
a. Patch/update release designation.
b. Proposed date and time of implementation.
c. Detailed description of what the patch/update accomplishes. d. Test plan that shows the change has been successfully tested and has passed internal unit, end-to-end testing.
e. Full disaster recovery procedures that return the system to its prepatch/update condition
4. Provide operating system support and database administration services including adherence to the recommended operating system patches and updates as they are made commercially available by the operating system developer.
5. Coordinate the testing and implementation of all patches and updates with the Owner.
6. Support upgrades to the application based on operating system patch and upgrade requirements. For example, if run on a Microsoft operating system, the software can be patched according to the Microsoft patch and upgrade schedule without breaking any application. If Microsoft decommissions an operating system, the Contractor must be capable of releasing code compatible with next operating system upgrade prior to Microsoft ending support for current operating system.
7. If at any time the Contractor ceases to do business or ceases to make the software product commercially available, the Owner will assume full ownership of the software. Thirty days prior to ceasing to do business, the Contractor will provide the most current version of the software source code to the Owner.
8. Provide corrective patches and upgrades in the event security vulnerability or system availability issues are discovered.
1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
A. Prior to shipment of any equipment, a Factory Acceptance Test process must be completed and documented by Contractor, and the certificates of FAT completion 811
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
FIXED LPR ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 48 - 10
reviewed and approved by Owner and Installer, in accordance with the description in Section 2.3 below.
B. Contractor is responsible for insuring all shipped items. Any items damaged during shipping are to be replaced and shipped to the project site, by expedited means if requested, at no additional cost to the Owner.
C. Owner, at their sole discretion, may agree to provide a designated storage/staging area of no more than 100 square feet of floor space for equipment that has not been installed.
Location to be determined after contract award. Contractor should assume in their proposal that no storage area will be provided. If a storage area is provided, Installer is responsible for securing that storage area with a suitable lock.
D. Deliver equipment to Installer or project site in manufacturer’s original containers to prevent damage and marked for easy identification.
E. Once equipment has been delivered either to the Installer or to the project site, it is the Installer’s responsibility to protect the equipment from theft and damage until final acceptance and to insure the stored equipment against risk of loss and damage. Installer is to replace any lost or damaged equipment at no additional cost to the Owner.
F. Installer is to receive all equipment at deliver site or project site. Owner is not to receive, unload, or otherwise participate in delivery of equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LPR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (LMS)
A. Microprocessor controlled, in on-line, virtual real-time communication. In event of failure during communication, an error-checking and recovery routine is employed to prevent corruption of data.
B. Hosted system, capable of operating with proper user ID and password, to all authorized users.
1. Provide continual software updates at no additional fees for the life of the contract.
2. Maintain a secure connection while active, and automatically log-off after programmable period of inactivity.
3. Remote access to LMS over standard TCP/IP connection (may use web browserbased applications).
4. Browser-based user-interface modules utilize client/server technology or equivalent. The following general requirements apply to all components or modules:
a. Graphical user interface.
b. Allow for both standard and custom report formats.
c. Adequate security to allow for different classifications of users.
5. System back-up in less than three hours.
812
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
FIXED LPR ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 48 - 11
6. Provide any and all updates to the LMS at no additional cost to the Owner for the life of any contract.
C. Accurately enforce/match scanned vehicle license plates via an integration to the Payby-Plate (PbP) Multi-Space Parking Meter (MSM) System and Citation Management System (CMS) such as by:
1. Hourly/Daily Parkers
2. Monthly/Contract Parkers
3. Tow, boot or seizure eligible registrations
4. City, state, and federal stolen vehicle license plates
5. Previously scanned vehicles for time limit violations
6. Authorized “allowed list” vehicle license plates
7. BOLO vehicle license plates
D. Ability to provide security features so that a vehicle identified as a scofflaw cannot be bypassed without corrective action or supervisory authorization.
E. Capable of duration of stay and turnover analysis.
F. Ability to schedule updates (i.e., hot lists).
G. Provide mapping functions with zones for location identification and rules.
H. Display license plates scanned
I. Audible and visual alerts of license plates which are in violation or otherwise identified as scofflaws.
J. Provide the capability for supervisors to perform field audits.
K. Provide remote access to the management features of the system from designated workstations for authorized supervisors.
L. Storage
1. Ability to store and catalogue images for up to sixty (60) days and recall them on demand by field-sortable search.
M. Automatically capture, interpret, process, display and store license plate images N. Incorporate fuzzy logic for identifying misreads.
O. Provide real-time displays of:
1. License plate image.
2. License plate.
3. Image of vehicle.
4. Date and time.
5. GPS coordinates.
813
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
FIXED LPR ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 48 - 12
P. Manual Features
1. Ability to manually identify misread plates.
2. Ability to add notes to images.
Q. Queries:
1. Ability to manually enter plates for querying purposes.
2. Ability to cross-link, query and input data from external sources.
3. Ability to audit all queries by date, time and user password.
4. Ability to save frequent query requests.
R. Data format in either .csv or text file.
S. Ability to export and print all data.
T. Data download by flash drive or wireless.
U. Include updatable mapping system and license.
V. Security
1. Utilize protocols and passwords that prevent unauthorized access to software and hardware and manipulation of data and reports, including individual transactions.
2. Include multiple levels of access authorization to all operational, administrative and reporting functions and provide the following security features:
a. Define individual user and group-based security.
b. Ability to assign a unique user ID and password for each person authorized to use system.
c. Ability to establish an expiration period for passwords and periodically change that password for each authorized user ID.
d. Ability to disable a user ID following successive log-on failures exceeding a specific limit.
e. Ability to view and report user and group level security rights and create userdefined fields. f. Ability to de-activate codes for former users and internal and external customers.
3. Provide Owner with a complete list of initial installation administrator usernames and passwords for all authorized users.
4. Monitor the transmission of repeated messages that may indicate possible problems with the system.
5. Display abnormal status conditions as a visual alarm on the workstation screen, accompanied by an audible alarm.
a. The display continues to flash until the abnormal condition is corrected. The audible alarm continues until turned off by operator.
b. Record the abnormal status condition and the acknowledgement of the alarm, including time, workstation and operator.
814
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
FIXED LPR ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 48 - 13
2.2 CAMERAS
A. All cameras must be new, factory original equipment. The existing HTS LPR cameras at the Owner’s site are not to be reused.
B. Ability to read reflective and non-reflective license plates.
C. Ability to take still pictures.
D. Ambient lighting conditions have no effect on the accuracy of the LPR system regardless of the time of the day and night. Provide any necessary shading or lighting elements required to mitigate the effect of the ambient lighting conditions on the LPR system performance.
E. Perform all optical character recognition.
F. RF shielded camera cables.
G. Internal heating elements.
H. Rated at 30 frames per second.
I. Anti-theft mounting /removal brackets.
J. Equipped with IR lens for license plate and color image for verification.
K. Capable of multiple images with multiple flash and shutter settings.
L. Pulsed LED illumination.
2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Factory Acceptance Test (FAT)
1. Due to the separation of the “furnish equipment and software” and “provide installation” portions of the scope for this project, it is required that adequate documentation of the proper functioning of the equipment in its complete, originally manufactured state be conducted by the Contractor prior to delivery of equipment to the project site. Such testing, known as a Factory Acceptance Test (FAT), is meant to ensure that all equipment is known and demonstrated to be working correctly via a documented FAT procedure and a certificate of completion of FAT is provided to the Owner and Installer prior to handoff of the equipment to the Installer.
2. All equipment is to have successfully passed formal manufacturing FATs and quality assurance inspections to validate compliance with these functional specifications prior to shipment to the project site.
3. Records for formal internal Contractor FAT and inspection for performance, materials quality and/or workmanship are to be produced by the Contractor and sent as formal project submittals to Owner and Installer for review prior to shipment of equipment to the project site. Equipment is not to be released for shipment until Owner and Installer have approved the FAT submittals. 815
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
FIXED LPR ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 48 - 14
4. Contractor is also to have readily available proof of product reliability analysis and testing should reliability become a problem at any time from the beginning of installation testing through the final operational test period PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate installation of LPR System with Installer in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Installation and Start-Up: Contractor is to coordinate installation of all Contractor supplied equipment and its interfacing and interconnection with Owner supplied equipment with Installer. Installer is to perform all physical equipment installation and associated electrical or civil work, with support from Contractor as needed.
C. Contractor is responsible for all software and communications by all computers and peripheral devices.
D. Owner or Owner’s Representative may observe installation process and stop the work at any time throughout the process.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide an Acceptance Testing Plan to demonstrate the functionality of the system.
1. Include demonstrations of compliance with all specifications, contractual compliance, definitions of all test objectives, participant responsibilities, documentation of tests and procedures for dealing with failures during test.
2. Detail tests for every functional requirement of the system, including PbC integration.
a. Include checklist for specified supplies, spare parts, training operation and training manuals.
b. Provide space for acceptance by Contractor and Owner or Owner’s representative.
3. Confirm that all specified features are provided and fully operational before scheduling Acceptance Testing with Owner and/or Owner’s Agent.
4. Notify Owner or Owner’s Representative in writing at least one week prior to test session. If a test is not successful, correct noted deficiencies and advise Owner or Owner’s Representative, at least two days in advance, that test session is ready to resume.
5. Owner or Owner’s Representative may witness tests.
B. Passing Acceptance testing, even if performed in the presence of the Owner or Owner’s Representative, does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to provide a system in accordance with the Specifications.
816
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
FIXED LPR ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 48 - 15
C. Promptly correct all problems encountered at no cost to the Owner.
D. Thirty-Day Operational Test and Final Acceptance
1. After go-live date, the Owner will conduct an operational test for thirty (30) days.
2. Performance Standards:
a. System is fully operational without downtime or programming problems for the complete monthly reporting cycle. For each down time period of between one hour and eight hours, or programming problems that delay the report cycle, two days will be added to the test duration.
b. All reports correlate 100% with data from the Pay-by-Plate (PbP) MultiSpace Parking Meter (MSM) System and the monthly permit system.
3. Maintain detailed records and a logbook of all tests, events and issues to be provided to the Owner upon completion of the tests.
3.3 INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING
A. Fully instruct the Owner’s designated personnel in the operation, adjustment, and maintenance of all products, equipment, and systems.
B. Coordinate scheduling of on-site and in-person instructional classes with Owner’s designated personnel to avoid conflicts and peak-period personnel demands.
C. Submit a proposed instruction schedule prior to equipment installation. Owner will tentatively approve or suggest changes to the training schedule.
D. Ample time should be allotted within each session for the instructor to fully describe and demonstrate all aspects of the system and allow Owner personnel to have hands-on experience with the meters.
E. All instruction courses will consist of classroom instruction and actual “hands-on” experience. Classes will be set up in a room designated by the Owner.
F. Provide experienced instructors that speak fluent English in a clear precise manner.
G. Provide all documentation required for instructing Owner personnel. The Owner retains the right to copy training materials as frequently as required for ongoing internal use only.
H. Provide an instructional notebook or user’s manual to accompany every instruction course. Submit a hard copy and electronic version of all manuals (operation and maintenance) written in common English with appropriate photos, diagrams, and schematics to supplement the text.
I. Training categories:
1. Maintenance.
2. Enforcement.
3. Administration.
817
STJPPFA Bellamy Court Garage Project Technical Specifications Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
©2024, Walker Consultants. All rights reserved.
FIXED LPR ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM 11 12 48 - 16
J. Provide hard copies and electronic operation and maintenance manuals for all components.
END OF SECTION 11 12 48
©Copyright 2024. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission from Walker Consultants. 818
GRID GRID DETAIL TITLE SYMBOL DETAIL NUMBER DETAIL TITLE PLAN TITLE SYMBOL MATCH LINE ON RAMP TO TIER 1 REVISION SYMBOL REVISION NUMBER REVISED AREA CLOUD AROUND REVISED AREA COLUMN LINE SHEET NOTE XX TITLE 1/16" = 1'-0" DETAIL NUMBER DETAIL TITLE XX TITLE 1/16" = 1'-0" 1 ENLARGED PLAN OR DETAIL DETAIL NUMBER DRAWING REFERENCE NUMBER DETAIL X-XXX XX SIM TO TIER Copyright 2022. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission from Walker Consultants ---- 4/17/2024 12:18:22 PM ---- SHEET TITLE:
DESCRIPTION
ISSUE:
MARK DATE PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 33-002350.00
GARAGE UPGRADE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CA Walker Consultants.
Project Number: 33-002350
601 California Street
Suite 820
San Francisco, CA 94108
415.644.0630 Ph
www.walkerconsultants.com
WALKER
C O N S U L T A N T S
95% CD SUBMITTAL 12/16/2022
100% CD ISSUED FOR RFP 04/19/2024 ANUSH NEJAD, P.E.
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS
1740 D STREET
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CA 96150
PH: (530) 542-6031 FAX: (530) 541-3051 Q-001 COVER SHEET, INDEX, MAPS AOTD ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS LEGEND PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT LOCATION SHEET INDEX LOCATION MAP VICINITY MAP SCOPE OF PROJECT PROJECT DIRECTORY PROJECT DATA CLIENT Anush A. Nejad, P.E., T.E. Director of Public Works City of South Lake Tahoe - 1901 Lisa Maloff Way, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150 Office: (530) 542-6031 Mobile: (530) 208-8304 Email: [email protected] PARKING CONSULTANT Walker Consultants 601 California Street, Suite 820 San Francisco, CA 94105 Contact: Peter Filice, Project Manager Phone: (408) 806-4674 Email: [email protected] CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE STJPPFA 1 BELLAMY CT., SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CA 96150 PROVIDE NEW PARKING ACCESS AND REVENUE CONTROL SYSTEM (PARCS), ENFORCEMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, AND NEW AUTOMATED PARKING GUIDANCE SYSTEM (APGS) ADDRESS: 1 BELLAMY CT., SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CA 96150 APN: 029-470-14-100 CONSTRUCTION TYPE: TYPE 1 OCCUPANCY TYPE: S-2 BUILDING HEIGHT: 3 STORIES ABOVE GRADE BUILDING AREA: GROUND LEVEL: 36,400 SF SECOND LEVEL: 36,700 SF THIRD LEVEL: 27,212 SF ROOF LEVEL: 27,212 SF GROSS FLOOR AREA: 127,524 SF APPLICABLE CODES APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES: 2019 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (VOLUME 1) WITH JULY 2021 SUPPLEMENT 2019 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (VOLUME 2) 2019 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE CITY MUNICIPAL CODE NEW GATELESS PARCS AND PARKING GUIDANCE SYSTEM RFP PARCS & APGS Q-001 COVER SHEET, INDEX, MAPS QD-101 NEW PARCS SYSTEM PAY ON FOOT MACHINE GROUND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN QD-102 NEW PARCS SYSTEM PAY ON FOOT MACHINE SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN QD-103 NEW PARCS SYSTEM PAY ON FOOT MACHINE THIRD FLOOR DEMOLITON PLAN QD-401 NEW PARCS SYSTEM ENTRY/EXIT LANE DEMOLITION PLAN Q-101 NEW PARCS/APGS SYSTEM -- NEW GARAGE EQUIPMENT GROUND LEVEL PLAN Q-102 NEW PARCS/APGS SYSTEM -- NEW GARAGE EQUIPMENT SECOND LEVEL PLAN Q-103 NEW PARCS/APGS SYSTEM -- NEW GARAGE EQUIPMENT THIRD LEVEL PLAN Q-401 NEW PARCS SYSTEM ENTRY/EXIT LANE EQUIPMENT PLAN Q-403 NEW PARCS/APGS SYSTEM NEW APGS DIGITAL SIGNS Q-501 APGS COUNTING SENSOR DETAILS Q-502 APGS SIGNAGE DETAILS 819
A B C D 34578910111213612 62'-0" 59'-0" 59'-0"
196'-0"
12'-0" 16'-0" 16'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 16'-0" 16'-0" 12'-0" STAIR 2 OFFICE L101 RAMP EXHAUST PLENUM ELEC. ROOM 180'-0" DN UP SLOPE UP SLOPE UP SLOPE UP COMPACT COORDINATE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER AND PROVIDE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS AS NECESSARY TO INSTALLER TO SUPPORT THE FOLLOWING SCOPE OF WORK: REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF PARCS HEADEND EQUIPMENT IN THIS PARKING OFFICE AS
REQUIRED TO MAKE READY
FOR NEW PARCS HEADEND
EQUIPMENT.
COORDINATE REMOVAL WITH
STJPPFA PERSONNEL TO ENSURE THAT ONLY PARCSRELATED ITEMS ARE REMOVED. COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COORDINATE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER AND PROVIDE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS AS NECESSARY TO INSTALLER TO SUPPORT THE FOLLOWING SCOPE OF WORK: REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING PARCS EQUIPMENT AND STATIC SIGNAGE IN THESE TWO ENTRY/EXIT LANE AREAS, PER DETAILS PROVIDED ON QD-401. COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT 1/16" = 1'-0" PARCS DEMO PLAN - GROUND LEVEL 01
NO PARKING VAN
NO
PARKING NO PARKING NO PARKING COORDINATE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER AND PROVIDE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS AS NECESSARY TO INSTALLER TO SUPPORT THE FOLLOWING SCOPE OF WORK: REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF 2 (TWO) EXISTING PAY-ON-FOOT KIOSKS AND ATTACHED VIDEO INTERCOM UNITS AT THIS LOCATION. REMOVE AND RETAIN STATIC PAYMENT INFORMATION SIGNS ADJACENT TO PAY-ON-FOOT KIOSKS. CAP EXISTING POWER AND DATA CONDUITS, AND ASSESS WHETHER THEY CAN BE REUSED OR WILL REQUIRE REPLACEMENT FOR NEW PARCS EQUIPMENT. SEAL ALL PAVEMENT MOUNTING HOLES COMPACT NO
PARKING
NO
PARKING
PAY
STATION
PAY
STATION 2 QD-401 1 QD-401 LPRLPR
LPR
LPR
LPRLPR
LPR
LPR S21 S21 S22 S23 NORTH TRUE QD-101 AOPF NEW PARCS SYSTEM PAY ON FOOT MACHINE GROUND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN Copyright 2022. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission from Walker Consultants ---- 4/3/2024 1:46:51 PM ---- SHEET TITLE:
DESCRIPTION
ISSUE:
MARK DATE PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 33-002350.00
GARAGE UPGRADE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CA Walker Consultants.
Project Number: 33-002350
601 California Street
Suite 820
San Francisco, CA 94108
415.644.0630 Ph
www.walkerconsultants.com
WALKER
C O N S U L T A N T S
95% CD SUBMITTAL 12/16/2022
100% CD ISSUED FOR RFP 04/19/2024
820
SLOPE UP SLOPE DOWN SLOPE UP SLOPE UP 1/16" = 1'-0" PARCS DEMO PLAN - SECOND LEVEL 01 A B C D 34578910111213612 62'-0" 59'-0" 59'-0" 196'-0"
12'-0" 16'-0" 16'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 16'-0" 16'-0" 12'-0" STAIR 2 SNOW MELT ALT. #5 L301 RAMP EXHAUST PLENUM 180'-0" DN VAN UP NO
PARKING VAN COORDINATE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER AND PROVIDE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS AS NECESSARY TO INSTALLER TO SUPPORT THE FOLLOWING SCOPE OF WORK: REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF 1 (ONE) EXISTING PAY-ON-FOOT KIOSK AND ATTACHED VIDEO INTERCOM UNIT AT THIS LOCATION. REMOVE AND RETAIN STATIC PAYMENT INFORMATION SIGNS ADJACENT TO PAY-ON-FOOT KIOSK. CAP EXISTING POWER AND DATA CONDUITS, AND ASSESS WHETHER THEY CAN BE REUSED OR WILL REQUIRE REPLACEMENT FOR NEW PARCS EQUIPMENT. SEAL ALL PAVEMENT MOUNTING HOLES. NO PARKING NO
PARKING
NO
PARKING NO PARKING
NO
PARKING
NO
PARKING
NO
PARKING NO PARKING NO PARKING COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT NO PARKING PAY STATION NORTH TRUE QD-102 AOPF NEW PARCS SYSTEM PAY ON FOOT MACHINE SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN Copyright 2022. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission from Walker Consultants ---- 4/3/2024 1:46:38 PM ---- SHEET TITLE:
DESCRIPTION
ISSUE:
MARK DATE PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 33-002350.00
GARAGE UPGRADE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CA Walker Consultants.
Project Number: 33-002350
601 California Street
Suite 820
San Francisco, CA 94108
415.644.0630 Ph
www.walkerconsultants.com
WALKER
C O N S U L T A N T S
95% CD SUBMITTAL 12/16/2022
100% CD ISSUED FOR RFP 04/19/2024
821
SLOPE UP SLOPE DOWN SLOPE UP SLOPE UP 1/16" = 1'-0" PARCS DEMO PLAN - THIRD LEVEL 01 A B C D 34578910111213612 62'-0" 59'-0" 59'-0" 196'-0"
12'-0" 16'-0" 16'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 16'-0" 16'-0" 12'-0" 180'-0" RAMP STAIR 2 EXHAUST PLENUM FAN ROOM L105B FAN ROOM L105A DN UP NO PARKING NO PARKING NO PARKING NO PARKING NO
PARKING
NO
PARKING COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT NO PARKING NO
PARKING
NO
PARKING PAY STATION COORDINATE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER AND PROVIDE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS AS NECESSARY TO INSTALLER TO SUPPORT THE FOLLOWING SCOPE OF WORK: REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF 1 (ONE) EXISTING PAY-ON-FOOT KIOSK AND ATTACHED VIDEO INTERCOM UNIT AT THIS LOCATION. REMOVE AND RETAIN STATIC PAYMENT INFORMATION SIGNS ADJACENT TO PAY-ON-FOOT KIOSK. CAP EXISTING POWER AND DATA CONDUITS, AND ASSESS WHETHER THEY CAN BE REUSED OR WILL REQUIRE REPLACEMENT FOR NEW PARCS EQUIPMENT. SEAL ALL PAVEMENT MOUNTING HOLES. NORTH TRUE Copyright 2022. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission from Walker Consultants ---- 4/3/2024 2:35:46 PM ---- SHEET TITLE:
DESCRIPTION
ISSUE:
MARK DATE PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 33-002350.00
GARAGE UPGRADE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CA Walker Consultants.
Project Number: 33-002350
601 California Street
Suite 820
San Francisco, CA 94108
415.644.0630 Ph
www.walkerconsultants.com
WALKER
C O N S U L T A N T S
95% CD SUBMITTAL 12/16/2022
100% CD ISSUED FOR RFP 04/19/2024 QD-103 AOPF NEW PARCS SYSTEM PAY ON FOOT MACHINE THIRD FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN 822
OFFICE L101 SLOPE UP LPRLPR
LPR
LPR COORDINATE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER AND PROVIDE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS AS NECESSARY TO INSTALLER TO SUPPORT THE FOLLOWING SCOPE OF WORK: REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF 1 (ONE) ENTRY STATION, 2 (TWO) TRAFFIC CONTROL LIGHTS, AND SIGNS S22 AND S23 ON THIS ISLAND. REMOVE, SAW TO PAVEMENT LEVEL, AND SEAL ALL CONDUIT STUBS AND MOUNTING HOLES. SIGN S21 TO REMAIN AS IS. S21 S22 S23 COORDINATE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER AND PROVIDE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS AS NECESSARY TO INSTALLER TO SUPPORT THE FOLLOWING SCOPE OF WORK: REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING LPR CAMERAS. CAP EXISTING POWER AND DATA CONDUITS, AND ASSESS WHETHER THEY CAN BE REUSED OR WILL REQUIRE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT FOR NEW PARCS EQUIPMENT. SOUTH ENTRY/EXIT PLAZA 02 3/16" = 1'-0" STAIR 2 ELEC. ROOM EV EV LPRLPR LPR
LPR COORDINATE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER AND PROVIDE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS AS NECESSARY TO INSTALLER TO SUPPORT THE FOLLOWING SCOPE OF WORK: REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF 1 (ONE) ENTRY STATION, 2 (TWO) TRAFFIC CONTROL LIGHTS, AND STATIC SIGNS ON THESE ISLANDS EXCEPT S21. REMOVE, SAW TO PAVEMENT LEVEL, AND SEAL ALL CONDUIT STUBS AND MOUNTING HOLES. SIGN S21 TO REMAIN AS IS. COORDINATE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER AND PROVIDE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS AS NECESSARY TO INSTALLER TO SUPPORT THE FOLLOWING SCOPE OF WORK: REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF STATIC SIGN ON THIS WALL - "THIS IS AN AUTOMATED FACILITY..." S21 COORDINATE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER AND PROVIDE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS AS NECESSARY TO INSTALLER TO SUPPORT THE FOLLOWING SCOPE OF WORK: REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING LPR CAMERAS. CAP EXISTING POWER AND DATA CONDUITS, AND ASSESS WHETHER THEY CAN BE REUSED OR WILL REQUIRE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT FOR NEW PARCS EQUIPMENT. NORTH ENTRY/EXIT PLAZA 01 3/16" = 1'-0" S10 FACE OF SIGN (SEE SIGN SCHEDULE) MARK (TYPICAL ALL TIERS) SIGN KEY 6'-0" 2'-6" TC TRAFFIC CONTROL LIGHT ENTRANCE STATION ENS TYPICAL LOOP LPR LICENSE PLATE RECOGNITION CAMERA EQUIPMENT LEGEND EQUIPMENT DEFINITIONNORTH TRUE Copyright 2022. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission from Walker Consultants ---- 4/3/2024 1:48:49 PM ---- SHEET TITLE:
DESCRIPTION
ISSUE:
MARK DATE PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 33-002350.00
GARAGE UPGRADE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CA Walker Consultants.
Project Number: 33-002350
601 California Street
Suite 820
San Francisco, CA 94108
415.644.0630 Ph
www.walkerconsultants.com
WALKER
C O N S U L T A N T S
95% CD SUBMITTAL 12/16/2022
100% CD ISSUED FOR RFP 04/19/2024 QD-401 AOPF NEW PARCS SYSTEM ENTRY/EXIT LANE DEMOLITION PLAN 823
A B C D 34578910111213612 62'-0" 59'-0" 59'-0"
196'-0"
12'-0" 16'-0" 16'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 16'-0" 16'-0" 12'-0" STAIR 2 OFFICE L101 RAMP EXHAUST PLENUM ELEC. ROOM 180'-0" DN UP SLOPE UP SLOPE UP SLOPE UP COMPACT FURNISH AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER FOR ALL REQUIRED NEW PARCS AND APGS HEADEND EQUIPMENT IN PARKING OFFICE, INCLUDING NEW RACKS, SPECIFY AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER FOR NEW CONDUIT AND WIRING AS REQUIRED. COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT FURNISH AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER FOR NEW LPR EQUIPMENT, LOOPS, AND STATIC SIGNAGE IN THESE TWO ENTRY/EXIT LANE AREAS, PER DETAILS PROVIDED ON Q-401. SPECIFY AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER FOR ALL NEEDED WIRING AND CONDUIT TO CONNECT EQUIPMENT TO PARCS HEADEND IN PARKING OFFICE. CONTRACTOR TO ASSESS WHETHER LPR TRIGGER LOOPS ARE REQUIRED OR VIRTUAL TRIGGERS CAN BE USED. REFER TO Q-401 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. IF LOOPS ARE UTILIZED, CONTRACTOR TO INSPECT AND VERIFY IF EXISTING LOOPS FROM CURRENT OMMIQ PARCS SYSTEM CAN BE USED OR IF NEW LOOPS WILL BE REQUIRED. IF THE LATTER, FURNISHED DESIGN AND MATERIALS FOR AND COORDINATE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER THE INSTALLATION OF THE NEW TRIGGER LOOPS. COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT 1/16" = 1'-0" NEW PARCS PLAN - GROUND LEVEL 01
NO PARKING VAN
NO
PARKING NO PARKING NO PARKING FURNISH AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER 2 (TWO) NEW CREDIT-CARD-ONLY PAY-ON-FOOT KIOSKS AT THIS LOCATION. COORDINATE WITH STJPPFA ON FINAL POSITIONING AND SPACING. PROVIDE REQUIRED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO SEPARATE INSTALLER FOR THEM TO DETERMINE AC POWER AND DATA COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED USING EITHER PRIOR INFRASTRUCTURE OR NEW CONDUITS AND WIRING. PROVIDE AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER NEW STATIC INSTRUCTIONAL SIGNAGE FOR PAYMENT METHODS. COORDINATE NEW SIGNAGE CONTENT, SIZE AND APPEARANCE WITH STJPPFA. COMPACT NO
PARKING
NO
PARKING
CC 2 QD-401 1 QD-401 NORTH TRUE LPRLPR
LPR
LPR
LPRLPR
LPR
LPR S21 S21 S22 S23 INDICATES APGS COUNTING ZONE FOR CAMERA-BASED OR ULTRASONIC VEHICLE COUNTING. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DETAILS ON PROPOSED SOLUTION, SENSOR PLACEMENT, AND LANE DELINEATION REQUIREMENTS PER SPECIFICATION, AND FURNISH AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER OF SENSORS, HEADEND EQUIPMENT, SIGN INTERFACES AND ALL REQUIRED CONDUIT AND WIRING. REFER TO DETAILS ON Q-501 CC
S10 FACE OF SIGN (SEE SIGN SCHEDULE) MARK (TYPICAL ALL TIERS) SIGN KEY 6'-0" 2'-6" CREDIT CARD ONLY PAY ON FOOT KIOSK CC TYPICAL LOOP LPR LICENSE PLATE RECOGNITION CAMERA EQUIPMENT LEGEND EQUIPMENT DEFINITION APGS COUNTING ZONE Copyright 2022. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission from Walker Consultants ---- 4/3/2024 1:48:22 PM ---- SHEET TITLE:
DESCRIPTION
ISSUE:
MARK DATE PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 33-002350.00
GARAGE UPGRADE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CA Walker Consultants.
Project Number: 33-002350
601 California Street
Suite 820
San Francisco, CA 94108
415.644.0630 Ph
www.walkerconsultants.com
WALKER
C O N S U L T A N T S
95% CD SUBMITTAL 12/16/2022
100% CD ISSUED FOR RFP 04/19/2024 Q-101 AOPF NEW PARCS/ APGS SYSTEM -- NEW GARAGE EQUIPMENT GROUND LEVEL PLAN 824
SLOPE UP SLOPE DOWN SLOPE UP SLOPE UP 1/16" = 1'-0" NEW PARCS PLAN - SECOND LEVEL 01 A B C D 34578910111213612 62'-0" 59'-0" 59'-0" 196'-0"
12'-0" 16'-0" 16'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 16'-0" 16'-0" 12'-0" STAIR 2 SNOW MELT ALT. #5 L301 RAMP EXHAUST PLENUM 180'-0" DN VAN UP NO
PARKING VAN FURNISH AND COORDINATE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER THE INSTALLATION OF 1 (ONE) NEW CREDIT-CARD-ONLY PAY-ON-FOOT KIOSK AT THIS LOCATION. COORDINATE WITH STJPPFA ON FINAL POSITIONING.
SPECIFY AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION
WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER FOR NEW AC
POWER AND DATA COMMUNICATIONS
CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED USING EITHER
PRIOR INFRASTRUCTURE OR NEW CONDUITS
AND WIRING.
FURNISH AND COORDINATE WITH SEPARATE
INSTALLER THE INSTALLATION OF NEW
STATIC INSTRUCTIONAL SIGNAGE FOR
PAYMENT METHODS. COORDINATE NEW
SIGNAGE CONTENT, SIZE AND APPEARANCEWITH STJPPFA. NO PARKING NO
PARKING
NO
PARKING NO PARKING
NO
PARKING
NO
PARKING
NO
PARKING NO PARKING NO PARKING COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT NO PARKING CC NORTH TRUE S10 FACE OF SIGN (SEE SIGN SCHEDULE) MARK (TYPICAL ALL TIERS) SIGN KEY 6'-0" 2'-6" CREDIT CARD ONLY PAY ON FOOT KIOSK CC TYPICAL LOOP LPR LICENSE PLATE RECOGNITION CAMERA EQUIPMENT LEGEND EQUIPMENT DEFINITION APGS COUNTING ZONE Q-102 AOPF NEW PARCS/ APGS SYSTEM -- NEW GARAGE EQUIPMENT SECOND LEVEL PLAN Copyright 2022. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission from Walker Consultants ---- 4/3/2024 1:48:09 PM ---- SHEET TITLE:
DESCRIPTION
ISSUE:
MARK DATE PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 33-002350.00
GARAGE UPGRADE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CA Walker Consultants.
Project Number: 33-002350
601 California Street
Suite 820
San Francisco, CA 94108
415.644.0630 Ph
www.walkerconsultants.com
WALKER
C O N S U L T A N T S
95% CD SUBMITTAL 12/16/2022
100% CD ISSUED FOR RFP 04/19/2024
825
SLOPE UP SLOPE DOWN SLOPE UP SLOPE UP 1/16" = 1'-0" NEW PARCS PLAN - THIRD LEVEL 01 A B C D 34578910111213612 62'-0" 59'-0" 59'-0" 196'-0"
12'-0" 16'-0" 16'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 18'-0" 16'-0" 16'-0" 12'-0" 180'-0" RAMP STAIR 2 EXHAUST PLENUM FAN ROOM L105B FAN ROOM L105A DN UP NO PARKING NO PARKING NO PARKING NO PARKING NO
PARKING
NO
PARKING COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT NO PARKING NO
PARKING
NO
PARKING CC NORTH TRUE
S10 FACE OF SIGN (SEE SIGN SCHEDULE) MARK (TYPICAL ALL TIERS) SIGN KEY 6'-0" 2'-6" CREDIT CARD ONLY PAY ON FOOT KIOSK CC TYPICAL LOOP LPR LICENSE PLATE RECOGNITION CAMERA EQUIPMENT LEGEND EQUIPMENT DEFINITION APGS COUNTING ZONE FURNISH AND COORDINATE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER THE INSTALLATION OF 1 (ONE)NEW CREDIT-CARD-ONLY PAY-ON-FOOT KIOSKAT THIS LOCATION. COORDINATE WITH STJPPFA ON FINAL POSITIONING.
SPECIFY AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION
WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER FOR NEW AC
POWER AND DATA COMMUNICATIONS
CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED USING EITHER
PRIOR INFRASTRUCTURE OR NEW CONDUITS
AND WIRING.
FURNISH AND COORDINATE WITH SEPARATE
INSTALLER THE INSTALLATION OF NEW
STATIC INSTRUCTIONAL SIGNAGE FOR
PAYMENT METHODS. COORDINATE NEW
SIGNAGE CONTENT, SIZE AND APPEARANCEWITH STJPPFA. Copyright 2022. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission from Walker Consultants ---- 4/3/2024 1:47:57 PM ---- SHEET TITLE:
DESCRIPTION
ISSUE:
MARK DATE PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 33-002350.00
GARAGE UPGRADE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CA Walker Consultants.
Project Number: 33-002350
601 California Street
Suite 820
San Francisco, CA 94108
415.644.0630 Ph
www.walkerconsultants.com
WALKER
C O N S U L T A N T S
95% CD SUBMITTAL 12/16/2022
100% CD ISSUED FOR RFP 04/19/2024 Q-103 AOPF NEW PARCS/ APGS SYSTEM -- NEW GARAGE EQUIPMENT THIRD LEVEL PLAN 826
OFFICE L101 SLOPE UP LPRLPR
LPR
LPR S21 S22 S23 FURNISH AND COORDINATE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER THE INSTALLATION OF NEW LPR CAMERAS. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE COMPLETE DETAILS AND CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS FOR ANY NEW OR ALTERED LPR EQUIPMENT AND/OR LOCATIONS. SOUTH ENTRY/EXIT PLAZA 02 3/16" = 1'-0" FURNISH AND COORDINATE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER THE INSTALLATION OF NEW STATIC SIGNS ON THESE ISLANDS WHICH PROVIDE APPROPRIATE PAYMENT AND USE INSTRUCTIONS FOR GARAGE. COORDINATE WITH STJPPFA ON SIGNAGE FORMAT, CONTENT, SIZE, AND LOCATION. CONTRACTOR TO EXAMINE EXISTING EMBEDDED PAVEMENT LOOPS IN ALL LANES AND DETERMINE IF THEY CAN BE USED FOR NEW PARCS SYSTEM OR WILL REQUIRE NEW LOOPS AND/OR USAGE OF VIRTUAL TRIGGERS TO BE UTILIZED. IF EXISTING LOOPS CAN BE USED, CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE COMPLETE INSTRUCTIONS TO SEPARATE INSTALLER ON HOW TO TEST AND CONNECT THEM TO NEW PARCS SYSTEM. IF NEW LOOPS ARE REQUIRED, CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS SHOWING NEW LOOP EQUIPMENT, LOCATIONS, SIZES, SPECIFICATIONS AND CONDUIT FOR WIRING AND FURNISH NEW LOOP MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND COORDINATE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER DURING THE INSTALLATION. STAIR 2 ELEC. ROOM EV EV LPRLPR LPR
LPR
FURNISH AND COORDINATE WITH
SEPARATE INSTALLER THE
INSTALLATION OF NEW STATIC
SIGNS ON THESE ISLANDS WHICH
PROVIDE APPROPRIATE PAYMENT
AND USE INSTRUCTIONS FOR
GARAGE.
COORDINATE WITH STJPPFA ON
SIGNAGE FORMAT, CONTENT, SIZE,AND LOCATION. S21 NORTH ENTRY/EXIT PLAZA 01 3/16" = 1'-0" FURNISH AND COORDINATE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER THE INSTALLATION OF NEW LPR CAMERAS. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE COMPLETE DETAILS AND CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS FOR ANY NEW OR ALTERED LPR EQUIPMENT AND/OR LOCATIONS. CONTRACTOR TO EXAMINE EXISTING EMBEDDED PAVEMENT LOOPS IN ALL LANES AND DETERMINE IF THEY CAN BE USED FOR NEW PARCS SYSTEM OR WILL REQUIRE NEW LOOPS AND/OR USAGE OF VIRTUAL TRIGGERS TO BE UTILIZED. IF EXISTING LOOPS CAN BE USED, CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE COMPLETE INSTRUCTIONS TO SEPARATE INSTALLER ON HOW TO TEST AND CONNECT THEM TO NEW PARCS SYSTEM. IF NEW LOOPS ARE REQUIRED, CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS SHOWING NEW LOOP EQUIPMENT, LOCATIONS, SIZES, SPECIFICATIONS AND CONDUIT FOR WIRING AND FURNISH NEW LOOP MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND COORDINATE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER DURING THE INSTALLATION.
S10 FACE OF SIGN (SEE SIGN SCHEDULE) MARK (TYPICAL ALL TIERS) SIGN KEY 24'-0" 10'-0" CREDIT CARD ONLY PAY ON FOOT KIOSK CC TYPICAL LOOP LPR LICENSE PLATE RECOGNITION CAMERA EQUIPMENT LEGEND EQUIPMENT DEFINITION APGS COUNTING ZONE NORTH TRUE Copyright 2022. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission from Walker Consultants ---- 4/3/2024 1:47:43 PM ---- SHEET TITLE:
DESCRIPTION
ISSUE:
MARK DATE PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 33-002350.00
GARAGE UPGRADE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CA Walker Consultants.
Project Number: 33-002350
601 California Street
Suite 820
San Francisco, CA 94108
415.644.0630 Ph
www.walkerconsultants.com
WALKER
C O N S U L T A N T S
95% CD SUBMITTAL 12/16/2022
100% CD ISSUED FOR RFP 04/19/2024 Q-401 AOPF NEW PARCS SYSTEM ENTRY/EXIT LANE EQUIPMENT PLAN 827
APGS DIGITAL SIGN PLAN 01 1/16" = 1'-0" NORTH TRUE CROSS WALK HEAVENLY VILLAGE WAY BELLAMY COURT FURNISH AND COORDINATE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER TO INSTALL DIGITAL SIGN ONTO NEW STOP SIGN POLE SHOWING "NO RIGHT TURN" SYMBOL WHEN ILLUMINATED. (NEW STOP SIGN POLE TO BE PROVIDED BY SEPARATE INSTALLER PER CITY AND MUTCD SPECIFICATIONS.) PATHWAY, CONDUIT AND WIRING FOR POWER SOURCE (120VAC OR 12-24VDC) AND ON/OFF CONTROL WIRE ARE TO BE CONSTRUCTED BY SEPARATE INSTALLER. ASSUME PATHWAY WILL BE VIA TRENCH FROM SIGN TO GARAGE PERIMETER AND THEN CONDUIT TO PARKING OFFICE SHOWN ON Q-101. PROVIDE RECOMMENDED POWER SPECIFICATIONS AND WIRING TYPE, AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER. COORDINATE EXACT SIGN PLACEMENT, SIZE, MESSAGE, FORMAT, LED COLOR, ENCASEMENT COLOR, AND MOUNTING METHOD WITH CITY. REFER TO SIGNAGE DETAILS ON Q-502 ADD-ALTERNATE: FURNISH AND COORDINATE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER TO INSTALL DIGITAL ROADSIDE ADVISORY SIGN REGARDING LEVEL 1 OF GARAGE BEING FULL. PATHWAY, CONDUIT AND WIRING FOR POWER SOURCE (120VAC OR 12-24VDC) AND ON/OFF CONTROL WIRE ARE TO BE CONSTRUCTED BY SEPARATE INSTALLER. ASSUME PATHWAY WILL BE VIA TRENCH FROM SIGN TO GARAGE PERIMETER AND THEN OVERHEAD CONDUIT TO PARKING OFFICE SHOWN ON Q-101. PROVIDE RECOMMENDED POWER SPECIFICATIONS AND WIRING TYPE, AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER. COORDINATE EXACT SIGN PLACEMENT, SIZE, MESSAGE, FORMAT, LED COLOR, ENCASEMENT COLOR, AND MOUNTING METHOD WITH STJPPFA. REFER TO SIGNAGE DETAILS ON Q-502 PARKING OFFICE LOCATION IS ON FIRST FLOOR IN SOUTHWEST CORNER OF GARAGE. LEGEND: DIGITAL SIGN - MARK INDICATES FRONT FACE OF SIGN POTENTIAL POWER/DATA CONDUIT PATHWAY DS2 DS3 DS1 STOP SIGN FURNISH AND COORDINATE WITH SEPARATE INSTALLER TO INSTALL
DIGITAL ROADSIDE SIGN SHOWING
SPACES AVAILABLE IN GARAGE.
PATHWAY, CONDUIT AND WIRING FORPOWER SOURCE (120VAC OR
12-24VDC) AND DATA
COMMUNICATIONS WIRE ARE TO BECONSTRUCTED BY SEPARATE
INSTALLER. ASSUME PATHWAY WILL
BE VIA TRENCH AND/OR HORIZONTALBORING FROM DS1 SIGN TO LOCATION OF DS2 SIGN, AND THEN VIA COMMON
TRENCH WITH DS2 PATHWAY TO
GARAGE PERIMETER AND THEN
CONDUIT TO PARKING OFFICE SHOWNON Q-101. PROVIDE RECOMMENDED
POWER SPECIFICATIONS AND WIRING
TYPE, AND COORDINATE
INSTALLATION WITH SEPARATEINSTALLER. DATA COMMUNICATION
TO SIGN TO BE PREFERABLY VIA
HARD-WIRED CAT6, OR AS A BACKUP
ALTERNATIVE CELLULAR DATA.
COORDINATE EXACT SIGN
PLACEMENT, SIZE, MESSAGE,
FORMAT, LED COLOR, ENCASEMENT
COLOR, AND MOUNTING METHOD WITH STJPPFA.
REFER TO SIGNAGE DETAILS ON Q-502 DS3 Copyright 2022. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission from Walker Consultants ---- 4/17/2024 12:45:20 PM ---- SHEET TITLE:
DESCRIPTION
ISSUE:
MARK DATE PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 33-002350.00
GARAGE UPGRADE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CA Walker Consultants.
Project Number: 33-002350
601 California Street
Suite 820
San Francisco, CA 94108
415.644.0630 Ph
www.walkerconsultants.com
WALKER
C O N S U L T A N T S
95% CD SUBMITTAL 12/16/2022
100% CD ISSUED FOR RFP 04/19/2024 Q-403 AOPF NEW PARCS/ APGS SYSTEM NEW APGS DIGITAL SIGNS 828
C1 - POWER C8 - DATA OVERHEAD ULTRASONIC BI-DIRECTIONAL SENSOR FOR VEHICULAR COUNTING, TYP
EQ EQ EQ EQ
AISLE WIDTH 6'-2"
6" OVERHEAD ULTRASONIC SENSOR 01 3/8" = 1'-0"120 VAC SIGN 120 VAC 120 VAC 120 VAC DATA PANEL LOCATED IN GARAGE IDF CLOSET FIBER NETWORK BACKBONE SERVER / WORKSTATION WITH UPS OVERHEAD ULTRASONIC SENSORS JUNCTION BOX RS422 ETHERNET/TCP/IP PER MANUFACTURER OVERHEAD ULTRASONIC SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM 02 3/8" = 1'-0" AISLE
WIDTH
EQUAL
CENTERED IN DRIVE AISE
EQUAL
CENTERED IN DRIVE AISE ETHERNET (CAT 6) OVERHEAD VEHICLE COUNTING CAMERA 1. MOUNT CAMERA PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS 2. SEE DETAIL 4/EQ-801 FOR WIRING DIAGRAM. 3. OVERHEAD ULTRASONIC BI-DIRECTIONAL SENSORS MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF VEHICLE DETECTION CAMERA NOTES: OVERHEAD VEHICLE COUNTING CAMERA 03 3/8" = 1'-0" RS-485 OR ETHERNET (CAT 6) PER MANUFACTURER ETHERNET (CAT 6) PER MANUFACTURER JUNCTION BOX DATA PANEL LOCATED IN GARAGE IDF CLOSET ETHERNET (CAT 6) / WiFi / CELL PER MANUFACTURER SERVER/WORKSTATION WITH UPS 110 AC 120 VAC 110 AC / 36VDC PER MANUFACTURER ETHERNET (CAT 6) OVERHEAD VEHICLE COUNTING CAMERAS, SEE DETAIL SIGN (TYP) OVERHEAD VEHICLE COUNTING CAMERA WIRING DIAGRAM 04 3/8" = 1'-0" DETECTION ZONE 05 1" = 1'-0" 1. DETECTION ZONE FOR OVERHEAD VEHICLE COUNTING SENSORS. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DETAILS IN PROPOSAL ON SENSOR PLACEMENT. MOUNTING AND ANY REQUIRED LANE DELINEATION. Copyright 2022. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission from Walker Consultants ---- 4/3/2024 1:47:15 PM ---- SHEET TITLE:
DESCRIPTION
ISSUE:
MARK DATE PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 33-002350.00
GARAGE UPGRADE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CA Walker Consultants.
Project Number: 33-002350
601 California Street
Suite 820
San Francisco, CA 94108
415.644.0630 Ph
www.walkerconsultants.com
WALKER
C O N S U L T A N T S
95% CD SUBMITTAL 12/16/2022
100% CD ISSUED FOR RFP 04/19/2024 Q-501 AOPF APGS COUNTING SENSOR DETAILS 829
DS-1 SPACE AVAILABILITY SIGN
DIGIT DISPLAY TO HAVE MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 7".
STATIC LETTERING AND ARROW TO HAVE MINIMUM
CAP HEIGHT OF 5".
DIGITS TO SHOW SPACE AVAILABILITY COUNT OR
THE WORD OPEN IN GREEN, OR THE WORDS FULL
OR CLSD IN RED.
POWER TO BE 12-24VDC OR120VAC. DATA
COMMUNICATIONS TO GARAGE APGS HEADEND TO
BE PREFERABLY VIA HARD-WIRED CAT6 OR ASBACKUP VIA CELLULAR DATA.
MOUNTING METHOD TO BE PEDESTAL WITH LEGS
AND CONCRETE FOOTINGS, OF ADEQUATE HEIGHT
FOR SIGN TO REMAIN ABOVE SNOW DRIFT LEVEL.
COORDINATE SIGN SIZE, APPEARANCE,
ENCASEMENT STYLE, FOOTING DESIGN, WORDING,LED COLOR, AND MOUNTING METHOD WITH STJPPFA.
STATIC LETTERING AND ARROW TO BE WHITE.
ENCASEMENT AND LEGS TO BE POWDER COATED IN
"BLACK GREEN", COLOR CODE RAL6012. AN
APPROVED PRODUCT IS BLACK GREEN
ENDURA-SHIELD IV, TNEMEC SEMIGLOSS HIGH BUILD
ACRYLIC POLYURETHANE ENAMEL NO. 75-J7751.
CONTRACTOR MUST SUBMIT PRODUCT
SPECIFICATIONS AND COLOR SAMPLE FOR
APPROVAL BY THE CITY ENGINEER. GARAGE SPACES AVAILABLE DS-1 SPACE AVAILABILITY SIGN 03 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 158 36" MAX 36" MAX
DS-3 "LEVEL 1 FULL" SIGN
(ADD-ALTERNATE)
SIGN TO BE ILLUMINATED WITH MESSAGE SHOWN
OR DARK UNDER APGS CONTROL.
LETTERS AND SYMBOLS TO HAVE MINIMUM CAP
HEIGHT OF 4".
ON/OFF CONTROL COMMUNICATIONS TO APGS
HEADEND TO BE HARD-WIRED.
COORDINATE SIGN SIZE, APPEARANCE,
ENCASEMENT STYLE, FOOTING DESIGN, WORDING,LED COLOR, AND MOUNTING METHOD WITH STJPPFA.
POWER TO BE 12-24VDC OR 120VAC.MOUNTING METHOD TO BE PEDESTAL WITH LEGS
AND CONCRETE FOOTINGS, OF ADEQUATE HEIGHT
FOR SIGN TO REMAIN ABOVE SNOW DRIFT LEVEL.
STATIC LETTERING AND ARROW TO BE WHITE.
ENCASEMENT AND LEGS TO BE POWDER COATED IN
"BLACK GREEN", COLOR CODE RAL6012, AN
APPROVED PRODUCT IS BLACK GREEN
ENDURA-SHIELD VI, TNEMEC SEMIGLOSS HIGH BUILD
ACRYLIC POLYURETHANE ENAMEL NO. 75-J7751.
CONTRACTOR MUST SUBMIT PRODUCT
SPECIFICATIONS AND A COLOR SAMPLE FOR
APPROVAL BY THE CITY ENGINEER. GARAGE LEVEL 1 FULL ENTER HERE TO PARK DS-3 LEVEL 1 FULL SIGN 01 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 48" MAX 24" MAX DS-2 "NO RIGHT TURN" SIGN 02 3" = 1'-0" DS-2 "NO RIGHT TURN" SIGN SIGN TO BE ILLUMINATED WITH NO RIGHT TURN SYMBOL OR DARK UNDER REMOTE APGS COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL. COORDINATE SIGN SIZE, APPEARANCE, ENCASEMENT STYLE AND COLOR, WORDING, LED COLOR, ENCASEMENT COLOR, AND MOUNTING METHOD WITH STJPPFA. POWER TO BE 12-24VDC OR 120VAC. ON/OFF CONTROL COMMUNICATIONS TO BE HARD-WIRED TO APGS HEADEND. MOUNTING METHOD TO BE ON EXISTING STOP SIGN POLE AT HEIGHT SO AS TO REMAIN ABOVE SNOW DRIFT LEVEL. CONFIRM LOAD BEARING CAPABILITY OF EXISTING STOP SIGN POLE WITH STJPPFA. 24" MAX 24" MAX Copyright 2022. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission from Walker Consultants ---- 4/17/2024 12:45:54 PM ---- SHEET TITLE:
DESCRIPTION
ISSUE:
MARK DATE PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: 33-002350.00
GARAGE UPGRADE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE
SOUTH LAKE TAHOE, CA Walker Consultants.
Project Number: 33-002350
601 California Street
Suite 820
San Francisco, CA 94108
415.644.0630 Ph
www.walkerconsultants.com
WALKER
C O N S U L T A N T S
95% CD SUBMITTAL 12/16/2022
100% CD ISSUED FOR RFP 04/19/2024 Q-502 AOPF APGS SIGNAGE DETAILS 830
120 - 197 | P a g e
EXHIBIT I
Contractor’s Proposal and Supplemental Responses
PARCS and APGS Systems Agreement
831
A. Cover Letter
South Lake Tahoe
APGS and Gateless PARCS Proposal
Prepared by:
EnSight Technologies LLC.
Steven Oakes
Sales and Implementation Manager, Western Territories
[email protected]
1955 Cordell Court, Suite 104
San Diego, CA 92020 United States
Office: +1 (619) 229-8319
Cell: +1 (619) 681-4722
Contractors License # 1085339 B, C-7 C61/D28
Proposal is valid for 120 days from submission date
RFP 05-15-24 - GATELESS PARCS AND APGS EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE
AND ON-GOING MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT
Prepared for:
South Tahoe Joint Powers
Parking Financing
Authority (STJPPFA),
Director of Public Works
832
A. Cover Letter
B. Executive Summary
C. Company History, Background, and Experience
EnSight Technologies
Flowbird
D. Project Manager and Project Team
EnSight Team
Flowbird Team
E. Scope of Work/Implementation
EnSight APGS
EnSight Eyes
EnSight Signage
EnSight Connect
EnSight Plates
System Sustainability: Software and Support Service Agreement "SSSA" Gateless PARCS
Technology Overview
Block Face with Different Policies
Wireless Two-Way Communication
Pay Station Display
Pay Station Display
Payment and PCI Compliance
Clock
Pay Station Power
Security and Maintenance
Warranty and Support
Training
Data/ Integration
833
Other Services
Integrated 2 Way Video Intercom by Parker Technologies
Project Approach
APGS Scope
Gateless PARCS
F. Project Budget
Proposal and Pricing Assumptions
Proposed Project Payment Terms
EnSight Warranty Information
Flowbird Warranty Information
G. Description of Recent Projects/References
EnSight References
Redwood City, California
EnSight References
St Jude Memphis Hospital
Stanford Health Care
Arizona State University - Novus Garage
2nd and PCH – Long Beach, California
Flowbird References
Pittsburgh Parking Authority
City of Detroit
City of Monterey
834
B. Executive Summary
EnSight Technologies is proud to submit our response to South Lake’s recent RFP for a Gateless PARCS and Automatic Parking Guidance System (APGS) for the South Lake Tahoe parking garage.
EnSIght is furnishing this proposal to outline our solution for the APGS technology offering and the option to contract the Gateless PARCS under a single organization. As a California-based technology company and contractor, EnSight is collaborating with Flowbird to offer a best-of-breed solution for both the APGS and the Gateless PARCS.
Our market-leading, in-motion, vision-based parking occupancy management system has the native software capabilities to layer on License Plate Recognition technology via our EnSight plates module. If the City selects our team to cover both scopes, our car counting cameras will simply be upgraded to our dual lens camera to count cars and scan license plates, limiting infrastructure and unifying the vision technology.
On the Gateless side, Flowbird provides clients with innovative, flexible, and reliable parking management and payment solutions.
They will supply industry-leading smart parking kiosks that integrate with your preferred enforcement vendors, fulfilling South Lake's vision for a fully integrated parking ecosystem.
Locally, EnSight solutions are utilized in Redwood City and the City of Stockton. Beyond these California city references; we have deployed systems in over 20 additional California locations and systems in 17 states nationwide.
Flowbird's global footprint extends throughout California in cities such as Paso Robles, Oceanside, Port of San Diego, Artesia, Pomona, LA Parks and Rec, and the City of Los Angeles.
After reviewing the RFP, we are confident our technology stands above the competition for the APGS. With the offering from our Flowbird, the collective technologies will also meet the goals and objective for the gateless PARCS.
Please feel free to reach out to us if you have any questions on our proposal. We are excited about this new project, and we look forward to working with your team.
Sincerely,
Chris Scheppmann
Managing Member
[email protected]
835
C. Company History, Background, and Experience
EnSight Technologies
Address: 1955 Cordell Court Suite 104, San Diego, Ca 92020 Federal Tax ID: 83-1624416
EnSight Technologies, LLC was formally launched in 2018 and headquartered in San Diego, California. Our founding members built (est. 2002) and sold a company called APS Technology Group in 2012 that developed and delivered Optical Character and License Plate Recognition Systems to track, scan, and identify containerized cargo and trucks globally for 12 years. Upon sale, our technology was in 14 countries worldwide. Our founding members took our collective experience developing and building optical vision systems to the parking market in 2018.
At EnSight we are a team built of technology and parking professionals. The team consists of 13 team members to cover our sales, engineering, project implementation and customer success team. Future, we are backed by our sister company that has 40 employees with expertise in system integrations.
Our mission at EnSight is simple: to provide the smart, simple, and scalable parking occupancy management systems that work for every parking provider. We are a software solutions company that has developed our proprietary AI-based object detection and tracking software that integrates with off-the-shelf cameras and hardware. We believe in smart simplicity to provide the most accurate counting system in the parking market.
At the end of the day, we’re committed to making parking smart, simple, and scalable. All while keeping it affordable for the everyday parking providers.
Our solution delivers instant occupancy counts, an integrated LPR module, customizable dynamic signage, and an open API infrastructure, all within a smart, economical, and flexible parking occupancy management system. Working across many industries with clients big and small, we’re giving parking providers a solution that’s made for them, while enhancing the parking experience for all.
The key differentiators of the EnSight Parking Technology EcoSystem include:
1. Experience
• Our background is in Machine Vision technology. Our Principles have been developing installing and servicing Machine Vision systems globally for over 17 years.
2. Guaranteed Accuracy
• The EnSight System guarantees the count accuracy will be 99% or greater at each counting node. Unlike loop-based systems, our solution guarantees accuracy and will get smarter and more accurate over time, with scheduled system enhancements and upgrades through our software and support services agreement. • Unlike loops, our camera-based system allows us to visualize the accuracy and performance of the system to enable troubleshooting or enhancements to be made for specific use cases.
3. Software-Driven, Not Mechanical
• EnSight unlike its direct competitors uses its own, proprietary counting software. We do not rely on camera providers to build our counting algorithm, which allows us to constantly improve our system to ensure the highest possible accuracy levels and system support.
• The EnSight system is driven by advanced software using neural networks and deep learning which eliminates the need for unsightly counting technology and allows for continuous system improvement. • EnSight has the ability to leverage existing cameras for counting.
4. Proactive Remote Support and Troubleshooting
• Once commissioned, the system is easy to adjust/troubleshoot remotely. EnSight monitors all hardware and software devices through our EnSightful Cloud Portal. If there is a hardware or software device that goes offline or 836
malfunctions, an automated alert is sent immediately to our support team.
5. Easily Scalable
• If the client wants to scale the system, additional cameras or sensors can be added down the road.
6. Remotely Accessible From Anywhere, Anytime, Any Device. • The front-end portal is cloud-based and does not require clunky remote desktop applications. • The Cloud portal allows you to see live and historical metrics to allow you to make key parking management decisions.
837
Flowbird
Flowbird is one of the world's largest providers of parking and mobility solutions. In January 2018, Parkeon and Cale merged together to change the urban mobility landscape and reinforce its position as a Global Worldwide Leader in Urban Intelligence and Mobility. We have more than 100 combined years of experience in the parking industry with systems in more than 70 countries.
With more than 1,300 employees around the globe, the company has an annual revenue of over $300 million. Company expansion is not necessary to perform this project, and our team can stay within the promised deadlines.
Managing that change with our clients has always been our strength. We solve Smart City challenges going well beyond the concept of parking. We design and build complete ecosystems with strong Business to Business and Business to Consumer components covering a wide variety of services like:
• Managing technology convergence: On-Street, Off-Street Parking, Electric Vehicle Charging, and Transit • Simplifying mobility to citizens by helping drivers to find a space using real-time occupancy analytics • Collecting and sharing mobility data in real-time through our Open Data Analytics platform • Global and Digital approaches in managing user rights and digital permits, including data correlations for optimum dynamic pricing strategies
• License Plate Recognition PARCS Systems for Off-Street Garages • Reinforced communication: Pushing local information to residents and visitors • Invigorating downtown commerce through hyper-local advertising and couponing campaigns Complex projects have kept us on the leading edge of the industry and, as a result, we remain the forerunner in the delivery of highly advanced parking and transit control systems. Most importantly, our systems are designed for the long run with strong local support in the U.S. and Canada to enable your team and operations to benefit the most from our technology and know-how. Our systems are flexible, scalable, and future-proof.
838
D. Project Manager and Project Team
EnSight Team
Ehren Kellogg, Project Manager
Ehren will be responsible for overall project management, drawings, network diagrams, and subcontractor coordination on installation and infrastructure tasks. With over 20 years in the Parking industry of an IT background and 8 years of project management experience, Ehren has worn many ‘hats’ along the way. Getting his start as a parking Installation Technician, he’s also held the roles of Product Specialist, IT Manager, Sales Engineer and applies his skills as our Project Manager.
Steven Oakes, Sales Manager, Western Territories
Steven manages sales and solution development for EnSight Technologies.
Once a project is sold, he remains in connected as the account manager to ensure the project is delivered based upon the solutions specification sold and committed to our clients. He is responsible for ensuring our proposed solutions meet the needs of your parking assets. Steven has a background in low voltage solution design and camera and digital sign implementations. Outside of work you will find Steven surfing, snowboarding or hiking with his golden retriever, Midas.
Phil Bedford, Sr. System Sustainability Engineer
Phil spearheads our implementation and customer success team and is responsible for ensuring systems are implemented properly and that the sustainability, accuracy, and uptime is achieved, always.
Phil has a computer networking and IT background in building and maintaining server and database networks. When Phil isn't working you will find him building and racing his Pontiac GTO.
839
Chris Scheppmann, President & CEO
Executive sponsor and oversight of project delivery team. As the Managing Member of EnSight, Chris is in the business of making parking simple. With a Business Degree and MBA, Chris has spent 10 years in the software and technology space. Having gotten his start in transportation, marine ports, and railroads, he led global sales for APS Technology Group to deliver vision-based systems to track and scan containerized cargo. After this company was sold, Chris took over as President and owner of Access Professional Systems ("APS"). With his experience with vision systems and running APS, Chris teamed up with Mike Bedford and Russ Scheppmann to launch EnSight Technologies. Outside of the office, you’ll find him surfing, competing in triathlons, traveling the globe, and hunting down the latest food spots.
Mike Bedford, VP of Technology
Mike will lead the software and engineering team from EnSight to deliver the APGS, LPR and liaise with our technology partners to ensure end to end integrations are delivered. Mike will be responsible for leading the product team on system delivery and configuration.
As the Vice President of Technology, Mike draws on years of experience in the software industry, along with a love for all things technical. Holding a Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering, Mike has built a notable career in the industry, from working as an avionics technician in the US Navy to leading product development as the hardware and software engineer for APS Technology Group.
Teaming up with Chris and Russ to launch EnSight Technologies, Mike combines his expertise in hardware and software engineering to oversee product engineering and R&D. Outside of work, Mike enjoys restoring old cars, playing baseball, and camping with his family.
Sunil Rawal, Lead Software Technologist
Sunil Rawal is a full-stack software engineer with over 20 years of experience in software development.
He is deeply versed in server-side technologies, mobile and web platforms, expert systems and AI, blockchain technologies, and image processing. He holds a Ph.D. in high-energy particle physics and a Masters in natural sciences from Cambridge University in England.
Sunil will lead all software deployment and be responsible for any additional integrations that may be layered on the base system deployment.
840
Flowbird Team
Each member of our management team has been in the parking industry for more than a decade. Our team has gained extensive knowledge of our clients’ operations and how our technology can enhance parking in downtowns across the country.
Benoit Reliquet – President
Benoit leads the North American region for Flowbird, ensuring that our operations in Parking and Transit are successful. Prior to becoming President of Flowbird in February 2015, Benoit was the Research and Development Manager responsible for equipment design and delivery including mechanical, electronic and software development as well as pre-sales support. Leading up to that role, Benoit held positions within the company focused on new product development and engineering, software development, and project management.
Benoit joined Parkeon/Flowbird in 1999 and has an educational background in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science.
Andreas Jansson – Senior Vice President of Sales
Andreas manages all activities related to Parking Sales at Flowbird. Prior to the merger of Cale with Parkeon, Andreas oversaw the US operations for Cale, including daily management of the finance, sales, marketing, production, and support teams, serving on the Cale Group Management Team since 2007.
During his ten years of experience in the parking industry, Andreas has focused on improving operational efficiency, system integrations, and the implementation of new technologies. Andreas has held several positions within the Flowbird/Cale Group, primarily focusing on IT, customer support, customer solutions, and product management. Prior to accepting the position as Managing Director of Cale America, Andreas served as Director of Product Management and Operations for the Cale Group, overseeing the product roadmap and product maintenance for the company’s full product and services offering.
Andreas’s expertise stretches across several fields including international relations, customer relations, product life cycle management, organizational skills, web-based systems, M2M-systems, business communications, and parking optimization.
Lionel Deperrois – Chief Operations Officer
Lionel oversees Customer Service, Project Delivery, R&D, Technical Support, and Parkfolio Support Departments for the Flowbird system in North America. His team supports an installed base of over 20,000 pay stations for over 300 client locations along with numerous mobile parking payment app deployments.
Lionel started at Parkeon/Flowbird 15 years ago in our Research & Development department and was on the team that developed contactless smart card for the SNCF rail project which includes 1,500 Ticket Vending Machines throughout France. Lionel then moved onto to manage large projects such as our deployment of 240 Ticket Vending Machines in Toronto. He has worked on various international projects in countries such as France, Morocco, Poland, Canada, and the United States. 841
E. Scope of Work/Implementation
In this section EnSight is going to provide an overview of the technology systems for the APGS and Gateless PARCS. Following the technology overviews there is a section on the project implementation approach and general timeline.
EnSight APGS
The EnSight Ecosystem is designed with simplicity and flexibility at heart. By utilizing the power of deep learning and neuralnetwork technology, we’ve built a new parking occupancy management solution to bring your parking into the future. Based on asmaller hardware footprint, we’ve cut out complexity and replaced it with intelligent technology. The result? A better, simplerparking experience.
Below is an overview of the complete EnSight Ecosystem. The included Modules in the APGS scope include: EnSIght eyes, EnSight, Signage, and the EnSight connect. If we are selected for both the APGS and Gateless, EnSight will add the EnSight plates and Revenue Modules to integrte with Flowbird. Optional modules of Surveillance and Spaces can be added on at a later date outside of the project.
842
At the center of the ecosystem is our intelligent software that communicates to the local site to pull data from all of your hardwareand API integrations. This data is compiled into a centralized, online cloud management portal called EnSightful.
The EnSight Ecosystem starts with our headend server located in the garage that runs the EnSight Parking Intelligence Controller ("EPIC") software to connect to all hardware devices on-site: cameras and signs. The EPIC runs the video feed(s) for the configured cameras through EnSight’s Fluid Learning Intelligence ("FLI") engine and EnSight Plates ("EP"), if selected. FLI will do all processing needed to detect and count cars and moving objects that enter or exit through the defined field of view. EP will scan license plates.
EPIC detects applicable counts and EP reads from the cameras, logs the event and images, then adjusts the counts on all configured LED signs. The data is stored, and results are pushed to the EnSightful Portal ran on the AWS.
EnSightful will receive data from the server located on-site via a network connection with simple internet access. EnSightful utilizes user accounts and profiles so that access to the data that can be viewed or edited can be controlled for each location. Finally, the EnSightful Portal will also receive and display operational information, as well as alerts (if configured) via email if there is an issue with the hardware or software services. EnSight will monitor and receive alerts when hardware issues are detected as part of the Software and Support Services Agreement (SSSA).
843
EnSight Eyes
High- Accuracy Camera-based Vehicle Counting
Rethinking the way you count parking occupancy.
Occupancy Counting with Intelligent Cameras Powered by EnSight's Fluid Learning Intelligence (FLI). We use the power of our neural network-based engine FLI, which enables our cameras to accurately track, scan and count vehicles to provide the industry's most accurate parking occupancy counts.
FLI Counting Car Software Visualization Ramp Camera
FLI Software View Showing virtual count lines and exclusionary zones Accuracy
EnSight boasts the highest count accuracy in the market. EnSight will guarantee each camera node reads at least 99% or greater.
The accuracy metrics of the system is not only monitored daily by EnSight, but is accessible and visible to the client from the EnSightful Portal's Truthing Report.
844
EnSight Signage
Dynamic digital wayfinding signage to guide parkers to their destination Guide your drivers towards a better parking experience. Driver-friendly parking count displays show accurate occupancy in an instant.For this project EnSight is providing the signage as required in the RFP with the upgrade options for VMS displays for DS1 and DS3.
DS1 DS2
DS3
EnSight Connect
The EnSight Connect module is our Open API that is included with out system. This is what we will use to enabe the city to display the parking counts on their city website or an application.
This API will also be utlized for EnSight Plates integration into the gateless system, is selected. 845
EnSight Plates
EnSight plates is the upgrade module that will be includes the city wants ensight to intgrate our LPR with the Gateless PARCS. The EnSight Plates software is a machine learning based LPR software that produce some of the highestest LPR accuracies in the market.
Know how many and who is parking with the License Plate Recognition module EnSight Plates is an expansion software module that enables your EnSightful Ecosystem the ability to incorporate automated License Plate Recognition (LPR). Adding these data elements to your Ecosystem enables parking operators access to additional data layers and increased business intelligence that pairs well with parking guidance and parking occupancy management. As an additional layer to EnSight Eyes, as parkers enter transaction zones the EnSight FLI Software will begin tracking the vehicle as they enter. Once the Vehicle enters the capture zone, EnSight Plates will scan and process the license plate image to record the license plate "LP" ID. The LP will then be logged and sorted into a transaction location on the EnSightful Portal.
LPR Inventory and Last Location
EnSight Plates adds a database of license plate details for paid parking integration, security and safety purposes while noting each vehicle's last known location.
API Calls with Payment Databases
Match LPR data against paid parker databases to quickly and easily flag parking violators and allow smooth egress for paid plates.
Enable Hotlists to Flag Unauthorized Parkers
With EnSight Plates you no longer have to wonder if unauthorized parkers are using valuable inventory. Pairing data generated by EnSight's FLI Cameras and your database of known unauthorized parkers, the EnSightful Ecosystem can easily alert you to violators.
Additional Data Layers
EnSight Plates offers deeper reporting to your Ecosystem by adding analytics on current inventory, average dwell time, and capture rates.
846
System Sustainability: Software and Support Service Agreement "SSSA" In order to provide the highest level of service to clients, the EnSight Client Service Center (CSC) is available to clients during working hours and our support team is on call for emergency requests. The CSC combines people, tools, and processes to ensure deployed systems maintain the highest availability possible. The CSC is closely aligned with the network of local support partners who provide preventative and emergency services to systems installed at a facility. Our local support team is prepared to provide boots-on-the-ground service when needed, as well as perform Quarterly Preventative Maintenance (PMs). PMs will be a two-day process per Quarter.
Key service & support functions include:
• Proactive monitoring and validation of
system events and alert conditions
• System software upgrades
• Incident tracking and reporting tools
• Client training and access to EnSight Digital
Training Library
• Emergency remote and local response
service calls- Billed on T&M
The core of the system is our skilled team of system
maintenance technicians, backed up by highly
automated monitoring, alerting, reporting, and
tracking systems. Using these systems, our client
support team monitors, measures, adjusts,
upgrades, and repairs installation sites nationally.
System Software Upgrades and Updates
All System upgrades and updates are included with
the Annual SSSA. As updated versions of EnSight
software become available, the Alert System is used
to complete the updates automatically. Any
upgrades are rolled out on schedule from the CSC
and must be pre-approved prior to release.
Monthly System Reports
Monthly reports are generated from the Ticketing
System and emailed to clients for their review.
These reports summarize all the system and service
activity in the last month for their site.
Below is our System Sustainability Checklist.
Cloud License for EnSightful Portal
EnSight will provide access to the EnSightful cloud Portal. From here users will be able to visualize a live dashboard of counts, run historical reports, and monitor system health.
EnSight Eyes Fluid Learning Intelligence (FLI) Camera Licenses Software license to run EnSight’s FLI software. The License includes all new releases of the EnSight Eyes module to enhance counting logic and predictive analytics.
847
Gateless PARCS
Technology Overview
Flowbird has reviewed the RFP documentation and has a very strong understanding of how to meet and exceed the City’s stated goals (summarized below). Our proposal that follows briefly explains our vast experience along with a description of each component of our proposed integrated solution.
Flowbird’s CWT Pay Station is proven around the world to be a dynamic, robust pay station built to work in unattended environments with the harshest climates. Our recommendation is to choose the 9.7” full color touch display option which provides the industry’s best user interface, providing a user experience similar of that to a smart phone. The CWT with touch screen display is installed across the United States from Los Angeles, CA to Portland, OR to Chicago, IL, to Philadelphia, PA, to Key West, FL.
Hardware Features
• Long life batteries on solar power
• 9.7” touch display screen option for advanced screen
customization and friendly customer service
• Secure, PCI Level 1 card processing
Key Software Features
• Complex rate structures
• Strong parking rights management
• Progressive pricing
• Forced rotation
• Special rates per plate
• Free time
• Remote software downloads
Key Requirements:
• Payment options: Flowbird meters accepts cash, coin, major credit cards such as Visa, Mastercard, American Express and mobile payment integrations. NFC payments are supported and available if the city decided to accept this form of payment. • Flowbird can program meters to allow patrons to pay for parking at any pay station. • The CWT pay station allows for the extension of time, either at the pay station or via our Extend by Text system. Time extension will follow city parking guidelines.
• The system can accommodate various rate structures propose by the city. • CWT offers a 9.7” touchscreen display that is customizable to the city’s preference. • Flowbird supports pre-payment in advance, and this is configured in the tariff structure of the meter. • If the user inputs their phone number into the pay station at the end of their transaction, they can receive an expiration notification and extend their time by text up to the max time limit. 848
849
• The CWT Pay Station is widely deployed across the country and simple to use. We customize the screen flow for you with a step-by-step transaction process.
• The CWT Pay Station is installed around the world in many different climates. Clients love the reliability, security, and modular design that makes it easy to maintain.
• The pay station display can display the rates, days/times of operation, and guides the user step by step through the transaction.
• Flowbird provides 24/7 support with local technicians available for response within 48 hours. • The CWT pay station is ADA compliant. All necessary buttons are below 48” from the ground. • Flowbird will ensure to provide all new equipment to the city. • The CWT pay station is built with modular design, making it easy to maintain and support. • CWT is built for outdoor use. It has been deployed from cold weather cities like Chicago, wet cities like Portland, and extreme hot weather locations like Death Valley National Park. • The CWT pay station cabinet is made with 304 stainless steel. This particular stainless steel adds protection against corrosion to many chemical corrodents, industrial atmospheres and marine environments. A graffiti-resistant powder coating is applied to the inside and outside of the cabinet. This provides additional protection against the elements, including human (vandalism) and environmental (weather). The powder coating makes it easier to remove unwanted paint, marker tags and adhesive materials. All Locks, Hinges are internal and mounting holes are internal. All parts are modular and plug and play in design. Most parts are easily replaced with the use of a screwdriver in under 2 minutes. 850
• The CWT has a color touchscreen technology option. The CWT screens are readable under all daytime and nighttime lighting conditions. This includes direct sunlight, fog and various angles, (e.g., a taller person views the screen at a different angle than a shorter person.) The CWT outer display Lexan glass has an anti-glare coating to reduce glare and heat build-up on the display.
• The CWT offers an optional motion activated light bar, which fully illuminates the patron interface of the meter and provides a light source for evening payments, allowing the patron to use the light source to find their source of payment in a wallet, or in a purse. In addition, when the top maintenance door is opened, the light bar acts as the source of bright light shining into the pay station, allowing the technician great visibility, without having to hold a flashlight. • The pay stations will be equipped with a 4G LTE modem to communicate all relevant data to Flowbird's hosted back-office. • Flowbird's back-office parking management system provides all the required functionality including remote changes, reports on pay station activity, and maintenance work order tickets. • Flowbird's back-office parking management system has the capability to receive and report on trouble tickets and work order requests.
• Flowbird's back-office parking management system is easy to use with customizable tariff naming and the ability to download rates onto customizable, user-defined groups of pay stations. • The proposed CWT Pay Station operates within the required temperatures ranges and environmental conditions. The CWT functioned to specification during extreme temperatures of -30F in Chicago 2019 and 136F in Death Valley 2020.
Block Face with Different Policies
The proposed pay station can display different rates and policies. Flowbird can provide the patron with different zones for payment, "Loading Zone" or "Regular Parking" prior to beginning their session. Once they select the correct rate type, their session will begin and be charged accordingly.
851
Wireless Two-Way Communication
1. The proposed pay stations will be equipped with a 4G LTE modem and antenna to communicate wirelessly with Flowbird's back-office system.
2. Flowbird can provide as an option for our obsolescence protection program which will provide one upgraded modem and one upgraded card reader during the life of the contract (after year 2). During the recent cellular migration from 2G/3G to 4G LTE, Flowbird was able to anticipate the supply chain demand and proactively engaged our customers to upgrade. Not a single customer had any disruption in service.
3. Flowbird pay stations communicate via cellular (4G) or Ethernet technology. When utilizing cellular communication, each device is equipped with a cellular modem and SIM card. Flowbird utilizes AT&T and T-Mobile as our primary cellular carriers, and offers Verizon as a cost option. Communication with the server is two way and occurs in real-time. If the pay stations have issues communicating data, the devices can accept transactions in off-line mode in most configurations.
4. Flowbird provides all hosting of pay stations and mobile payment data in our secure data centers. This means that clients do not have to procure or maintain servers. We monitor our data centers 24/7 to ensure high availability.
5. Flowbird is PCI-DSS Level 1 certified. Flowbird follows the guidelines from the PCI-DSS standard and have regular penetration tests performed by external companies. These penetration tests are conducted both by systems and humans.
Flowbird’s back office management solution is reviewed by an external security audit every year and is under scheduled scans on a regular basis to detect any vulnerability. To ensure security of the wireless information, Flowbird uses high levels of encryption at the pay station and server levels on any sensitive customer data.
6. Before or during the installation the Flowbird technician will measure the signal strength with a Squid-device to determine the best communication provider. The Flowbird terminal is certified to use AT&T, T-Mobile or Verizon. Currently we are using AT&T on all meters at Pasadena with good performance. We intend to continue with AT&T for his bid.
7. Flowbird does not recommend the use of Wi-Fi due to security concerns and drain on the pay station batteries. As an alternative to cellular, we can propose an Ethernet connection if it is available.
8. If the pay stations are experiencing connectivity issues, the City should contact Flowbird support. We can troubleshoot the issue with you to determine the root cause (e.g. software, modem version, carrier issue, etc). Once we troubleshoot the issue, we provide our recommendation/solution.
9. As mentioned in #2 of this section. We will provide a cost for our obsolescence protection program which will assure the city of new communication equipment if there are changes in the communication environment.
10. All transactions occur in real-time and are made available to the enforcement system right away.
11. Flowbird can support Hold and Send transactions but only in non-EMV mode. EMV guidelines do not allow for Hold and Send transactions.
852
Pay Station Display
1. Flowbird will customize the display with the ideal color contrast to help make the screen as visible as possible. The display screen is set back to help protect it from sunlight and reduce glare.
2. The CWT Display is one of the largest in the industry at 9.7” and backlit graphics is standard. Screens are off during inactivity to consume power and it can be activated by the power button.
3. The display utilizes a scratch and impact resistant material.
4. Rates can be displayed on the monitor, and they can be remotely programmed via Flowbird back-office software.
5. Flowbird will provide training to city staff to make remote rate changes.
6. The CWT pay station will allow patrons to select rate options, parking durations, and display final charges before accepting final payment.
7. Many Flowbird customers create a rate schedule screen that shows the full rate schedule for the parking lot or zone and the current rates and hours will be displayed on the screen in the purchase flow. Rates and screens can be remotely downloaded from the back-office. These rate schedules can be shared with third parties for integration.
8. Flowbird will train City staff to make remote graphics changes. We recommend considering our advanced data package to accommodate frequent graphic changes.
9. The Flowbird pay stations can accommodate special messaging such as holidays and special events.
10. Flowbird complies with these requirements completely.
11. Typically, we recommend keeping as much information on the display screen as possible. However, we can work with the city to determine if it is necessary to add any decals to the front of the pay stations to help users.
12. Spanish is a language we already support. We can also support other languages as needed.
Pay Station Display
1. The CWT keypad is displayed on the touchscreen. This feature will eliminate some of the common issues with physical keypads such as wear and tear, corrosion, vandalism, and loose contact.
2. Since our keypad is displayed onto the touchscreen, it can be customized. QWERTY format is one of our standard settings.
The city can change this feature later if needed.
3. When a user presses a button, there is instant feedback on the display monitor of their action. The keypad is displayed on the monitor, so it’s visible during nighttime. The screen is setback into the housing to reduce glare during daytime.
Payment and PCI Compliance
• The CWT can be configured to accept cash, coin, credit/debit cards (mag stripe and EMV are options), and contactless payments. People who overpay with cash can receive an overpayment receipt which they can bring to the city for a refund. • All transactions are authorized or denied in real time. • The components on the CWT are designed to resist jamming. • CWT is equipped with a secured vault.
• Money collection can easily be reconciled with Flowbird back office reporting. • Clearing a jam from the bill acceptor is simple and does not necessitate the need to access the collection vault. • The system utilizes the license plate of the vehicle combined with the zone number to determine the appropriate rate.
Patrons can pay at any pay station as long as they can provide their license plate and zone number. • Time extension is available through Flowbird’s Extent by Text feature. Fees for this service will be listed in the pricing proposal.
853
• Patrons can obtain a receipt either by a printed receipt or Receipt by Text. Fees for Receipt by Text is listed in the pricing proposal.
• Flowbird’s credit card processing solution has earned Level 1 PCI certification, which is the highest rank available from the major credit card providers (VISA, MasterCard, AMEX). Level 1 is only given to those third-party providers who handle thousands of credit card transactions monthly and who meet their stringent – and audited – credit card transaction security protocols to protect your customers’ personal transaction data. Level 1 requires an external audit for approval, which is more rigorous than the self-audit that some vendors may do. • Our system provides for high security encryption protocols when the credit card is read at the card reader. The encrypted card information is then transmitted through our PCI compliant gateway to your transaction service provider/clearing house.
• All credit card transactions made at the CWT are performed in real-time. Flowbird offers payment gateway services for card present transactions (chip & pin, magnetic stripe) only. The information flow is organized as follows:
a. The payment card is introduced into the card reader. The card reader reads the magnetic stripe or starts communicating with the chip of the card depending on the readers and scheme configuration. b. The card reader module is connected to the Internet via a 4G network. The card reader opens a connection with the payment server (Tender Retail) over one defined UDP port. Symmetric AES session keys are exchanged via RSA key exchange over this connection. AES keys are at least 128 bit, RSA keys at least 1024 bit long. The authorization and instant clearing request is sent to the payment server over this encrypted channel. c. The Flowbird Tender Retail payment server processes the request and translates it to the format used by the upstream processor.
d. The authorization and instant clearing request are passed on to the upstream processor over an encrypted HTTPS channel.
Sensitive authentication data, i.e. Track 2 data, is kept in memory of the server until the transaction has been confirmed by the upstream processor.
e. Once the transaction has been confirmed by the upstream processor, transaction data is cleared from the memory transaction log containing truncated and encrypted PANs are stored in the database.
The Garage will be integrated with your preferred payment processor/acquirer. Reconciliation is performed using the FWO web interface which provides details on all card transactions including the status (completed, not completed, in progress) and type (Visa, MasterCard, American Express, Discover). Refunds can be made through the FWO system as well.
1. Flowbird’s credit card processing solution has earned Level 1 PCI certification, which is the highest rank available from the major credit card providers (VISA, MasterCard, AMEX). Level 1 is only given to those third-party providers who handle thousands of credit card transactions monthly and who meet their stringent – and audited – credit card transaction security protocols to protect your customers’ personal transaction data. Level 1 requires an external audit for approval, which is more rigorous than the self-audit that some vendors may do.
Our system provides for high security encryption protocols when the credit card is read at the card reader. The encrypted card information is then transmitted through our PCI compliant gateway to your transaction service provider/clearing house PCI DSS v3.2 Certified
All the data is hosted in our Data Center facilities. Flowbird is PCI DSS V3.2 LEVEL 1 certified and offers the best data security level available in the industry.
In addition, Flowbird has taken very specific measures to make sure the level of risk remains as low as it can be for our customers.
We significantly reinforced our security policies and control processes by performing the following actions:
854
Vulnerability scans
As part of our security policy, we perform external vulnerability scans on all public IP addresses and interfaces where Flowbird Banking Services are available. Those scans are typically performed every month. This scan is done using Trustwave “Scan on Demand” solution:
https://www.trustwave.com/Services/SpiderLabs-Services/Vulnerability-Management/ The results are then carefully reviewed by our Data Center security experts.
Bi-Weekly Security Review Process
A bi-weekly Flowbird Data Center security review has been created. The reviewing committee is composed of:
• Flowbird IT Systems manager
• Flowbird Electronic Payment Solutions, Security expert • A Flowbird Networks Administrator
• A IT Systems expert
Their review includes logs and events related to all our equipment identified as critical such as:
• Firewalls
• Hardware Security Modules: https://www.thales-esecurity.com/products-and-services/products-and-services/hardwaresecurity-modules/general-purpose-hsms/nshield-connect, • Oracle Databases
• File Integrity Monitoring: An Agent for all systems along with a centralized reporting server that checks any changes done on critical files, asks for acknowledgment and reports suspect behavior. The tool we use is OSSEC (http://www.ossec.net). • Flowbird is PCI compliant with SOC 2 Report
• Flowbird will be compliant to all applicable PCI standards for the duration of the pay station warranty. • The CWT pay station is EMV ready.
• Flowbird offers various payment methods such as NFC, Text to Park, Extend your parking session via text, QR Code Payments and Mobile payments. Flowbird’s proposed pay station offers NFC payments and it has already been proven in the field (the City of Minneapolis deployed hundreds NFC enabled pay stations within the last year). Your motorists will be able to utilize payment options such as Apple Pay and Google Pay at the pay station. (See Additional Pricing) Clock
• The CWT pay station clock syncs up with the server to ensure proper time keeping. • The clock on the pay stations is automatically adjusted for daylight savings time. • The CWT clock complies with all requirements per specification of the RFP. 855
Pay Station Power
• The CWT is powered by a rechargeable solar-powered battery. • Batteries in the CWT pay station can be changed out under 2 minutes without the need for specialized tools by technician with access to the inside of the meter.
• Batteries can be recharged elsewhere with a battery trickle charger connected to 120V outlet. • Flowbird utilizes a lead acid battery to ensure the best performance. • The CWT is powered by the battery. The battery can be recharged by solar or “onsite” power. • The system sends low battery warnings to your team to provide advance notice of any pending issues. • The battery connection is designed to resist corrosion and sustain a minimum of five years of service. • Battery health statistics are available in the Flowbird back-office software. • The pay station maintains the data even if the battery is not performing. • The components on the CWT pay station are specifically designed to draw as little power as possible and extend battery life. Additionally, the software is developed to accommodate low power use and the pay station is programmed to go into sleep mode when not in use.
• We recommend bi-annual preventive maintenance checks of all major components, including the battery and cables, to ensure proper operations.
Security and Maintenance
• The currency vault is in a separate cabinet from the maintenance cabinet and requires a separate key for access. • The currency vault is protected by heavy gauge stainless steel. • The CWT parking meter has a 4-Point locking solution ensuring maintenance and collections teams have access to the appropriate cabinet section. The upper section, lower section, collection door and vault are keyed differently. The upper and lower compartment doors have 4 locking hooks that connect the door to the compartment. Manual and electronic locks are supported. Credit card reader is recessed, prohibiting skimming devices from being attached. • Door hinges and seams are internal and tight to prevent the CWT from being pried open. Locks and bolts are out of public sight.
When the cabinet door is opened and/or coin box is removed the meter will send a notification to all valid recipients via text message or email. The coin box can only be opened with a collection key and is closed to the collector.
Vibration and shock sensors are offered as an option. If the sensor is triggered, an SMS/email is generated notifying the sensor has been triggered.
The pay stations are equipped with a secure cash vault locking system. The cash vault system is located behind the outer door of the bottom cabinet which is secured with reinforced steel. The vault door is made of armored steel.
The lock is an advanced, four-point locking point system. Flowbird offers an electronic lock option giving clients more control in the collection process. When the coin or bill box is removed, the pay station will send a notification to all valid recipients via text message or email. The coin and bill boxes can only be opened with a collection key and is closed to the collector. No maintenance or safety requirements are needed for the vault locking system.
The CWT Compact terminals also have an optional electronic lock system with online central administration and authorization via Cale WebOffice. This solution replaces the expensive and tedious handling and administration of keys because all persons that need access to a CWT Compact use the same type and version of door key that is more to be seen as a door opening tool.
856
Warranty and Support
1. Warranty info will be found under additional information.
2. Flowbird provides multi-channel end-user support via phone, webform, email and live chat 7 days per week, plus technical support, troubleshooting and parts support. Also, we have multiple Southern-California based field technicians to oversee all installation services and ongoing scheduled service and preventative maintenance. Response times are based on severity and urgency. Flowbird will train City staff to perform day to day maintenance operations. If the City cannot fix an issue, your staff should contact the Flowbird help desk. If the problem cannot be resolved through help desk intervention, Flowbird will dispatch technician. A quote can be provided prior to dispatch. We can also propose a service agreement.
3. All calls and support requests are logged in real-time and assigned for dispatch for field service. The live database is fully accessible via web or mobile app with customizable notification options. List-view detail reports and the analytics reports in the Explore reporting tools are fully configurable and exportable.
4. Flowbird will provide the city with a toll-free number to reach our support team during normal business hours and an additional phone number for emergency purposes. We can customize a support package that meets your needs.
5. Flowbird’s back-office will provide the city with remote access to monitor all your pay stations in the field. Software upgrades can be performed remotely.
6. Our online Help Center at us.support.flowbird.group includes technical support articles, bulletins and procedures with community-based input. Our local technicians participate in weekly team meetings to review installation and upgrade projects throughout the country and can provide feedback and guidance to the local maintenance staff. Flowbird account manager/service manager will host quarterly calls with city staff to provide updates and review past performance of the system.
7. Extended warranty pricing will be listed in the pricing proposal.
8. Flowbird account manager respond to city’s quotation request within the specified timeline.
9. Flowbird will comply with the city’s RMA specifications.
Training
Hardware Training
I. Introduction
II. Multi-Space Meter Concept
III. Hardware Overview
IV. Installation Procedure
V. Theory of Operation
VI. Troubleshooting
VII. Preventative Maintenance
VIII. Meter Application Software (On-site Programming)
IX. Receipts & Enforcement Procedures
X. Collections Procedures
XI. Software Modification and/or Upgrade
XII. Meters and Parts Ordering Procedures (Inventory)
XIII. Peripheral Support Systems
XIV. Wrap-up & Final Question & Answer Period
Software Training
I. Terms
II. Workspaces
Opening, Settings, Refresh, Closing
• Maintenance
• Financial
• Maintenance Workspace
• Collection Management Workspace
• Transaction Workspace
• Supervision
• Pay By Space Workspace
• Flowbird can host remote and onsite training sessions with city staff as needed.
• Flowbird will comply with annual onsite 2-hour
refresher training with city staff.
• Flowbird will cover all travel cost of training sessions. • Updates to the back-office system occur automatically.
If we release a major update, we will inform City staff by email and setup appropriate training.
857
Data/ Integration
• Flowbird has existing integrations with the leading solutions providers in the industry. We will integrate with your preferred providers. If an existing integration does not exist, we will provide our standard API to the appropriate resource. • Flowbird has existing integration with DataTicket, Vigilant and Axia. • Flowbird is happy to interface with your various suppliers to ensure your reporting needs are met. Our team will review any requested interfaces and provide feedback in an expeditious manner.
Other Services
Flowbird will provide the city with various tools to help you market the system. This includes flyer design, standard How To video, FAQ creation, and various images.
858
Integrated 2 Way Video Intercom by Parker Technologies
Included in our solution is integrated 2 way video with Parker technologies and Flowbird. The Flowbird devices would integrate the customer support intercom and video feature from the Flowbird screen. Flowbird and Parker are actively working on this integration and are prepared to deliver it for South Lake.
In the pricing proposal the Parker fees will be billed direct by parker to the city. If EnSIght has to flow through the fees on the intercom calls, we would have to mark them up. So in the spirit of saving the city money this the suggested approach.
With two way video intercoms and for the solution in general, we recommend all meter devices to be on a wired network with LTE as fail over.
859
Project Approach
APGS Scope
Preparation and Submittals
After contract signature, EnSight and the client will agree finalize the design drawings and submittal information for all of the equipment. Typically this is a 2-4 week process following the signed agreement.
Once the submittal and functional specification is agreed to and the project deposit is received, EnSight will order all the equipment for the project. The Equipment arrives at the EnSight Office where it is programmed and undergoes factory acceptance testing.
Equipment lead time is roughly 4-6 weeks from the order date. Signage is the longest lead time item.
Infrastructure and installation
The City's contractor will perform all infrastructure and installation of the equipment. EnSight will provide oversight and guidance to ensure the solution is installed correctly. Infrastructure and installation for a project this size should take roughly 3-4 weeks.
Commissioning
Once all of the equipment is installed and connected to network, the commissioning process begins. Commissioning consists of setting the fields of view for all cameras, installing the FLI Software module for counting, confirming all cameras are generally counting, and pushing the data to the EnSightful portal.
Fine Tuning and ODT
Once the system is commissioned, fine-tuning begins. During Fine Tuning (2 weeks) our team tests and audits the system results.
Once accuracy rates are optimized, EnSight will enter ODT with the client and schedule a go-live date. 860
Gateless PARCS
Project Initiation
- Kickoff meeting scheduled
- Software configuration confirmed
- Fee structure and enforcement rules defined
- Pay Station/Meter locations determined
- Timeline confirmed
- Marketing Plan defined
- Schedule roll out and training with identified key
operational team members
One week after Notice to Proceed (NTP)
Flowbird staff will host weekly calls remote/in person to make sure key milestones are met and actions items are
assigned/completed.
Software build and internal testing
- Pay Station software
- Banking setup
- Integration and Back-Office Reporting Setup
NTP + 6 weeks
We will communicate with the city’s accounting
department to ensure all software and banking
information is correct.
Pre-Installation Marketing Plan Executed
- Flyers designed by Flowbird
- FAQ provided by Flowbird for City website
- Standard in-house produced video (note that custom
video will need to be quoted)
NTP + 4 to 6 weeks
Flowbird marketing team will work with city staff for
design approval and marketing approach.
Final testing and shipping from Flowbird warehouse
LPR cameras will be delivered by EnSight with the APGS
shipment.
NTP + 6 to 8 weeks
Flowbird will handle majority of final testing from our warehouse. Minimum involvement with city staff.
Delivery of equipment to customer site, installation,
customer training
Flowbird and EnSight will work with city engineering
department and parking department with the
deployment of the meters.
Testing and implementation 2-3 full weeks following completed installation of the devices from the client's installer
861
F. Project Budget
See the Submitted Attachment D form for Pricing proposal.
The Pricing for has both the APGS and Gateless pricing. EnSight is proposing this 2 ways: EnSight to be selected for only the APGS or EnSight to prime both the APGS and Gateless scope.
Proposal and Pricing Assumptions
Below are the base proposal assumptions and exclusions.
Assumptions:
• Client will help coordinate garage access and safe working conditions for The client's electrician/installer. • Client will facilitate network infrastructure installation for the EnSight System. • The Client's project electrician will install all conduit and cat 6 cable to all cameras, signs and server locations. • The client's electrician/installer will install the technology equipment and complete final terminations. • Client to bring and land 120v to each sign from the source. • Client to provide adequate internet connection and speed per EnSight Specification but no less than 20Mbps up and 20Mbps down.
• EnSight System to be segmented off the client’s main network and on the vendor network • Data cabling should be cat-6(exact specifications should be requested from an EnSight Engineer). • Signage power should be 120V, 240V is also suitable.
• This proposal does not account for any rework or remobilization caused by 3rd party delays. Such events will be billed at T&M.
• Annual Software and Support Services Contract required to ensure Integrity, accuracy rates, and upkeep of the camera counting system
• Pricing is valid for 60 days from the date the first revision of this document is sent. • 2 year warranty on hardware unless otherwise stated on a specific item in the pricing table. • Includes EnSight's standard insurance limits.
• These products are designed to be connected to and communicate app data via a network interface. It is Client's sole responsibility to provide and continuously ensure a secure connection between the product and Client network or any other network. Client shall establish and maintain any appropriate measures (such as but not limited to the installation of firewalls, application of authentication measures, encryption of data, installation of antivirus programs, ect) to protect the product, network, system and interface against any kind of security breach, unauthorized access, ransomware, interference, intrusion, leakage and/or theft of data or information.
Exclusions:
• Excludes Union Labor and any prevailing wage rates.
• Lifting equipment
• Scanning or X-Raying.
• permits, certifications, engineered drawings, foundation design, etc. 862
Proposed Project Payment Terms
The Contract Price will be determined by the City's selection of Scope from EnSight. The proposed payment terms of the initial project value are:
1. Upon this contract execution and receipt of ENSIGHT invoice, Client shall pay ENSIGHT fifty (50%) of the project Price.
2. Upon shipment of configured equipment to Client location and Client has received the ENSIGHT invoice, Client shall pay ENSIGHT forty (20%) of the Project Price.
3. Upon completion of ODT and Client has received the ENSIGHT invoice, Client shall pay ENSIGHT forty (20%) of the Project Price.
4. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work (i.e. beneficial use) and Client has received the ENSIGHT invoice, Client shall pay all amounts remaining to be paid.
Ongoing software and support services following following the initial 2 year term will be covered in a services agreement between EnSight and the City of South Lake Tahoe.
EnSight Warranty Information
• ENSIGHT Hardware Warranty. ENSIGHT hereby warrants that the Hardware provided and installed by ENSIGHT will materially conform to the applicable SOW. The Warranty Remedy Period for Hardware shall be twenty-four (24) months from delivery of equipment to the site.
• Professional Services Warranty. ENSIGHT hereby warrants that all Professional Services will be performed in a professional and workmanlike manner and will materially conform to the applicable Statement of Work. The Warranty Remedy Period for Professional Services shall end ninety (90) days after the date of completion of Professional Services by Phase • Software Warranty. Software is under warranty for the duration of the software and support services agreement which will be covered under SSSA that will be signed in addition to this project proposal document. • Hardware and Services Remedy. If a nonconformity to the foregoing warranty is discovered in the Hardware or Professional Services during the applicable Warranty Remedy Period, as specified above, under normal and proper use and provided the Hardware has been properly stored, installed, operated and maintained and written notice of such nonconformity is provided to ENSIGHT promptly after such discovery and within the applicable Warranty Remedy Period, ENSIGHT shall, at its option, either (i) repair or replace the nonconforming portion of the Hardware or re-perform the non-conforming Professional Services or (ii) refund the portion of the price applicable to the nonconforming portion of Hardware or Professional Services. If any portion of the Hardware or Professional Services so repaired, replaced or re-performed fails to conform to the foregoing warranty, and written notice of such nonconformity is provided to ENSIGHT promptly after discovery and within the original Warranty Remedy Period applicable to such Hardware or Professional Services or 30 days from completion of such repair, replacement or re-performance, whichever is later, ENSIGHT will repair or replace such nonconforming Hardware or re-perform the non-conforming Professional Services. The original Warranty Remedy Period shall not otherwise be extended.
Exceptions. ENSIGHT shall have no obligation hereunder with respect to any Hardware which (i) has been improperly stored, repaired, or altered; (ii) has been subjected to misuse, negligence, or accident; (iii) has been used in a manner contrary to ENSIGHT's instructions; or (iv) is comprised of materials provided by or a design specified by client. Hardware supplied by ENSIGHT but manufactured by others is warranted only to the extent of the manufacturer’s warranty, and only the remedies, if any, provided by the manufacturer will be allowed.
THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OF QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE,
WHETHER WRITTEN, ORAL, OR IMPLIED, AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.
THE REMEDIES STATED HEREIN CONSTITUTE CLIENT’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AND ENSIGHT’S ENTIRE LIABILITY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, ENSIGHT SPECIFICALLY DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE SOFTWARE OR THE MANAGED SERVICES WILL PERFORM WITHOUT INTERRUPTION OR ERROR. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH IN
THIS AGREEMENT, ENSIGHT WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES THE CLIENT MAY SUFFER ARISING OUT OF USE, OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, HARDWARE, OR MANAGED SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER. ENSIGHT SHALL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE FOR
FAILURE OF THE SOFTWARE OR HARDWARE BECAUSE OF WEATHER, LABOR STRIKES, CORROSION, INTERNET FAILURE, OR
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ERRORS
863
Flowbird Warranty Information
1. PRODUCT WARRANTIES. During the General Warranty Period (as defined in the RFP), Cale shall replace, at no additional cost to Customer, except as otherwise provided under the Order, any part, accessory or modular component of any Products purchased directly from Cale and determined to be defective in material or workmanship under normal use and service (the “General Warranty”). Customer shall cooperate with Cale in any effort to pursue a claim with the manufacturer of a defective part. The “General Warranty Period” for (i) each pay station shall extend for (a) twelve (12) months following the date of installation of the pay station or (b) thirteen (13) months following the date of delivery of the pay station to Customer, whichever date occurs first; and (ii) each part or accessory purchased hereunder for one hundred eighty (180) days following its delivery to Customer. To the extent that any Products contain Programs, Cale warrants that the Programs will conform to Cale’s specifications in effect on the date of delivery to Customer. Cale shall make reasonable efforts to maintain the Programs and provide error corrections as necessary so that the Programs conform to Cale’s specifications, but Cale shall not be required to provide new features or new versions of the Programs. In no event shall Cale have any responsibility to correct any database errors or any errors or damage caused by or arising out of hardware defects or input errors or resulting from changes to or modifications of the Programs made by the Customer or any other user. Customer shall be responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Products purchased hereunder and shall promptly notify Cale of any Program bugs, defects or other malfunctions, not easily correctable by Customer, that affect the transmission of data to or from the Products or that otherwise inhibit a key function of the Products. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 1, CALE MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE
VALUE, DESIGN, CONDITION, TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE OF THE PRODUCTS OR THE PROGRAMS. NO ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES MAY BE INFERRED FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. CALE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY UNDER THESE TERMS & CONDITIONS SHALL BE TO REPAIR OR REPLACE, AT CALE’S OPTION, A DEFECTIVE PRODUCT.
2. WARRANTY LIMITATIONS. THE GENERAL WARRANTY FOR (i) THE PRINTER COMPONENT OF ANY PAY STATION SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY VOIDED IF CUSTOMER USES RECEIPT PAPER THAT DOES NOT MEET SPECIFICATIONS PROVIDED BY CALE, AND (ii) THE PAY STATION BATTERY SHALL BE ONE (1) YEAR FROM INSTALLATION OF THE PAY STATION. CALE SHALL NOT PROVIDE WARRANTY COVERAGE FOR DAMAGE TO ANY PRODUCT DUE TO ACCIDENT, NEGLECT, MISUSE, ABUSE OR NATURAL DISASTERS.
THE GENERAL WARRANTY DOES NOT INCLUDE LABOR OR REPAIR COSTS. THE GENERAL WARRANTY SHALL BE VOIDED BY (i) USE OF NON-CALE REPLACEMENT PARTS; (ii) UNAUTHORIZED ADDITIONS TO THE PRODUCTS; (iii) UNAUTHORIZED ALTERATIONS TO THE PRODUCTS; (iv) SERVICE TO THE PAY STATIONS PERFORMED BY PERSONNEL WHO ARE NOT CERTIFIED BY CALE TO PERFORM SUCH SERVICE; OR (v) FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS.
1. Parts Exchange. The Parts Exchange Program (the “PEP”) involves Cale’s provision of certain replacement parts for the Covered Meters and parts exchange services with respect to the same.
2. Program Enrollment. Customer shall enroll all of its Cale parking meters in the PEP (the “Covered Meters”). In the event that Customer has Cale parking meters that are still under original warranty, such meters shall be enrolled in the PEP and become Covered Meters upon the expiration of the original warranty without further action by the Customer.
3. Term. Meter enrollment in the PEP shall remain in effect for a minimum of one (1) year from the Effective Date (“Initial Term”).
Following the Initial Term, all Covered Meters shall remain enrolled in the PEP on a month-to-month basis.
4. Return of Parts. The Customer is responsible for delivering to Cale, at Customer’s sole cost and expense, all parts being tendered for exchange under the PEP. Customer shall ship such parts with reputable shipping companies and/or delivery services, and shall bear the risk of loss and damage of such parts until such parts are delivered to Cale. 864
5. DISCLAIMER OF ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION, CALE MAKES NO WARRANTY
OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE VALUE, DESIGN, CONDITION, TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE OF ANY REPLACEMENT PART PROVIDED HEREUNDER. IN
ADDITION, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION, NO ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES MAY BE INFERRED FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. CALE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE TO REPAIR OR REPLACE, AT CALE’S OPTION, A DEFECTIVE PRODUCT.
6. Removal and Installation of Replacement Parts. The Customer is responsible for removing any parts requiring replacements from a Covered Meter, packing and delivering such part to CALE without further damage, and re-installing the replacement part furnished by CALE pursuant to the PEP. The Customer shall perform such removal and re-installation of parts in a good and workmanlike manner, and in a manner that adheres with any technical documentation or instructions with respect to such tasks that may be provided by CALE from time to time.
7. Exclusions. The PEP is intended to provide replacement parts for Covered Meters that are subject to parts failure (whether due to design defect or ordinary wear and tear) connected with the ordinary and intended use of the Covered Meters. The PEP is not intended to replace parts that become damaged by extraordinary events which, in many cases, would or could be covered by commercial insurance policies. The follow items, services, parts and conditions are not covered under the PEP, unless noted:
a) Labor
b) Travel expenses
c) Expedited shipping costs
d) Batteries – Covered under the first-year warranty, but not the PEP e) Shipping costs of return parts to Flowbird
f) Any damaged, vandalized or incomplete part
g) Any improperly maintained part
h) Any malfunction caused by weather or acts of God
i) Any malfunction caused by intentional or negligent acts of the Customer, its staff, service providers or any third party other than Flowbird and its affiliates
j) Any part that cannot be disassembled and therefore cannot be repaired or refurbished including coin canisters, bill cassettes, and display assemblies
k) Printer assemblies without printheads
1. Shipping. The Customer shall bear all shipping and freight charges for parts being returned to Cale for replacement. Cale shall bear all shipping and freight charges for replacement parts being sent by Cale to the Customer utilizing normal ground shipping.
2. Services. The following services are included in the PEP:
a. Unlimited technical support through our Help Desk by phone seven (7) days a week at 877 620-2253, email at us[email protected] or online at us.support.flowbird.group b. Replacement of any component in a Covered Meter, except parts or conditions listed in Section 10 immediately below. CALE may, in its sole discretion, choose whether to utilize new or refurbished/reconditioned parts in providing replacement parts to the Customer under the PEP
c. Guaranteed shipment within three (3) business days of all covered replacement parts if they are in stock. 865
10. Return of Faulty Parts.
a. A service request order (SRO) is required for all parts that are being returned to CALE for replacement. SROs can be requested by contacting the CALE Help Desk at 877-620-2253, by email at [email protected] or online at us.support.flowbird.group.
When you call or email the Help Desk for a SRO, include the following information about all returned parts:
i. What is wrong with the part(s) being returned.
ii. Meter ID for the meter the part came out of, if known. iii. Part serial number from the sticker on the part, if there is a sticker. iv. Indicate that you are requesting a replacement part under the PEP.
Include a copy of your SRO form in the box with the returned part. The shipping address for the CALE parts warehouse is included at the top of the SRO form. Parts being tendered to CALE for exchange must be returned within fourteen (14) days a. of the SRO issue date. If a qualifying exchange part is not received within fourteen (14) days, the Customer account will be billed for the nonexchange part price. b. Special Instructions
i. Coin Selectors: If you are returning a coin selector, please let us know if the selector is programmed to take tokens. ii. Card Readers: When returning card readers, please remove the bezel and rain guards prior to shipping. These parts will not be returned with the replacement reader. Please specify the model of card reader you are returning. iii. Printers: Printer assemblies must be returned with the printhead, and ribbon cable attached. Printer assemblies without printheads may not be exchanged.
866
G. Description of Recent Projects/References
EnSight References
Redwood City, California
EnSight deployed it's parking guidance technology to connect Redwood City’s municipal parking structures with several private parking garages into a single easy-to-use and manage parking guidance system. EnSight installed its intelligent camera-based occupancy management system at three city garages: Jefferson, 889, and Marshall. The addition of these garages plus two private garage brings EnSight’s technology to five total garages totaling 1,400 parking spaces in Downtown Redwood City. EnSight also provided license plate recognition at the transition point between two connected garages as a change order.
Garage Locations:
• Jefferson Garage
• 889 Garage
• 750 Marshall
• 601 Marshall
• 2075 Broadway
Project Contact Name: Christian Hammack
Title: Parking and Transportation Demand Manager
Phone: (650) 780-7378
Email: [email protected]
867
EnSight References
St Jude Memphis Hospital
St Jude Memphis Hospital campus comprises 66 acres with more than 5-million-square-feet of building space, over half of which is dedicated to research. To serve patients and employees, the campus has three parking garages with total parking capacity of 4,039 parking spaces. In 2022, St Jude Deployed the EnSight Occupancy Management system to provide visitors and employees with parking availability information via EnSight's API integration to display parking availability on the employee mobile app and to digital signage at the 4 main entry points of the campus. As parkers come to their garage of choice they are greeted by additional signage advising on spaces available within the garage.
EnSight's Parking Occupancy Management System (POMS) enables hospital stakeholder to manage parking capacity in real time, and leverage the historical data to plan for parking improvements as well as overflow parking strategies.
Garage Locations:
• Garage 1- 969 Parking Spaces
• Garage 2- 1483 Parking Spaces
• Garage 3-1587 Parking Spaces
• Family Housing Garage- 98 Spaces
• Gene Logan Lot- 162 Spaces
Project Contact: Joe Luther
Email: [email protected]
868
Stanford Health Care
Stanford Medicine is an ecosystem comprising the School of Medicine and the pediatric and adult health care delivery systems. The Stanford network of care includes more than 65 locations across Northern California and more than 85 locations in the U.S. Western region. In the Bay Area Stanford locations are supported by 11 surface lots and 9 garages. EnSight is deploying their solution across the medical campus to deliver real time occupancy and real-time parker validation and LPR enforcement using our EnSight Eyes and EnSight Plates modules. The solution is being used to monitor parking availability across their parking assets and validate permitted parkers and visitors.
Project Contact Name: Chris McGougan
Title: Director – Transportation Services & Grounds
Phone: 510.205.2420
Email: [email protected]
869
Arizona State University - Novus Garage
ASU is one of the largest public universities by enrollment in the U.S. With one of the largest enrollments requires the management one of the largest university parking operations in the nation.
EnSight delivered their first Parking Occupancy Management Systems for their new 7 level Novus Garage. The Novus Place Parking Structure provides 1,801 parking stalls on seven levels for surrounding Novus Innovation Corridor developments as well as ASU buildings and events. The ground-floor height of 14’ allows for expansion of up to 10,000 square feet of retail development.
EnSight's intelligent camera-based solution counts vehicles entering and exiting each level of each garage and transmits that occupancy information to signs located at garage entrances and the entrance of each parking level. Altogether, there are 17 cameras located throughout the garage on each entry exit lane and each level interchange. The parking availability is displayed on 2 monument signs on the exterior of the garage and 10 interior way-finding signs will provide real-time information about how many parking spaces are available on each floor. The parking guidance technology will monitor parking availability across the 1,200 parking spaces.
Contact Name: Melinda Alonzo, Parking Director
Email: [email protected]
870
2nd and PCH – Long Beach, California
2nd and PCH developed and managed by CenterCal properties sits at the gateway between Orange County and Long Beach, one of the most highly desirable areas in Southern California. With tremendous visibility on the corner of the iconic Pacific Coast Highway and 2nd Street there are more than 100,000 car trips passing the intersection daily. This Whole Foods anchored center has become the social hub and community gathering place with its spectacular views and enviable setting directly across from Alamitos Bay and the Long Beach Marina.
EnSight Technology’s intelligent camera-based solution counts vehicles entering and exiting each level of each garage and transmits that occupancy information to signs located at garage entrances and the entrance of each parking level. Altogether, 31 strategically located dynamic LED Display signs will provide real-time information about how many parking spaces are available on each floor.
The parking guidance technology will monitor all 1,100 parking spaces in the complex’s three garages.
The Class A open air Lifestyle Center has two 3-level garages at opposite ends of the property connected via additional rooftop parking with the EnSight Parking Guidance EcoSystem for Level count wayfinding and specialty parking management.
Contact Name: Adrian Yu
Title: Parking Manager
Number: C (562) 650-3465
Email: [email protected]
871
Flowbird References
Pittsburgh Parking Authority
Contact – David Onorato, Executive Director
232 Blvd. of the Allies
Pittsburgh, PA 15222
Tel: 412-560-2511
Email: [email protected]
In 2005, Flowbird installed 54 MPC XL Pay and Display multi-space meters for the Pittsburgh Parking Authority. Those meters featured coin, bill, and credit card acceptance. Most of those initial meters were solar charged.
In 2012, the City awarded Flowbird the largest multi-space meter contract of the year after a comprehensive RFP process. Flowbird provided the best total solution; pay stations and back-office software, mobile license plate recognition, citation solution, and communications/marketing. Five hundred CWT Pay by Plate meters were installed throughout the City, replacing the MPC meters and single space coin only meters. At that point, Pittsburgh became the first city in the US to commit fully to Pay by Plate parking.
An additional 340 pay stations were added in 2013. Today, the Authority has over 1,000 pay stations, which are now being upgraded to touch screen technology. The system is integrated with the City’s citation management system for Pay by Plate enforcement.
In 2015, the Authority was awarded IPI’s Parking Organization of the Year for their incorporation of technology to improve efficiency, customer service and sustainability as models for others in the industry.
City of Detroit
Keith Hutchings, Director of Parking
1600 W. Lafayette, Detroit, MI 48216
Phone: 313-221-2596
Email: [email protected]
Flowbird has been providing parking technology solutions to the City of Detroit since 2015. Flowbird’s contract provides for mobile parking payments, over 700 parking pay stations, mobile license plate recognition, integrated reporting system, and marketing services.
Detroit is undergoing tremendous revitalization, and mobility is a key part of the transformation. In 2021, the city released an RFP for a new mobile payment application, one that not only offered standard on-street payments but encapsulated the City’s vision for a mobility app. Flowbird was awarded the project and launched the new ParkDetroit app in December 2021, replacing the City’s original app provider.
The new ParkDetroit app gives users the tools to make educated travel decisions prior to leaving their homes. The prices of on and off-street parking locations are shown on the app, parking availability is provided to help people select where to park, and the app is integrated with guidance systems to navigate the user to their desired parking destination.
Taking things to another level, Flowbird’s ParkDetroit app provides local events listings and venue information to encourage people to spend more time downtown. The next phases of the project will include transit payments for the City’s People Mover as well loading zone management.
872
City of Monterey
Cristie Steffy, Parking Superintendent
735 Pacific Street, Monterey CA 93940
Phone: 831-646-3953
Email: [email protected]
The City of Monterey selected Flowbird CWT touch screen technology to replace their outdated meters in 2021. Flowbird provided the city with touch screen meters with coin, bill, contactless credit card readers and receipt by text feature.
The City of Monterey currently has 28 Flowbird meters with another 10 meters to be delivered in quarter two of 2023. They are one of the first municipality to substitute printed receipt with Flowbird’s Text by Receipt feature. With this new feature, the city was able to reduce paper trash on their streets, eliminate maintenance of printers, and most importantly saved over 2,000,000 feet of printer paper since its inception.
873
874
City of South Lake Tahoe PARCS/APGS RFP
Project #33-002350.00
May 23, 2024 Page 1
Interview Questions for EnSight and Flowbird Team
1) Do you have any gateless reference sites where Ensight and Flowbird have jointly installed and integrated your oOerings? Or sites where you have integrated with any vendor’s MSM in a gateless/LPR environment? If so, where are they, and are they in production? Response: Ensight is Flowbird’s distributor for MSM meters. Though this site is our first endeavor in the gateless arena, Ensight has worked with Flowbird with on several projects.
Also, Flowbird oOers a gateless solution with five sites in the US and over fifty active sites in Scandinavia.
EnSight and Flowbird have ongoing conversations regarding integration and are prepared to deliver. Further EnSight will send our LPR data to Flowbird in the format they expect LPR data from all other vendors.
2) How long has Ensight’s LPR oOering been on the market? How many sites are using it in production? Do you have data from those sites and from Ensight LPR tools that demonstrate it will meet the functionality and performance/accuracy parameters as described in the Specification?
Response: EnSight is a technology company that specializes in machine learning and vision software. The first LPR deployment was in 2020. We have 13 locations with LPR, over 40 lanes.
Deployments of LPR with Stanford medical campus, which has 9 of the project's 22 locations live.
- Stanford chose EnSight over Genetec.
- EnSight integrated LPR with AVPM. Stanford has quercas with AVMP, but tested both side by side and ours was selected as the superior technology. - We have data from our sites that will show and prove our accuracy.
LA Clippers selected EnSight over Genetec for the frictionless event parking LPR system.
The total project will have 27 lanes of LPR and LPR on each level of their three parking garages.
What exact model of Flowbird MSM are you proposing to provide? Response: The Flowbird Touchscreen CWT 5. With what feature set and what options? Response: Touchscreen (DiOerentiator) , QR Reader, Contactless/NFC payments: Digital Wallets such as Apple Pay, Google Pay, Samsung Pay , Ability to extend payments by text, Validation codes acceptance, Secure PCI-DSS payment platform EMV insert chip reader, and NFC TapnGo reader. Flowbird has a built-in wireless modem. Flowbird recommends ethernet for this project due to the EMV Credit Card transactions and the Parker two-way intercom service.
What sort of screen size , colors, front panel devices, etc.? 875
City of South Lake Tahoe PARCS/APGS RFP
Project #33-002350.00
May 23, 2024 Page 2
Response: Dynamic 9.7” tablet-sized color touch screen reinforced with a 6mm- thick tempered guard glass. Displays videos, animated pictures, text, and menus to guide the user in real time. The font and screen color are 100% configurable. Also, Flowbird oOers fully customizable partial and full decal wraps which are fabricated in-house in Clearwater.
3) Please provide a detailed data sheet on the proposed Flowbird product. Please ensure that the proposed MSM: See attached.
a. Only supports credit cards (no bills or coins). Credit Card Only Unit. b. Supports NFC reading for tap cards, Apple Pay, and Google Pay. Yes. c. Does not have solar power but uses only 120V mains power. Yes. d. We need to discuss and clarify the 4G vs. hard-wired Ethernet connection option.
We can discuss this.
Response: We can use both but sometimes the 4G signal is not as strong in a parking garage. Plus, EMV credit card transactions are faster with ethernet. The Parker integration requires an ethernet connection in the machine. e. We need to discuss and clarify the battery that is provided.
Response: We included the 75 AMP Battery, which provides 3 days of battery backup in the case of a power loss. The 75 AMP Batteries are provided with the MSM units.
4) The proposal lists Flowbird’s executive team members, but it does not indicate who will be the working-level project manager and technical personnel from Flowbird and from your other technology partner Parker Technology who will provide on-site and oO-site support to the project and will coordinate all the required integrations. Please provide a list and resumes of those Flowbird personnel.
Response: Flowbird is the sub to Ensight on this project, but we have a full team that will support Ensight behind the scenes. Here is a list and resumes of the Flowbird employees that will be involved in the project.
William Johannsen – Director, Project Management and Solutions Delivery William has been with Flowbird since 2007, working with some of the largest parking organizations in the US. William has managed parks implementations for Flowbird in the State of Colorado and the State of Minnesota as well as large scale parking projects in cities such as Las Vegas, Memphis, Philadelphia, St. Louis, Ventura, and Washington DC.
Joe Mollish – VP of Business Development - Off Street and Gateless Solutions Joe graduated from West Virginia University, receiving a master’s degree and his bachelor’s from Marshall University. Joe brings 30 years of oO-street parking experience to Flowbird. He started his career in operations with Central Parking System, where he progressed to the corporate oOice as the Operational Excellence Director. In 2012, Joe moved to the Parking Access and Control System industry and held senior-level positions with Amano McGann and TIBA before joining Flowbird in early 2022. He is the main contact for ASC and oversees Flowbird’s rollout of the OO-Street and Gateless product lines.
Before joining Flowbird, Joe worked directly with large notable accounts such as Portland SmartPark, Houston Airports Authority, Kansas City International Airport, Mitchell 876
City of South Lake Tahoe PARCS/APGS RFP
Project #33-002350.00
May 23, 2024 Page 3
Milwaukee Airport, City of Norfolk, Virginia, City of Pasadena, and Broward County Port Everglades.
William Duson – Field Service Manager
William has over twenty years of field service experience, spending 11 years with Sunoco Corporation before coming to Flowbird in 2010. His work at Sunoco included servicing every aspect of service station maintenance, from back-oOice systems to pump maintenance, as well as electrical, mechanical, and hydraulic work. William was also the primary resource for training new technicians.
William supervises and dispatches Flowbird field technicians in his current position, including selecting the right technician for project implementations. Before this management position, which he assumed in 2019, William was a lead field technician in charge of installing Flowbird equipment, on-site project management, on-site maintenance and service, system upgrades, and training.
William has worked directly with key Flowbird clients around the US, including Boston, MA; Cleveland, OH; and Savannah, GA.
Jeff Nethery – Global Products Support Director
JeO, a University of Washington in Seattle graduate, joined Flowbird in 2008 and leads the Flowbird customer support team. He has served in multiple roles in the US and internationally with Flowbird, including Customer Service Director and Global Product Director. JeO has 30+ years of experience in parking operations, management, consulting, and project management, focused on improving operational eOiciency, system integrations, and implementation of new technologies.
JeO’s background includes developing customer service programs, public outreach and education programs, consulting and planning, contract negotiations and compliance, project team coordination, customer relations, and business and partnership development.
Patrice Yackel – Software Customization Manager
Patrice has worked with Flowbird for over 15 years in various capacities. Her broad experience in accounting, customer service, Help Desk, and service department management has made her a true partner to our customers. She has ensured timely installations to hundreds of satisfied customers.
Patrice’s role at Flowbird is to oversee our software customization team, ensuring that testing processes are followed and that customers are satisfied with the transaction flow seen by the end users. Patrice will work closely with our software customization staO and project manager to ensure that all rates, policies, and messages are accurate and meet ASC’s standards.
Patrice’s team has customized software for over 900 clients across the United States, including the Philadelphia Parking Authority, Washington State Parks, and the cities of Vancouver (WA) and Syracuse (NY).
Anthony Brown – Back-Office Manager
877
City of South Lake Tahoe PARCS/APGS RFP
Project #33-002350.00
May 23, 2024 Page 4
Anthony joined Flowbird in 2011 and attended Georgia Southern University and Savannah State University. He has 20 years of experience in back-oOice system configuration and customer service. In his current role, Anthony is responsible for the initial setup of client systems, including configuring the back oOice, integrating with third-party systems, and setting up credit card accounts.
Anthony works with Flowbird clients of all sizes (over 400), providing training and guidance on all aspects of the Flowbird back-oOice system, including running specific reports and managing online parking validation programs. For this project, Anthony will work directly with ASC staO to configure the back-oOice to simplify reporting and ensure your team members are trained on all back-oOice functions.
5) Please explain in detail how you intend to implement validations as requested in the RFP, especially for the theater?
Response: Flowbird oOers Numeric code merchant discount validations. The customer can use the APP or the MSM Kiosk to key in the discount when paying for parking. Theatre patrons will receive a code at the event or prior to arriving. Once they key their license plate then have the opportunity to apply the validation code. However, Flowbird and Ensight believes that the best solution for the Theater Validation is to utilize Flowbird’s Text to Pay solution.
Flowbird set up a quick demo to test this out, you can either text Val4HR to our short code text number 727563 and you should receive the following response. Below the instructions in each screen.
878
City of South Lake Tahoe PARCS/APGS RFP
Project #33-002350.00
May 23, 2024 Page 5
Then, once you click on the link, you should see the following. 879
City of South Lake Tahoe PARCS/APGS RFP
Project #33-002350.00
May 23, 2024 Page 6
880
City of South Lake Tahoe PARCS/APGS RFP
Project #33-002350.00
May 23, 2024 Page 7
Key in the Validation Code 1234, which provides 4 hours of parking for free and so you will have to enter in the license plate number, mobile number (optional only if you want an SMS confirmation), as well as the validation code, followed by clicking on 'Start'. If the validation code is not entered, then the flat rate for Bellamy Garage would apply.
After you click on 'Start', you have to click on the + button once and you will see 4 hours added at $0, then all you have to do is click on 'Continue' and you're finished. 881
City of South Lake Tahoe PARCS/APGS RFP
Project #33-002350.00
May 23, 2024 Page 8
882
City of South Lake Tahoe PARCS/APGS RFP
Project #33-002350.00
May 23, 2024 Page 9
6) Please explain in detail what you plan to provide for a Citation Management System and how you intend to implement the integration with the City’s DataTicket handhelds, as requested in the RFP and described in the Specifications.
Response: Flowbird does not integrate with DataTicket handhelds, but it works with other partners nationwide. We are suggesting Park Loyalty as the Citation enforcement component of our proposal. You can find more information about Park Loyalty in the attached brochure, and the pricing for the Park Loyalty Solution is provided in the pricing spreadsheet.
883
City of South Lake Tahoe PARCS/APGS RFP
Project #33-002350.00
May 23, 2024 Page 10
7) Please explain how your proposed solution will support permit parkers using license plate based virtual permits.
Response: Flowbird is oOering its customer-facing Permit Portal for parkers to register and input their license plates. Through the integration, Ensight will receive the database of permit parkers. When the plate is read, the software will scan the vehicle's license plate and notify Flowbird that the permit is in the garage. The software will then update its plate inventory listing, confirming that the permit is in the garage and the license plate is valid. 8) Please explain the details and availability schedule of the Parker Technology intercom being integrated right into the Flowbird MSM and confirm if you included or did not include the Parker monthly and per call fees into your proposal pricing.
Response: Flowbird plans to integrate with Parker for this project and includes integration costs. During discussions with Parker for the bid response, they mentioned that they are currently under contract with the City of South Tahoe and would transfer the service to our hardware. The monthly Parker fees and integration costs are included in the pricing. 9) Please explain how you plan to integrate with a City-selected pay-by-cell provider such as ParkMobile or PaybyPhone.
Response: Flowbird already has integrations with Parkmobile and PaybyPhone. We receive the plate numbers paid, so they are removed from the Flowbird software back-office license plate non-payment report.
10) What are the credit card transaction clearing fees and any other transaction-related fees, assuming that the City of South Lake Tahoe is the Merchant of Record? For Flowbird to be Response: If Flowbird is not the merchant on record, unlimited credit card fees are $6.00 a month on top of the quoted Back-oOice connectivity fee. The City of South Tahoe requested pricing per transaction for Flowbird to be the Merchant on Record (MOR) for the city. The cost per credit card transaction would be 3.15% plus a $0.30. This would be deducted as a line item from the credit card revenue and sent to the City of Tahoe on a customized schedule based on the city’s need.
11) You included an “allowance” for static informational signs into your proposal. How do you plan to develop the content for these and get them made? Response: Content to be coordinated with the City regarding design, style and verbiage.
Working with Flow Bird, who has thousands of deployments, between them and the city, the signage will be designed.
EnSight has Signage partners that can print the static signage once it is approved. We use two sign companies that are less than two miles from our oOice. 884
City of South Lake Tahoe PARCS/APGS RFP
Project #33-002350.00
May 23, 2024 Page 11
12) Why are you requiring 120V sign power? 12-24VDC may be more desirable in this use case.
Response: The base signs can be low voltage. The optional VMS displays must be 120v. 13) Why are Item #16 and Item #20 set to $0 in the Price Proposal Form? Why is there an extra “optional” charge on Line #30 for the Flowbird Permit Portal Permit parker support? Permit parker support is a base requirement of the RFP.
Response: Item #16 is included as part Flowbird’s back-oOice software and is included in the monthly SaaS fee in line item #28.
Response: Item #20 – Flowbird included an integration cost for the enforcement units.
With Flowbird now using its own solution, we have revised the proposal to include integration cost for the Park Loyalty handhelds and citation enforcement solution.
Response: This was meant for internal discussion if there was another one that was preferred by Ensight. Our intention is to provide our Permit Portal and the cost provided for set up and the additional monthly fee would apply.
14) Please provide more details on your project schedule – preferably in GANTT Chart form – and also include critical items such as preparation of detailed submittals to support the Installer, information on lead times of digital signs with custom paint color, etc.
Response: Estimated project schedule attached.
15) Please explain in detail the scope, approach, and staOing of your service and support oOerings during warranty and post-warranty. The proposal wording seems to exclude on-site support/service and labor costs for service/support.
a. Do you provide on-site service with the response times and service levels specified in the RFP, including all labor, materials, and repair parts? Response: Pricing updated to include labor and materials. Pricing does not include replacement of parts damaged by third parties or vandalism. b. Which company(ies) will the on-site service people come from? Response: Both Flowbird and Ensight. Ensight will take the lead on handling the service call process.
c. Does your remote help desk provide 24x7 access to technical professionals who can assist with troubleshooting and problem determination remotely? Does this help desk available by both phone and web/email?
Response: Flowbird’s support desk is available 24/7 via phone(877-362-6330), email ([email protected]) and web (Flowbird.group). d. Does Ensight coordinate all service/support work as the central party regardless of which underlying product vendor(s) a specific issue is with? Response: EnSight will be the main POC for system-related issues. We, too, have a 24/7 help desk. We are working with Flowbird on a way to streamline communication on issues through a central request for service. So, if the issue is related to the flow bird technology, EnSight would have visibility, but the requests by 885
City of South Lake Tahoe PARCS/APGS RFP
Project #33-002350.00
May 23, 2024 Page 12
the client will get directed to the appropriate support group for troubleshooting to avoid the telephone game.
e. Do you have a support ticketing system and how does it work? Response: Flowbird oOers a 24/7 365 support ticketing system for the City of South Tahoe.
16) Discussion is needed on your Exception to the City’s Insurance Requirements and what the cost would be if the City does not accept your umbrella policy and requires additional coverages.
Response: Per our discussions, the city is reducing the umbrella requirement to 5mil. The pollution insurance is required per the city. EnSight is getting an estimate on these changes to the policy and will send over once received.
17) Discussion is needed on your Exception to the City’s LD requirements. The City cannot waive the LDs. Also, please note the following comments, which may address some of your stated concerns.
a. The City is very unlikely to postpone the NTP date.
b. The City has a history of prompt payment.
c. Ensight is not penalized for delays caused solely by the Installer. - Response: EnSight has reviewed this with our bid team and our board. EnSight is open to LDs under the following revision:
o LDs are capped at 25% of the initial project price.
o Daily LD limit of $150/day.
886
221 N Broad St Suite 3A
Middleton, DE 19709
(414) 339-1222
Enforcement and Ticket Management Proposal
May 2024
Park Loyalty, Inc.
This document contains private and protected information, ideas, know-how, and processes that are the sole property of Park Loyalty, Inc. and its affiliates and shall not be duplicated, used, or disclosed – in whole or in part—for any purpose other than to evaluate this proposal. 887
1 Executive Summary
Park Loyalty is a highly qualified firm and has experience serving the needs of parking management operations across the country. Most importantly, we understand the significance of having a program that is flexible and works for the benefit of City.
Our ability to take proven, currently deployed applications and modify them to this program’s requirements greatly reduces the risk associated with program delivery. The platform needs to manage the customer interaction, customer journey, and empower City teams to manage the business rules of the platform with ease, while providing detailed program management metrics that allow operators to proactively management operations. On top of that, the platform must integrate with a multitude of ecosystem providers to harness its true value. Park Loyalty’s SaaS solution is this system.
Park Loyalty’s understanding of on-street parking enforcement, enforcement technology, ticket processing system, and digital permitting and best practices will help shape the design, implementation and management of the Violation Management Program Platform. Because of our extensive industry experience and partnerships, Park Loyalty helps private and municipal programs develop enforcement and ticket processing programs that align proven solutions, new technologies, and industry best practices.
The rich features of our handheld enforcement system are demonstrated by cities that use it to enforce parking regulations on a citywide basis. Most notably, the Philadelphia Parking Authority (one of the three largest US parking programs) implemented over 350 handhelds running our platform, with real-time permit and payment integrations, workforce allocations, GIS tracking and real-time analytics. The City issues nearly 2 million tickets annually and the handheld devices scan over 50,000 vehicle license plates each day.
Our proposal includes the following technology and services:
• Enforcement Platform: Our enforcement platform focuses on offering solutions that improve the traditional model. We believe that enforcement solutions shouldn’t be complicated, come with high upfront fees, or be difficult to manage. We focus on artificial intelligence, machine learning AI/ML tools and management software that provide metrics to manage enforcement, demand, and price fluctuation. Our turnkey enforcement solution takes a proven, deployed application and modifies it to your program’s requirements which, greatly reduces the risk and costs associated with program delivery.
• Ticket Processing Platform: The back-office system is designed to handle reports and process tickets. The platform has a built-in rules engine, ticket escalation module and notification module to help manage the tickets. Powered by its multiple dashboards, the platform allows for stakeholders to efficiently manage the issuance, processing and motorist’s notices and appeals. • Mobile-Compatible Payment Site: A customer website that is optimized so customers can easily make payments on various mobile devices like smartphones and tablets.
Our technologies and deep experience will bring the City a violation Platform with national experience and the resources to deliver an innovative program. Some of the customers we have served in recent years include:
888
2 Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,
USA
Contract Term Current Contract – 2022 - ongoing
(Subcontractor)
Current Contract Value $2.3 million
Software Used Enforcement Platform
Parking Management
Program Overview
In 2022, the Philadelphia Parking Authority implemented the parking enforcement software on 350 handheld devices to support the City’s Parking Management Program. Nearly 2,000,000 tickets are issued in Philadelphia each year.
Tickets and all associated photos are communicated from handheld software to the backend ticket processing system in real-time. The handhelds are integrated with pay-by-plate paystations, the city’s ParkMobile mobile payment, numerous plate-based permit files, and the towing system for automated dispatch & tracking.
The Philadelphia Parking Authority is an Accredited Parking OrganizationTM as determined by the International Parking and Mobility Institute for organizations that have achieved a comprehensive standard of excellence by deploying best practices in responsible parking management and operations, customer service, professional development, safety & security.
City of Folly Beach, SC Contract Term Current Contract –ongoing (Subcontractor) Current Contract Value $300,000
Software Used Enforcement Platform, Processing
Platform, Payment platform and Appeals
Parking Management
Program Overview
The City of Folly Beach implemented the parking enforcement software support the City’s parking management program. The City of Vallejo issues 25,000 tickets each year.
We designed the program to issue tickets, enforce regulations, adjudicate tickets and fees, accept payments, manage customers, generate reports, and a customer facing mobile and portal. 889
3 Chattanooga, TN Contract Term Current Contract – 2023 - ongoing (Subcontractor)
Current Contract Value $180,000.00
Software Used Enforcement Platform
Parking Management
Program Overview
In 2023, the City of Chattanooga, TN is implementing the parking enforcement software on 12 handheld devices to support the City’s parking management program. On average, 80,000 tickets are issued in Chattanooga each year.
890
4 Enforce Pro: Enforcement Platform
Our turnkey implementation for enforcement, for Smart Parking Program, takes a proven, deployed application and modifies it to your program’s requirements which greatly reduces the risk and costs associated with program delivery.
Our unique solution removes the complexity of integration with various systems via an API first approach.
Our microservices based solution architecture and its ability to integrate with various systems ensures the data integrity during the enforcement process. Through this architecture, we have eliminated the cost associated with 3rd party integration and we pass these benefits to our customers. There are no costs associated with any of the 3rd party integrations.
Our proposal includes the following technology and services enhancements:
• Mobile LPR Scan Engine: PEOs can simply
scan a license plate and evaluate the
visual cues in the App to enforce. The
engine does all the heavy lifting behind
the scenes to generate the visual ques’ by
checking with payment, permits, exempt
list, scofflaw list, stolen, warning,
historical tickets and timing/mark
records.
• Mobile Ticket Issuance App: The smart
ticket form and issuance engine,
minimizes fat fingering issues and ensures
data integrity via just in time checks with
all integrated systems. The vehicles can
easily be cited or marked/timed
(“chalked”). The issuance App ensuresthe
address is auto populated by GPS in all
forms, the scanned images are automatically attached to each ticket and uploaded, and the make, model and color are automatically loaded when available in the system. • Rules Based Engine to Administer Enforcement App and System Easily o Configuration Engine: Build your enforcement ticket layout quickly using our intuitive drag and drop mechanism.
o Data management layout to quickly and efficiently update rules for enforcement. • Integration Engine
o Time Limit Marking Engine: Complete sharing of “digital chalks” across all vehicles (like Vigilant) and manual marks by officers.
o A built-in engine to integrate with multiple Pay by cell systems, meter payment system, LPR vehicles, permit system and processing systems.
o Automatic Boot and Tow notifications based on LPR scan hit 891
5 o Automatic API or file-based exports to processing and collection system. • Dashboard and Reporting system
o Multiple dashboards to view productivity, operations, officer activity, revenues, utilization and integrations
o Officer summary and productivity reports
o Ticket reports to manages operations
o Location base reporting (GIS reports) at the specific address, zone or block level o Analytical and Advanced productivity reports
o Anomaly reporting to detect errors quickly
Key Components
Our enforcement solution has five major components:
• Enforcement Hardware – Customer’s choice of android handheld devices, printers and wireless service.
• Enforcement App – Android based App that transforms an enforcement program into a data driven, AI/ML (Artificial intelligence/ Machine learning) based program, centered on data integrity, productivity, accountability and efficiency. • Dashboards and Reporting– Management tools and analytics to offer a coherent, data-driven enforcement program.
• System Administration – Complete control over the ticket form layout, data and rules for enforcement.
• Integrations - Brings a wealth of real-time information to the fingertips of PEOs.
White labeling
As an extension of your operation, the enforcement app is branded based on customer preference.
Customer logos, styling, and branding can easily be incorporated for that custom feel.
Integrations
The enforcement solution comes with a pre-existing integration interface with a host of vendors such as:
• Meters: Flowbird (Parkeon & Cale), and T2
• Mobile Pay: Get my parking, PaybyPhone, Parkmobile, Passport, and Text2Pay, LAZGo, ACE SpACE • Permits: ParkLync, Duncan Solutions, Flowbird, T2, and Parkmobile • Court systems: Axiom and BS&A
• LPR: Genetec, Vigilant, Indect, and Risetek
In addition to our existing integration points, we are continually adding ecosystem partner, helping "future proof" in case the City decides to change vendors at any point. 892
6 Navigation
The enforcement app is designed using material design concepts introduced by Google. The material design concepts allow for intuitive and easy navigation, dramatically limiting the amount of training required for Parking Enforcement staff to learn the tools. All PEOs have unique credentials to login. 893
7 LPR Engine
Holding efficiency and automation paramount, we have taken an LPR centric approach to enforcement.
PEOs simply scan all plates via a manual mode or directed enforcement mode and follow visual cues in the app to enforce. Once a plate is scanned, our powerful LPR engine captures the image and reads the plate number in a fraction of a second and automatically compares it against payment data, permit data, timing records, stolen list, scofflaw list, and exempt list, which drives a color-coded parking enforcement officer experience. Red implies enforce, grey implies no records in the system, and green implies ignore.
These visual clues are immediately intuitive for users (PEOs) of all technical skill levels. The below image outlines a typical LPR scan view.
The LPR Scan view also
• Captures the GIS coordinates of scan location, reverse geo codes the coordinates to auto populate and capture the address/location information.
• Matches the pattern of the plate number against the typical pattern of the state license plate numbers.
• Provides options to rescan the plate or edit and check the plate again. • User AI/ML to load make, model and color of the license plate. • Optionally, look at the warning and ticket history.
Automa'c Pa+ern
matching with
state’s plates
Image automa'cally
associated with
Cita'on and 'ming
record for processing
LPR based plate
read and Easily
edit op'ons
Machine Leaning
to auto load
make, model and
color
Color coded
bu+on- to provide
enforcement cues
(Red, Green, Grey
and Orange)
Data cards to display
plate details
( Payment, permit,
scofflaw, stolen, 'ming,
and exempt)
Cita'on warning
and history details
Automa'c
popula'onof
Address based on
GIS coordinates
894
8 Ticket/Ticketing Smart Form
Once issued, tickets, and photos are instantly uploaded and viewable via web browser within seconds.
Photos, notes, and remarks are all stored as part of the record.
Just in Time Check
If a payment button is not lit up in green and once PEOs completed filling out the ticket details and attempt to issue the ticket, a just in time check is done against the source databases for payment and permits to see if a payment came in. If a valid payment is found, the officer is prevented from issuing a ticket. PEOs can cancel, reprint and reissue a ticket as needed once the ticket is printed. Reissue will allow officers to retain all the ticket data from the previous ticket except for violations. PEOs can simply select the violation and issue more tickets via the reissue process.
895
9 Process Pro: Violation Processing Platform
The Ticket Management Report provides a list of all tickets issued during a user specified time period, and can be filtered by several parameters including, officer, zones, address, violation code, license plate, and remarks.
Customer Account Website
If awarded, Park Loyalty will implement a customer account management function that can be accessed by logging into our secure site. Customers that want to establish an account simply provide an email address, phone number, vehicle license plate number and other user information. We then create and maintain an account that lists the customer’s current ticket status.
Motorists can inquire and pay using a payment portal. A custom branded portal will be provided to the City and configured to its business rules and motorist will have the option to inquire about all tickets related to a license plate using a ticket number or license plate and state. The payment portal allows for payments using various card types. Users can pay tickets with credit cards or debit cards securely from the site. If the system accepts the payment, it provides an authorization number, and allows the user to print the confirmation page for their records. If the customer provides an email address, the confirmation can be sent by email, as well. All online payments and adjustments or corrections are processed, applied, recorded, and managed.
896
10 The payment is completed using a few easy steps where the user is navigated through the process.
Search, select, and pay
897
11 File an Appeal
Motorists can search for the ticket on the web portal and once a ticket is found, and is eligible for appeal, they click on the appeal button. If the ticket is not eligible for appeal, a text outlining why it is not eligible for the appeal is outlined.
The motorist fills out the reason for appeal, personal information and uploads the required documents. (option needs to be provided in the UI), signs the appeal and submits.
Once submitted, a confirmation receipt is emails to the motorist along with a mail notice appeal is sent to user. Once a notice is created all changes to the appeal are logged in an audit trail which will allow City administrators to review the actions.
Managing an Appeal
The ticket management portal provides option for managing appeals through a formal review and appeal process is an essential function of an effective municipal parking program.
The web portal includes an integrated appeal review and hearings schedule module. The ticket processing portal is designed to capture and record the required information for each level in the appeals process at each level. The Appeal workflow is dynamic and is defined based on customer business rules. The appeal processing is transited from one state to another based on the review.
The ticket is automatically suspending the ticket from processing pending completion of the appeal review, administrative hearing, and/or decisions and outcomes.
Once an appeal is filed all support required to handle appeal review and hearing requests is provided by the ticket management portal. The portal has built in support for indexing of the scanned contestation document images to the appropriate tickets.
898
12 The portal allows for documenting all mail-in appeals and hearing requests and correspondence into the portal to kick off the workflow. The appeals portal is supported by a comprehensive daily, weekly, monthly and on-demand reporting.
Dashboards and Reporting
Our parking enforcement solution provides a wide variety of dashboards and reports design to track, monitor, and manage the enforcement operations efficiently. These reports ensure PEOs, supervisors, and administrators have up-to-the-minute program information at their fingertips. We designed our enforcement handhelds to capture various data points to create multiple dashboard and reports. This includes aggregating data around ticket issuance rates, license plate scans, office activity, officer routes, images, timing records, permit utilization rate, and scofflaw hit rate among others.
Each of these activities are easy to analyze through either our management dashboards or web-based reporting suite. The backend system provides the following dashboards: Summary dashboard, Operations dashboard, Productivity dashboard, Utilization dashboard, Revenue dashboard, Integration’s dashboard Summary Dashboard (example)
899
13 Pricing
Remainer of page intentionally left blank. Pricing on following page. 900
INCREASE CUSTOMER SATISFACTION AND
IMPROVE YOUR UPTIME
• Perfect for unattended payment acceptance at the
curb, off-street, or in a parks setting
• Large touch screen display guides users step by step
through the transaction
• So many ways to pay – cash, credit/debit cards (mag
stripe, EMV, contactless/NFC), digital wallets (Apple
Pay, Google Pay, Samsung Pay)
• Keep your customers in compliance with text receipt
and Extend by Text
• Manage the curb with remote rate and message
changes
• Accessible design meeting ADA requirements
CWT Multi-Use Kiosk
901
40 TWOSOME DR. #7 • MOORESTOWN • NJ 08057
13190 56TH CT. #401 • CLEARWATER • FL 33760
1-855-FLOWBRD • www.flowbird.group/smartcity/US
CWT Touch Multi-Use Kiosk
Power:
Solar (with optional 4-way rotating solar panel) or AC Power Communications:
4G LTE, Ethernet, or Satellite
Touch Screen Interface:
9.7” tablet-sized color touch screen reinforced with a 6mmthick tempered guard glass. Displays videos, animated pictures, text, maps and dynamic menus to guide the user in real time.
Payment Options:
• Motorized coin selector: 14 different coins or tokens • 4 way bill acceptance
• Credit/debit card acceptance: EMV, PA-DSS, P2PE
certified card reader
• Contactless/NFC payments: Digital Wallets such as
Apple Pay, Google Pay, Samsung Pay
• Extend payments by text
• Validation codes acceptance
• Secure PCI-DSS payment platform
Graphical thermal printer - Paper or self-adhesive tickets • Without BNA option: 6,500 tickets capacity
• With BNA option: 4,500 tickets capacity
• Text receipt option (touch screen model only)
Secure collection vault
• Mobile cash box collection
• Mechanical or electronic locks
• Vault capacity
o Non BNA option: 3,000 quarters
o BNA option: 3,000 quarters, 1,000 bank
notes
Other Attributes:
Material: Anti-corrosive stainless steel
Dimensions: 58” x 16” x 13.5 (w/antenna)”
Temperature/Humidity: -22 degrees F° to 131 degrees F° up to 95% relative humidity at 131 degrees F°
Cabinet Colors: Full custom color options
902
Flowbird Permit
• Flexible management of all permits
• Saves time and money by eliminating
stickers and hang tags
• Online portal branded for your agency
• Real-time updates
903
Flowbird Permit is a web based
parking solution that simplifies the
management of all types of parking permits.
Our fast, flexible, and customizable solution
has a wide range of applications with full
control over revenue and statistics.
Benefits for your agency
» No more stickers or hang tags to manage
» Web based reporting of all permit sales
» System allows for geo-fencing of permit holders & permits » Verify permit holder documents online
Benefits for your customers
» No delay in purchasing a permit - real time activation is available » Payments can be made online
» Permit expiration notifications are sent by email
» Multiple plates can be added to an account
» Chat directly with the agency through the web portal
A Wide Range of Permits
Daily
Monthly
Annual
Student
Resident
Visitors
Employees
More!
904
Flowbird Permit offers
an agency branded web
portal incorporating your
logo and color scheme.
Flowbird Permit can be accessed from several different
devices including phones, desktops, tablets, etc.
905
40 TWOSOME DR, SUITE 7, MOORESTOWN, NJ 08057
13190 56TH CT. #401, CLEARWATER, FL 33760
1-855-FLOWBRD | WWW.FLOWBIRD.GROUP/SMARTCITY/US
2022 FLOWBIRD, ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
DUE TO CONTINUAL PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT, SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE 906
PARK AND PAY WITH JUST A TEXT!
The easy to use web-based solution that lets
customers park their vehicles and conveniently
pay via mobile phone.
No account or app set-up required
Generates additional revenues for your
operation
Compatible with both Pay-by-Plate and
Pay-by-Space
Pay-by-Text
907
40 Twosome Dr., Suite 7, Moorestown, NJ. 08057
1-855-FLOWBRD • [email protected]
www.flowbird.group/smartcity/us
WHAT IS PAY-BY-TEXT?
Pay-by-text is a fast and contactless parking solution for drivers to keep payment simple. With Pay-by-Text, you start by texting a code that directs you to a secure web page. Then, enter your plate and payment information, and you are on your way. No app download or kiosk required.
BENEFITS FOR PARKING OPERATORS
• Stand alone service or offered together with your Flowbird meters • Integrated with your Flowbird back-office and preferred enforcement solution
• Encourages higher rates of compliance
• Increases customer satisfaction
• Secure payment following PCI standards
BENEFITS FOR END USERS
• Quick, convenient cashless parking
• Effortless parking transactions without downloading an app • Provides an additional payment option to make parking simpler • Text notification is provided prior to time expiration to help stay in compliance
• Allows customers to choose their preferred payment method HOW DOES IT WORK?
1. Text a code to the number provided on the sign or sticker displayed at the parking location
2. You will receive a text reply immediately. Follow the secure link to input your plate or parking space number.
3. Choose your length of stay.
4. Enter your payment information.
5. Your parking session is now started!
908
City of South Lake Tahoe Bellamy Court Garage Project Requirements Project Number 33-002350.00 April 19, 2024
EXHIBIT J
SPECIFICATION COMPLIANCE FORM
This is the Specification Compliance Form that is to be completed by all Bidders. A Microsoft Word version of this form is provided on PlanetBids for usage by bidders. Prepare the Form, convert it to PDF, sign it, and submit it along with your proposal materials.
Vendor Name: EnSight Technologies, LLC.
Name of Person Completing Form: Chris Scheppmann
Signature: _______________________________________________ Date: _______________ List all exceptions and substitutions as per the requirements contained in ALL RELEVANT SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. List any Clarifications, Comments, or Value Engineering Options following the exceptions and substitutions section. If you have no exceptions or substitutions, please write “NO EXCEPTIONS OR SUBSTITUTIONS” below. Sign the form and submit it as directed.
Specification
Division and
Section or
Drawing Sheet
Number
Exception to Specification or
Drawing
Proposed Solution/Substitution
Insurance
Requirements
EnSight is getting the premium increase
quote to carry the revised insurance
requirement of 5mil umbrella and
pollution insurance. This increase will
be borne by the client.
APGS Section H Mobile application development EnSight will provide their open API that can be used by any third party. If the
client would like EnSight to show counts
on their website, we will give them a
subdomain URL, that they can hyperlink
on their website to allow people to see
the parking availability from our
EnSightful application.
EnSight has not included the level of
effort to build a public facing
application.
Liquidate Damages EnSight takes exception to the
liquidated damages on the project.
New Proposed LDs are noted in the
Q&A response document.
PARCS and APGS Systems Agreement 198| P a g e
909
199-| P a g e
EXHIBIT K
PRICE PROPOSAL FORM
PARCS and APGS Systems Agreement
910
ITEM # PARCS, LPR, and Citation Management Hardware QUANTITY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE Optional Vendor Notes to Pricing 1 Pay-by-Plate Multi-Space Meter, Credit Card Only, equipped as per Specification 4 $10,800.00 $43,200.00 includes pin hole camera for parker 2 way video intercom.
2 Vehicle Detection Devices (A/B Loop Sets plus LPR Trigger Loop if required) for entry and exit lanes - Specify recommended quantity of new loops in Column C. If you propose to use the existing loops, set Quantity to zero. 0 $0.00 $0.00 Loops are not needed. 3 Fixed LPR Cameras and required mounting accessories/cabinets - If proposing two-camera sets (white light + IR), price each set as 1 camera unit. 4 $2,800.00 $11,200.00 Upgrade of the EnSight FLI cameras to dual lens for LPR and car counting
4 PARCS Headend Equipment, with workstation(s), server(s) if required, equipment rack, firewall, and network switches as needed - describe all provided equipment on Vendor Use sheet. 1 $2,500.00 $2,500.00 EnSight Server upgrade for LPR. Will use rack and network switches from our APGS
5 Parking Validation Hardware for Theater, only if hardware is required to implement this function 1 $2,200.00 $2,200.00 Flowbird Solution for this is Pay by Text.
The cost per transaction of $0.36 is
charged to the customer. There is a set
fee of $1,200 which includes signs in
Theater which are in the line 8.
6 Uninterruptible Power Supply unit for PARCS Headend and LPR Cameras 1 $0.00 $0.00 Flowbird devices include a battery for
back up. BBU for Headend provided in
APGS section.
7 Intercom Master Base Station 1 $3,200.00 $3,200.00
Intercoms can be sent to a phone number
or cell phone. This is the price for a
master base station.
8 Parking Payment information static signage, per Specification - include all static signs as described in Specifications and Drawings 1 $4,200.00 $4,200.00 Allowance for static signage and theatre signage
9 Labor, Materials and Travel Costs to coordinate with and support separate hardware and infrastructure Installer, per Specifications and Drawings. 1 $6,200.00 $6,200.00
10 Labor, Materials and Travel Costs to support Hardware Acceptance Testing - FAT, LAT, ODT per Specifications 1 $7,500.00 $7,500.00 11 On-site Instruction and Training for City personnel on Hardware, including Travel Costs 1 $2,250.00 $2,250.00 per day per person 12 Freight Costs 1 $1,875.00 $1,875.00 For Meters and Handhelds 13 Sales Tax on Materials at 8.75% - calculate manually and fill in amount in column D 1 $2,001.56 $2,001.56 14 Hardware Warranty/Support, Years 1 and 2, including all labor, materials, and spare parts required to provide onsite service for complete system, with service levels as described in Specification. 1 $5,750.00 $5,750.00 15 $92,076.56
ITEM # PARCS, LPR, and Citation Management Software QUANTITY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE Optional Vendor Notes to Pricing 16 LPR-Enabled Gateless PARCS Software, including both transient and permit parker management and any integrations with other systems, per Specification 1 $0.00 $0.00 Included in item 30 17 Fixed LPR Camera System Software and any required integrations with other systems 1 $4,800.00 $4,800.00 EnSIght Plates Annual Software Module 18 Pay-by-Plate Multi-Space Meter Software and any required integrations with other systems 1 $8,000.00 $8,000.00 Parker, Parkmobile, PaybyPhone and Park Loyalty integrations
19 Parking Validation Software for Theater including any required Integration with other systems 1 $0.00 $0.00 Included in Flowbird Back Office Pricing 20 Citation Management System Software, including integration with City's current DataTicket enforcement handhelds and DMV Look-up Capability, and any required integrations with other systems 1 $0.00 $0.00 Our recommendation is not to use the
Dataticket handhelds. This price includes
the new handhels (x3) and software,
hardware and testing. See line 77
21 Credit Card Processing Software, including any fees for Merchant of Record establishment or Credit Card Terminal set-up, for both Pay on Foot Stations and Citation Payment. 1 $0.00 $0.00 for Flowbird Payments city will be
merchant on record for MSM. Citation
payments via the Portal is $3.95 per
citation payment (through park loyality)
This is charged to the violator.
22 3rd party Mobile Payment Application Integration, per Specification, and any required integrations with other systems 1 $3,000.00 $3,000.00 Paybyphone or other 3rd Party APPs 23 Software Warranty/Support, Years 1 and 2, including all labor, travel costs, and materials required to provide onsite and remote support for complete system, with service levels as described in Specification. 1 $0.00 $0.00 The Flowbird Back Office Software includes software warranty
24 Labor, Materials and Travel Costs for Software Installation, Configuration, Calibration, and Data Migration as required for all software listed above, including any required coordination with separate Hardware and Infrastructure Installer.
1 $5,500.00 $5,500.00 Off-site and on-site configuration and implementation.
25 Labor, Materials and Travel Costs to support Software Acceptance Testing - LAT, ODT per Specifications 1 $9,000.00 $9,000.00
26 On-site Instruction and Training for City personnel on Software, including Travel Costs 1 $4,500.00 $4,500.00 Travel and on-site training for 2 days 27 Sales Tax on Software at 8.75% - calculate manually and fill in amount in column D 1 $3,911.25 $3,911.25 Includes tax from Line 77 Gateless PARCS with Fixed LPR, Pay Stations, and Citation Management System Project #33-002350.00: City of South Lake Tahoe PARCS/APGS - Price Form Offering Company:
TOTAL 2-YEAR BASE PRICE, PARCS, LPR and Citation Management Hardware Put an "X" in one box in next row to indicate the Scope Items for which you are providing pricing:
$236,941.06
(Price Written in Words)
Two hundred thirty six thousand nine hundred forty one and six cents Name: Authorized Signature:
(Price Written in Numerals)
TOTAL BASE PRICE, FOR TWO YEARS, FOR ALL ITEMS EXCLUSIVE OF ADD-ALTERNATES Note: All Prices shall include labor, materials, equipment, software, travel, and incidentals as applicable, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. [ ] PARCS Only [ X ] APGS Only [ X ] Both PARCS & APGS
911
28 SaaS or Other Software License Annual Fees per year (if applicable), for Years 1 and 2 only. Describe in Column F. 1 $10,800.00 $10,800.00 Flowbird's Backoffice Connectivity Fee for MSM meters for Year's 1 and 2.
29 $49,511.25
Optional Vendor Notes to Pricing
30 Permit Portal Set Up Fee 1 $5,250.00 $5,250.00 Flowbird Permit Portal 31 DMV Look up fee - Registered Owner Aquistion (per hit) 1 $1.50 $1.50 $1.50 if billed direct to city by park
loyalty. 1.75 if EnSight is the pass
through billing entity.
32 Notices mailed and Tickets issued fee 1 $1.00 $1.00
$1 if billed direct to city by park loyalty.
1.25 if EnSight is the pass through billing
entity.
33 Payment bond estimate 1 $5,800.00 $5,800.00 Bond estimate only for project expense.
Does not include years 3-7
34 Parker Fees- Direct between City and Parker- Monthly API and two way video subscription and Price/call 1 $0.00 $0.00 60/month plus 2.99 per call. This will be paid directly by the city with an existing
35 $11,052.50
36 $152,640.31
ITEM # DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE Optional Vendor Notes to Pricing 37 Year Three. 1 $12,500.00 $12,500.00 Flow bird software and hardware, Citation and EnSight. Includes remedial service.
38 Year Four. 1 $13,125.00 $13,125.00 Flow bird software and hardware, Citation and EnSight. Includes remedial service.
39 Year Five. 1 $13,785.00 $13,785.00 Flow bird software and hardware, Citation and EnSight. Includes remedial service.
40 Year Six. 1 $14,475.00 $14,475.00 Flow bird software and hardware, Citation and EnSight. Includes remedial service.
41 Year Seven. 1 $15,200.00 $15,200.00 Flow bird software and hardware, Citation and EnSight. Includes remedial service.
42 $69,085.00
43 $221,725.31
ITEM # APGS and Digital Signage Hardware QUANTITY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE Optional Vendor Notes to Pricing 44 Vehicle Counting Devices, fill in quantity required and unit price, describe in Column F. 3 $3,800.00 $11,400.00 3 FLI cameras- Entry/Exit 1, Entry.Exit 2, Level 2-4.
45 APGS Headend Equipment, with server(s) if required, equipment rack, firewall, and network switches as needed - describe all provided equipment on Vendor Use sheet. 1 $6,500.00 $6,500.00 46 DS-1 Digital Count Sign, ready to mount, with all required mounting legs and accessories 1 $6,700.00 $6,700.00 47 DS-2 Illuminated "NO RIGHT TURN" Sign, ready to mount, with all required mounting poles and accessories 1 $4,650.00 $4,650.00 48 Uninterruptible Power Supply unit for APGS Headend and Vehicle Counting Devices 1 $1,850.00 $1,850.00 49 Labor, Materials and Travel Costs to coordinate with and support separate hardware and infrastructure Installer, per Specifications and Drawings. 1 $6,000.00 $6,000.00
50 Freight Costs 1 $2,500.00 $2,500.00
51 Sales Tax on Materials at 8.75% - calculate manually and fill in amount in column D 1 $2,800.00 $2,800.00 52 Hardware Warranty/Support, Years 1 and 2, including all labor, materials, and spare parts required to provide onsite service for complete system, with service levels as described in Specification. 1 $2,000.00 $2,000.00 53 $44,400.00
ITEM # APGS Software, Commissioning, Calibration, Testing, and Training QUANTITY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE Optional Vendor Notes to Pricing 54 APGS System Software, including signage control for all digital/illuminated signs 1 $2,500.00 $2,500.00 55 APGS Mobile Application 1 $0.00 $0.00
We include our open API. Where the city
can use it to diaply counts on their
applications. We can provide a link to our
sign page for the for them to include on
their website as another option. We have
not provisioned to build an app.
56 Software Warranty/Support, Years 1 and 2, including all labor and materials required to provide on-site and remote support for complete system, with service levels as described in Specification. 1 $0.00 $0.00 Included in Item 63 57 Labor. Materials and Travel Costs for Software Installation, Configuration, and Calibration as required for all software listed above, including any required coordination with separate Hardware and Infrastructure Installer. 1 $2,400.00 $2,400.00 58 Labor, Materials and Travel Costs to support APGS Acceptance and Accuracy Testing - DAT, ODT per Specifications 1 $8,000.00 $8,000.00
59 On-site Instruction and Training for City personnel on APGS System, including Travel Costs 1 $2,400.00 $2,400.00 60 Sales Tax on Software, if applicable, at 8.75% - calculate manually & fill in amount in Column D 1 $218.75 $218.75 61 SaaS or Other Software License Annual Fees per year (if applicable), for Years 1 and 2 only. Describe in Column F. 1 $0.00 $0.00
62 $15,518.75
Optional Vendor Notes to Pricing
ANY OTHER REQUIRED HARDWARE, SOFTWARE, RECURRING SOFTWARE FEES, OR OTHER COSTS TOTAL Additional Items
Extended Hardware Maintenance and Software Support Contract, for Complete Base System for PARCS. LPR and Citation Management, per Specification, for Years 3-7
SEVEN-YEAR TOTAL
TWO-YEAR TOTAL - Complete Base System for PARCS, LPR, and Citation Management SEVEN-YEAR TOTAL - Complete Base System for PARCS, LPR, and Citation Management APGS with Digital Signage
TOTAL 2-YEAR BASE PRICE, APGS and Digital Signage Hardware TOTAL 2-YEAR BASE PRICE, APGS Software
ANY OTHER REQUIRED APGS HARDWARE, SOFTWARE, RECURRING SOFTWARE FEES, OR OTHER COSTS TOTAL 2-YEAR BASE PRICE, PARCS, LPR and Citation Management Software 912
63 EnSight Annual SSSA including warranty, preventative Maintenance and remedial service 1 $18,250.00 $18,250.00 2 years. 9125/year 64 Payment bond estimate 1 $2,610.00 $2,610.00 Bond estimate only for project expense.
Does not include years 3-7
65 1 $0.00 $0.00
66 Pollution Insurance per year 1 $1,750.00 $1,750.00 If required for life on contract, this will be billed annaully with the other annual fees.
67 General Umbrella 5mil limit 1 $1,772.00 $1,772.00 One time annual. EnSIght will cover remaining years.
68 $24,382.00
69 $84,300.75
ITEM # DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE Optional Vendor Notes to Pricing 70 Year Three. 1 $9,125.00 $9,125.00 Includes SSSA, on-site and extended warranty
71 Year Four. 1 $9,585.00 $9,585.00 Includes SSSA, on-site and extended warranty
72 Year Five. 1 $10,065.00 $10,065.00 Includes SSSA, on-site and extended warranty
73 Year Six. 1 $10,570.00 $10,570.00 Includes SSSA, on-site and extended warranty
74 Year Seven. 1 $11,100.00 $11,100.00 Includes SSSA, on-site and extended warranty
75 $50,445.00
76 $134,745.75
ITEM # QUANTITY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE Optional Vendor Notes to Pricing 77 [PARCS] Add-Alternate #1: If City's existing DataTicket handhelds cannot be integrated, provide replacement units per Specification Section 2.1.A.15. State the complete cost including hardware, software, labor, materials, travel costs, delivery/shipping, configuration, commissioning, LAT/ODT testing, and sales tax. Include 2-year warranty and support in cost.
3 $13,900.00 $41,700.00
This price is reflected in line 20. It
includes the three hardware devices. Add
this to project will have an increase in the
sales tax at 8.75%
78 [APGS] Add-Alternate #2: Furnish and coordinate installation with separate Installer the DS-3 "Level 1 Full" Sign as described in APGS Specifications and Drawings. State the complete cost including ready to mount sign, mounting legs or other mounting assemblies, installation labor, materials, travel costs, coordination, commissioning, and LAT/ODT testing. Include 2-year warranty, freight, and applicable sales tax in cost. 1 $7,750.00 $7,750.00
79 [APGS} Add-Alternate #3: Upgrade signs DS-1 and DS-3 to full-color, full-matrix LED signs, per Specification.
State the complete cost including hardware, software, delivery/shipping, labor, materials, travel costs, configuration, commissioning, LAT/ODT testing, and sales tax. Include 2-year warranty and support in cost. 1 $0.00 $0.00 Option declined
80 [PARCS and/or APGS] Add-Alternate #4: If available, offer alternate pricing for an optional “Hardware-as-aService” (HaaS) offering under which Owner does not purchase the PARCS/APGS hardware but rather pays for the right the use the hardware on an annual fee basis. The pricing of this option is to explain clearly how the HaaS offering changes the pricing approach. Do not include the pricing in the cells at right. Instead, submit a complete explanation on the Vendor Use sheet of the pricing approach and how it will change the first 2 years' and subsequent years' pricing.
1 [Insert detailed explanation on Vendor
Use Sheet.)
81 $49,450.00
82 $286,391.06
ITEM # DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE Optional Vendor Notes to Pricing 83 Year Three. 1 $11,750.00 $11,750.00 Handheld Software and Hardware Warranty.
84 Year Four. 1 $11,750.00 $11,750.00 Handheld Software and Hardware Warranty.
85 Year Five. 1 $11,750.00 $11,750.00 Handheld Software and Hardware Warranty.
86 Year Six. 1 $11,750.00 $11,750.00 Handheld Software and Hardware Warranty.
87 Year Seven. 1 $11,750.00 $11,750.00 Handheld Software and Hardware Warranty.
88 $58,750.00
89 $464,671.06
SEVEN-YEAR TOTAL
SEVEN-YEAR TOTAL - Complete Base System for APGS
SEVEN-YEAR TOTAL, Add-Alternate Extended Maintenance and Support Only
TWO-YEAR TOTAL, ALL ITEMS, INCLUDING ADD-ALTERNATE ITEMS Add-Alternate Items, PARCS and/or APGS
TOTAL Additional Items
TWO-YEAR TOTAL - Complete Base System for APGS
Extended Hardware Maintenance and Software Support Contract, for Complete Base System for APGS, per Specification, for Years 3-7
SEVEN-YEAR TOTAL, ALL ITEMS INCLUDING ADD-ALTERNATE ITEMS TOTAL Add-Alternate Items
Extended Hardware Maintenance and Software Support Contract, for Add-Alternate Items only, for Years 3-7. 913
Insurance Certificate
914
ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?
INSR ADDL SUBR
LTR INSD WVD
PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: PHONE FAX
(A/C, No, Ext): (A/C, No): E-MAIL ADDRESS:
INSURER A :
INSURED INSURER B :
INSURER C :
INSURER D :
INSURER E :
INSURER F :
POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP TYPE OF INSURANCE (MM/DD/YYYY) (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
UMBRELLA LIAB
EXCESS LIAB WORKERS COMPENSATION
AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required)
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
EACH OCCURRENCE $ DAMAGE TO RENTED CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $ MED EXP (Any one person) $ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ PRO- POLICY JECT LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG OTHER: $ COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
(Ea accident) $ ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY (Per accident) $
$ OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION $ PER OTH- STATUTE ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $
If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC #
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
Y / N
N / A
(Mandatory in NH)
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER:
CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY)
$
$
$
$
$
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
6/6/2024
License # 6009579
(619) 291-7777 (619) 291-7776
30104
EnSight Technologies LLC
1955 Cordell Ct Ste 104
El Cajon, CA 92020
19682
A 1,000,000
72SBMBB8KDB 6/12/2024 6/12/2025 1,000,000
10,000
1,000,000
2,000,000
2,000,000
A 1,000,000
72SBMBB8KDB 6/12/2024 6/12/2025
A 5,000,000
72SBMBB8KDB 6/12/2024 6/12/2025 5,000,000
10,000
B Cyber Liab 72TE0337473 6/12/2024 Occurrence 1,000,000 B Prof Liab 72TE0337473 6/12/2024 6/12/2025 Aggregate 2,000,000 Evidence of Insurance
ENSITEC-01 SIMVA1
Heffernan Kettering Rose Insurance Services, LLC dba Kettering Rose Insurance Services
9320 Fuerte Dr. #101
La Mesa, CA 91941
Hartford Underwriters Insurance Company
Hartford Fire Insurance Company
6/12/2025
X
X
X
X X
X
X
X
915
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: June 18, 2024
Agenda Item #:18
Agenda Item: Tourist Core Area Plan/Specific Plan Amendments and Adoption of Initial Study/Negative Declaration
Executive Summary: The Tourist Core Area Plan (TCAP) is one of the City’s two area plans and was originally adopted in 2013. Although the TCAP has been amended previously, it is due for an update to bring the plan in line with the City’s current strategic goals, new state laws, TRPA Regional Plan goals, and to provide an opportunity to increase housing options in the area plan. These amendments are an opportunity to achieve goals in three main categories, which staff has identified as needing improvement: increasing housing opportunities, activating town centers, and increasing transportation and circulation opportunities.
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Resolution (1) Adopting the Tourist Core Area Plan/Specific Plan Amendments and the Initial Study/Negative Declaration, and (2) making additional findings.
Responsible Staff Member: John Hitchcock, Planning Manager Reviewed and Approved By: Zachary Thomas, Director of Development Services Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance Heather Stroud, City Attorney Joseph D. Irvin, City Manager
Attachments:
01-Staff Report - Tourist Core Area Plan Specific Plan Amendments Adoption.docx 02-Resolution-Tourist Core Area Plan Specific Plan Amendments.docx 03-Initial Study/Initial Environmental Checklist (Exh. 1 to Reso).pdf 04-Final Initial Study/Negative Declaration (Exh. 2 to Reso).pdf 05-TCAP Amendments (Exh. 3 to Reso).pdf
06-Notice of Availability/Notice of Intent to Adopt Negative Declaration.pdf 07-Notice of Determination.pdf
08-Public Notice.pdf
916
City Council Agenda Report June 18, 2024 Page 1 of 6
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: June 18, 2024
Title: Tourist Core Area Plan/Specific Plan Amendments Adoption Location: Citywide
Responsible Staff Member: John Hitchcock, Planning Manager Background: The Tourist Core Area Plan (TCAP) is one of the City’s two area plans and was originally adopted in 2013. Although the TCAP has been amended previously, it is due for an update to bring the plan in line with the City’s current strategic goals, new state laws, TRPA Regional Plan goals and provide an opportunity to increase housing options in the area plan.
Located adjacent to the Nevada and California Stateline, the Tourist Core area is the center of tourist services and recreation access and has traditionally been the area with the highest concentration of commercial and tourist services and active pedestrian streetscapes. The area has seen numerous improvements as a result of redevelopment activities (e.g., Zalanta, Desolation Hotel) and continues to be a priority area for improving and upgrading the built environment.
The Tourist Core Area Plan, adopted by City Council on October 15, 2013, established a policy framework and provides land guidance that focuses on achieving redevelopment and re-investment opportunities in the plan area. The plan aims to enhance the built environment with high-quality development, improve transportation options and the circulation network, increase access to recreation opportunities, and promote a mix of land uses.
These amendments are an opportunity to achieve goals in three main categories which staff has identified as needing improvement: increasing housing opportunities, activating town centers, and increasing transportation and circulation opportunities.
The amendment process began January 2023 when the City notified TRPA of the intent to amend the area plan. Public outreach began in February 2023 with a stakeholder workshop with business owners, property owners, design professionals, and regional agency representatives in attendance. Later that month staff presented high level amendment concepts and goals to Planning Commission, receiving feedback from commissioners and the public. In May a similar presentation was brought to City Council.
Throughout this process staff has coordinated with the City Housing Division on an inclusionary housing ordinance that may be applied to developments in the Tourist Core. 917
City Council Agenda Report June 18, 2024 Page 2 of 6
Likewise, City staff participated in the Tahoe Living Working Group to provide input on upcoming TRPA code amendments surrounding coverage, height, and density for housing developments.
Issue and Discussion: The City Council will be presented with the final amendments to the Tourist Core Aera Plan/Specific Plan and the associated environmental analysis conducted pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEAQ) and TRPA.
Below are summaries of the major changes to the plan. The drafts contain original text with underlines and struckthrough changes based on input form the public and direction from City Council and Planning Commission.
No Net Loss of Housing
Recently there has been a trend of duplex and triplex properties being converted to singlefamily dwellings, then obtaining vacation home rental (VHR) permits, resulting in a loss of housing in the Town Center. Mitigation measures have been proposed to prohibit a reduction in housing density with redevelopment projects and any resulting single-family dwelling (including condominiums) would be restricted from obtaining a VHR permit so that long term housing is maintained. In addition, any units not rebuilt one site would be required to be developed elsewhere within the area plan boundary so that there is no net loss of housing.
Height
In support of increasing housing opportunities, the maximum height in the Tourist Center Mixed-Use District is increased to 65 feet from 56 feet. The increase in height will facilitate the development of high-density housing.
Density
Feedback regarding implementing a minimum density has been overwhelmingly positive.
Initially proposed as 8 units per acre, this standard is now proposed to be 12 units per acre. Certain mixed-use projects have been exempted from the minimum density standard so as to not interfere with their feasibility and create a barrier to development and property investment.
The maximum density has been increased to 65 in the Town Center. Recent TRPA Code of Ordinance changes have been included, allowing 100% deed restricted housing to exceed this maximum.
The amendments also clarify that the density for a mixed-use project is the maximum allowed by use type regardless of the mix of uses.
Commercial Parking
918
City Council Agenda Report June 18, 2024 Page 3 of 6
Flexibility has been given to commercial users to reduce their parking by right when located within a half-mile of a transit stop, with further reductions should the project incorporate alternative transportation measures.
In recognition of uses’ unique demands and seasonality, options have been included for additional parking when specific findings are met.
Residential Parking
One parking space shall be permitted per residential unit, with the option for a 20 percent reduction if a deed restriction is placed on the property, making the property owner responsible for parking management.
Connectivity/Mobility
Policy T-4.5 has been added to promote the development of enhanced or additional mobility hub facilities to complement any future mobility hub in the Tourist Core area. In addition to several other new policies promoting connectivity and increased mobility options, Policy LU-1.12 has been included to enhance the pedestrian connections between the Tourist Core and the Lakeside Marina area.
Bicycle Parking
Bicycle parking standards are now based on use rather than number of vehicle parking spaces. Minor modifications have been made to the location standards to allow flexibility for uses adjacent to bike paths or routes.
Green Building Program
Additional third-party certification programs have been included, and the program has been simplified. Incentives may be offered at the discretion of the decision-making authority rather than by levels as was the prior program structure. Staff acknowledges that recent updates to the 2022 California Building Code and the pending adoption of the City’s Reach Code have weakened the significance of the original Green Building Incentive Program but believes recognition should be given to those who go above and beyond to have a project certified.
Outdoor Dining
Staff is proposing exempting the first 20 outdoor dining seats from obtaining CFA. Based on the California Building Code, 20 nonfixed seats require a minimum area of 300 square feet; however, different configurations of outdoor dining may require more than 300 square feet of CFA be exempted to accommodate 20 seats. 919
City Council Agenda Report June 18, 2024 Page 4 of 6
Planning Commission: On May 16, 2024, the proposed amendments were presented at a duly noticed Planning Commission meeting. The Planning Commission received a presentation from staff, received public comment, and deliberated. The Planning Commission passed Resolution 2024-013 recommending the City Council adopt the Tourist Core Area Plan/Specific Plan Amendments and the Initial Study/Negative Declaration with the following modifications:
1. Modify the outdoor seating/dining standard to allow up to 20 seats or 300 square feet, whichever is less, to be exempt from an allocation of commercial floor area.
2. Modify the bicycle parking standard to be consistent with the TVAP Area Plan standard.
3. Add the option for applicants to provide a parking analysis so that a reduction in parking requirements may be considered.
4. Reduce the residential open space requirement for high-density projects;
5. Expand policy language to amplify efforts around fixed route transportation and other transit alternatives; and
6. Modify the build-to-line standards so that a modification may be waived when a single finding is made.
Financial Implications: There are no financial costs associated with the the adoption on the Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments. However, the amendments are intended to enhance the development potential within the area which may result in financial benefits to the City.
Environmental Considerations: Pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act of 1970, Cal. Pub. Res. Code §21000 et seq., potential environmental impacts of the proposed amendments have been evaluated in an Initial Study/Initial Environmental Checklist (IS/IEC). An IS is a preliminary environmental analysis that is used by the lead agency as a basis for determining whether an Environmental Impact Report (EIR), a Mitigated Negative Declaration (MND), or a Negative Declaration is required for a project under California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) guidelines. This IS is tiered from the City of South Lake Tahoe 2010 General Plan EIR and the 2015 Tahoe Valley Area Plan IS/IEC in accordance with Sections 15152 and 15168 of the CEQA Guidelines and Public Resources Code Section 21094.
This document also serves as an IEC/FONSE prepared pursuant to the requirements of Article VI of the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA) Rules of Procedure and Chapter 3 of TRPA’s Code of Ordinances. TRPA serves as lead agency pursuant to its own regulations.
The IS determined that there are no impacts, or all impacts are less than significant. The plan and amendments are designed to self-mitigate through standards such as building design to maintain aesthetic appeal and limitations on construction activity to prevent offensive noise.
920
City Council Agenda Report June 18, 2024 Page 5 of 6
Staff will continue to independently evaluate each project that is proposed in the Tourist Core plan area for potentially significant environmental impacts.
The IS/IES was circulated from April 11, 2024, until May 10, 2024. As of the writing of this staff report, no comments have been received on the environmental analysis.
Policy Implications:
General Plan
Updating the City’s area plans is consistent with General Plan Goal LU‐2, to focus future commercial, multi‐family residential, tourist, civic, and social gathering space development in community plan areas in order to maximize incentives and create transit, bicycle, and pedestrian-oriented places that serve the needs of both residents and visitors. Policies under this General Plan goal that are specific to the TCAP include:
Policy LU-2.2: The City shall periodically update and implement the four Community Plans as a way to focus development commodities and revitalization efforts.
Policy LU-2.4: The City shall reinforce the Stateline/Ski Run Community Plan area s the primary visitor and tourist district in South Lake Tahoe.
Policy LU-2.9: The City shall define two Nodes, one at the Tahoe Valley Y Intersection and the other at Stateline and make them a focus of future development and revitalization efforts in the City. To this end, the City shall work with the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency to encourage allocations of development commodities (e.g., Commercial Floor Area, Residential Units of Use) to these areas.
Policy LU-2.10: The City, in coordination with the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, shall encourage compact, mixed‐use, transit‐oriented, and higher‐density development within the Stateline Node and Tahoe Valley Gateway District by providing the maximum incentives for these types of projects. Incentives should include an increase in allowed coverage, increased commercial floor area allocations, financing opportunities available through Redevelopment Plans, and exemptions from coverage limitations for affordable and moderate-income housing.
Policy LU-2.12: The City shall ensure that the Stateline Node will be an area in the city for tourist-serving commercial uses, Tourist Accommodation Units, workforce housing (e.g, housing affordable to local workers in all industries), and affordable housing. The City should work with property owners to transform the Node into a pedestrian center served by transit that connects community resources, visitor facilities, recreation, and Lake Tahoe.
Policy LU-2.13: The City shall create active and inviting social and economic centers in the two Nodes that include a variety of housing types, mixed‐use development, 921
City Council Agenda Report June 18, 2024 Page 6 of 6
recreational or social gathering spaces, cultural uses, civic uses and facilities, and commercial services.
The amendments are also consistent with Land Use Policy LU-1.2 to create walkable, mixed-use centers that provide a range of housing opportunities and choices.
Tourist Core Area Plan
Amending the area plan is consistent with adopted goals and policies of the TCAP, including Land Use Policies LU-1.2, which promotes a mixed-use land use pattern that combines tourist accommodation, residential, commercial and public facilities, and LU2.2 which promotes animated streets by allowing for outdoor dining and seating oriented towards the sidewalk.
Policy LU‐2.12 –Stateline Node Purpose: The City shall ensure that the Stateline Node will be an area in the city for tourist serving commercial uses, Tourist Accommodation Units, workforce housing (e.g., housing affordable to local workers in all industries), and affordable housing. The City should work with property owners to transform the Node into a pedestrian center served by transit that connects community resources, visitor facilities, recreation, and Lake Tahoe.
922
Resolution 2024-XXX June 18, 2024 Page 1 of 2
Resolution 2024-XXX
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe
City Council
June 18, 2024
Adopting the Tourist Core Area Plan/Specific Plan Amendments and the Initial Study/Negative Declaration
BACKGROUND
A. Sections 65450-65457 of the California Government Code of the State of California allow cities to prepare specific plans (area plans) for systematic implementation of the general plan; and
B. Chapter 13 of the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA) Code of Ordinances allows local jurisdictions to adopt area plans; and C. The Tourist Core Area Plan/Specific Plan was adopted by the City Council of South Lake Tahoe on October 15, 2013, by Ordinance No. 1060, followed by adoption by TRPA on November 20, 2013; and
D. On January 11, 2023, the City of South Lake Tahoe issued a notice of intent to TRPA to amend the Tourist Core Area Plan/Specific Plan; and E. The City solicited public input on the Tourist Core Area Plan/Specific Plan at four (4) public hearings and from stakeholder groups on two (2) occasions.
F. The adoption of amendments is consistent with City’s General Plan, Housing Element, and TRPA’s Regional Plan; and
G. Pursuant to the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act, Public Resources Code Sections 21000 et seq. ("CEQA"), the State' s CEQA Guidelines, and California Code of Regulations, Title 14, Section 15000 et seq., the City of South Lake Tahoe determined that there is no substantial evidence that the adoption these amendments to the Tourist Core Area Plan/Specific Plan would result in a significant adverse effect on the environment. Accordingly, the Initial Study/ Negative Declaration prepared in conjunction with the adoption of the Tourist Core Area Plan.
H. A notice of the hearing was published in the Tahoe Daily Tribune on June 7, 2024.
I. The City of South Lake Tahoe Planning Commission conducted a public hearing, received public comments, considered evidence in the record, and deliberated. 923
Resolution 2024-XXX June 18, 2024 Page 2 of 2
J. The Planning Commission has reviewed the proposed amendments and directed the following changes:
1. Modify the outdoor seating/dining standard to allow up to 20 seats or 300 square feet, whichever is less, to be exempt from an allocation of commercial floor area.
2. Modify the bicycle parking standard to be consistent with the TVAP Area Plan standard.
3. Add the option for applicants to provide a parking analysis so that a reduction in parking requirements may be considered.
4. Reduce the residential open space requirement for high-density projects;
5. Expand policy language to amplify efforts around fixed route transportation and other transit alternatives.
6. Modify the build-to-line standards so that a modification may be waived when a single finding is made.
K. The Planning Commission has reviewed the proposed amendments and the Initial Study/ Negative Declaration and found the project, with directed changes, to be consistent with the City General Plan, and passed Resolution 2024-013, recommending the City Council adopt the Tourist Core Area Plan/Specific Plan Amendments and the Initial Study/Negative Declaration.
BASED ON THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THE BACKGROUND, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of South Lake Tahoe:
1. Finds that the Initial Study/ Negative Declaration reflects the City’s independent judgment and analysis.
2. Finds that there is no substantial evidence that the proposed Tourist Core Area Plan/Specific Plan Amendments will have a significant effect on the environment.
3. Finds the foregoing recitals are true and correct and made part of this resolution.
4. Finds that the purpose of this resolution is to align the Tourist Core Area Plan with City intentions, TRPA Code, and recently adopted California law.
5. Passes a resolution adopting the Initial Study/ Negative Declaration and the Tahoe Valley Area Plan/Specific Plan Amendments as attached to this resolution as Exhibits 1, 2, and 3.
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe Planning Commission on June 18, 2024, by the following vote:
Yes:
No:
Absent:
Abstain:
________________________ Date:_________
Cody Bass, Mayor
Attest:
924
Resolution 2024-XXX June 18, 2024 Page 3 of 2
_____________________________
Sue Blankenship, City Clerk
The presence of an electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council.
925
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDMENTS PAGE i
Contents
1.0 INTRODUCTION..................................................................................................... 1
1.1 INITIAL STUDY/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST ...................................................... 1
1.2 TIERING PROCESS ................................................................................................................. 2
1.3 BACKGROUND......................................................................................................................... 4
1.4 PROJECT LOCATION, SETTING AND SURROUNDING LAND USES.................................. 5
1.5 PROJECT OBJECTIVES/PURPOSE AND NEED.................................................................... 8
1.6 DOCUMENT ORGANIZATION ................................................................................................. 9
1.7 PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT........................................................................................................... 9
1.8 RELATIONSHIP TO LAND USE PLANS, POLICIES AND REGULATIONS.......................... 10
2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................... 14
2.1 AREA PLAN OVERVIEW........................................................................................................ 14
3.0 BASELINE............................................................................................................ 24
4.0 METHODOLOGY AND ASSUMPTIONS.............................................................. 25
5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST AND IMPACT ANALYSIS............................... 27
5.1 ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS POTENTIALL AFFECTED .................................................... 29
5.2 CEQA ENVIROMENTAL DETERMINATION.......................................................................... 30
5.3 TRPA ENVIRONMENTAL DETERMINATION (TO BE COMPELTED BY TRPA).................. 31
5.4 EVALUATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS................................................................... 32
5.4.1 CEQA.............................................................................................................................. 32
5.4.2 TRPA .............................................................................................................................. 32
5.4.3 Aesthetics, Scenic Resources/Community Design, Light and Glare ............................. 34
5.4.4 Agriculture and Forestry Resources............................................................................... 46
5.4.5 Air Quality ....................................................................................................................... 49
5.4.6 Biological Resources (Stream Environment Zones, Wetlands, Wildlife and Vegetation)........................................................................................................... 62
5.4.7 Cultural Resources (CEQA) and Archaeological/Historical (TRPA) .............................. 72
5.4.8 Geology and Soils (CEQA) and Land (TRPA)................................................................ 77
5.4.9 Greenhouse Gas Emissions........................................................................................... 85
5.4.10 Hazards and Hazardous Materials (CEQA) and Risk of Upset and Human Health (TRPA)...................................................................................................... 92
5.4.11 Hydrology and Water Quality ....................................................................................... 99
5.4.12 Land Use and Planning .............................................................................................. 110
5.4.13 Mineral Resources (CEQA) and Natural Resources (TRPA)..................................... 114
5.4.14 Noise........................................................................................................................... 116
5.4.15 Population and Housing ............................................................................................. 124
5.4.16 Public Services ........................................................................................................... 129
5.4.17 Recreation .................................................................................................................. 136
5.4.18 Transportation and Traffic (CEQA) and Traffic and Circulation (TRPA) .................... 140
5.4.19 Tribal Cultural Resources (CEQA) ............................................................................. 140
5.4.20 Utilities and Service Systems (CEQA) and Energy and Utilities (TRPA)................... 149
5.4.21 Mandatory Findings of Significance ........................................................................... 157
6.5 CERTIFICATION [TRPA ONLY]............................................................................................ 165
6.6 REFERENCES...................................................................................................................... 166 926
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 1
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 INITIAL STUDY/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST
This Initial Study/Initial Environmental Checklist (IS/EIC) has been prepared to address the potential environmental effects of amendments to the Tourist Core Area Plan in South Lake Tahoe, California. The proposed project is an update to the Tourist Core Area Plan in which current goals, policies and implementation strategies for providing specific land use guidance within the plan’s boundary are contained. The proposed amendments would expand the Area Plan boundary to incorporate two parcels (APNs 029-352-010 and 029-371-016) that front Pioneer Trail, both developed with existing tourist accommodation uses. The addition of these parcels as is intended to increase opportunity for redeveloping the sites (previously located in PAS 092). In addition to the boundary amendments, other changes to permissible land use, density, etc. are proposed as documented in Chapter 2.
An IS is a preliminary environmental analysis that is used by the lead agency as a basis for determining whether an EIR, a Mitigated Negative Declaration, or a Negative Declaration is required for a project under CEQA guidelines. An IEC is a preliminary environmental analysis that is used for determining whether an EIS, a Mitigated Finding of No Significant Effect, or a Finding of Significant Effect is required for a project under TRPA guidelines. The IS and the IEC contain a project description, description of environmental setting, identification of environmental effects by checklist or other similar form, explanation of environmental effects, discussion of mitigation for significant environmental effects, evaluation of the project‘s consistency with existing, applicable land use controls, and the name of persons who prepared the study.
This IS/ND has been prepared pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) of 1970, Cal.
Pub. Res. Code §2100 et seq. The CEQA lead agency for this project is the City of South Lake Tahoe.
This document also serves as an IEC/FONSE prepared pursuant to the requirements of Article VI of the TRPA Rules of Procedures and Chapter 3 of TRPA’s Code of Ordinances. TRPA serves as lead agency pursuant to its own regulations.
The Tourist Core Area Plan was adopted in 2013 by the City of South Lake pursuant to Chapter 13 of the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA) Code of Ordinances, which allows local governments to adopt conforming Area Plans that contain policies and development ordinances that are consistent with and further the goals and policies of the TRPA Regional Plan. Chapter 13 established a conformity process that:
Allows local governments to adopt an Area Plan that supersedes TRPA plans and ordinances if the plan is found to be in conformance with the Regional Plan; Defines required content in an Area Plan that includes but is not limited to applicable policies, maps, ordinances and development and design standards; and Defines which development activities will not have a substantial effect on the natural resources in the Region and allows TRPA to transfer limited development permitting authority to local governments.
927
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 2
1.2 TIERING PROCESS
CEQA
The CEQA concept of "tiering" refers to the evaluation of general environmental matters in a broad program-level EIR, with subsequent focused environmental documents for individual projects that implement the program. This environmental document is specific to the 2023 updates of the Tourist Core Area Plan. This environmental document incorporates by reference the discussions in the 2010 General Plan EIR (the Program EIR) and and the 2013 Tourist Core Area Plan IS/IEC which was created for the area plan’s initial adoption. CEQA and the CEQA Guidelines encourage the use of tiered environmental documents to reduce delays and excessive paperwork in the environmental review process. This is accomplished in tiered documents by eliminating repetitive analyses of issues that were adequately addressed in the Program EIR and by incorporating those analyses by reference.
Section 15168(d) of the State CEQA Guidelines provides for simplifying the preparation of environmental documents on individual parts of the program by incorporating by reference analyses and discussions that apply to the program as a whole. Where an EIR has been prepared or certified for a program or plan, the environmental review for a later activity consistent with the program or plan should be limited to effects that were not analyzed as significant in the prior EIR or that are susceptible to substantial reduction or avoidance (CEQA Guidelines Section 15152[d]).
This Initial Study is tiered from the City of South Lake Tahoe 2010 General Plan EIR and the 2013 Tourist Core Area Plan IS/IEC in accordance with Sections 15152 and 15168 of the CEQA Guidelines and Public Resources Code Section 21094. The 2010 General Plan EIR is a Program EIR that was prepared pursuant to Section 15168 of the CEQA Guidelines. The 2011 General Plan is a comprehensive land use plan that guides physical development within the City of South Lake Tahoe through 2030. The 2010 General Plan EIR analyzes full implementation of uses and physical development proposed under the 2011 General Plan, and it identifies measures to mitigate the significant adverse program-level and cumulative impacts associated with that growth. The Tourist Core Area Plan is an element of change that was anticipated in the 2011 General Plan and evaluated in the 2010 General Plan EIR. By tiering from the 2010 General Plan EIR, this Initial Study will rely on the 2010 General Plan EIR for the following aspects that have remained consistent through these amendments:
a discussion of general background and setting information for environmental topic areas; overall growth-related issues;
issues that were evaluated in sufficient detail in the 2010 General Plan EIR for which there is no significant new information or change in circumstances that would require further analysis; and assessment of cumulative impacts.
This Initial Study will evaluate the potential environmental impacts of the proposed changes to the Tourist Core Area Plan with respect to the 2010 General Plan EIR and 2013 Tourist Core Area Plan IS/IEC to determine what level of additional environmental review, if any, is appropriate. As shown in the Determination in Section 5.2 of this document, and based on the analysis contained in this Initial Study, it has been determined that the proposed amendments to the Tourist Core Area Plan would not have significant effects on the environment that were not adequately addressed in the 2010 General Plan EIR, 2013 Tourist Core Area Plan IS/IEC or cannot be mitigated to a level of insignificance; therefore, a Negative Declaration will be prepared.
928
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 3
This Initial Study concludes that that many potentially significant impacts are addressed by the measures that have been adopted as part of the approval of the 2011 General Plan and subsequent approval of the 2013 Tourist Core Area Plan. Therefore, those 2010 General Plan EIR mitigation measures and Area Plan IS/IEC mitigation measures will reduce the impacts to a less than significant level. Since these mitigation measures are already being carried out as part of implementation of the 2011 General Plan and 2013 Area Plan, they will not be readopted. The impact analysis herein assumes implementation of the 2011 General Plan and 2013 Area Plan for purposes of determining the significance of any impact. The benefits of these mitigation measures will be achieved independently of considering them as specific mitigation measures of this Tourist Core Area Plan. Nothing in this Initial Study in any way alters the obligations of the City to implement the General Plan mitigation measures. Additional environmental review may be necessary as specific development projects and improvements are proposed for construction if potentially significant impacts associated with the construction of those projects have not been adequately addressed in this document.
TRPA
The TRPA concept of "tiering" refers to the coverage of general matters in broader EISs (Program EIS) and subsequent narrow environmental documents incorporating by reference the general discussions and concentrating solely on the issues specific to the document subsequently prepared. Therefore, when an EIS has been certified for a project or matter, TRPA should limit the analysis on a later related or consistent project or matter to effects which were not examined as significant effects in the prior EIS or which are susceptible to substantial reduction or avoidance by revisions in the project or matter through conditions of approval or mitigation. Tiering is limited to situations where a later project or matter is consistent with a program, plan, policy or ordinance for which an EIS was prepared, is consistent with applicable TRPA plans, and a supplemental EIS is not required.This Initial Environmental Checklist is tiered from the TRPA 2012 Regional Plan Update (“RPU”) Environmental Impact Statement (“EIS”) and 2020 Linking Tahoe:
Regional Transportation Plan and Sustainable Communities Strategy Initial Environmental Checklist and Mitigated Finding of No Significant Effect in accordance with Section 6.12 of the TRPA Rules of Procedure. The 2012 RPU EIS is a Program EIS that was prepared pursuant to Article VI of TRPA Rules of Procedure and Chapter 3 of the TRPA Code of Ordinances. The Regional Transportation Plan identifies a broad range of projects, programs, and strategies needed to comprehensively improve Tahoe’s transportation system over the next 25 years. The 2012 RPU is a comprehensive land use plan that guides physical development within the Lake Tahoe Region through 2035. The 2012 RPU EIS analyzes full implementation of uses and physical development proposed under the 2012 RPU, and it identifies measures to mitigate the significant adverse program-level and cumulative impacts associated with that growth. The proposed project is an element of the growth that was anticipated in the 2012 RPU and evaluated in the 2012 RPU EIS. By tiering from the 2012 RPU EIS, this Initial Environmental Checklist will rely on the 2012 RPU EIS for the following:
a discussion of general background and setting information for environmental topic areas; overall growth-related issues;
issues that were evaluated in sufficient detail in the 2012 RPU EIS for which there is no significant new information or change in circumstances that would require further analysis; and assessment of cumulative impacts.
This Initial Environmental Checklist will evaluate the potential environmental impacts of the proposed project with respect to the 2012 RPU EIS to determine what level of additional environmental review, if any, is appropriate. As shown in the Determination in Section 5.3 of this document, and based on the analysis contained in this Initial Environmental Checklist, it has been determined that the proposed project 929
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 4
would not have a significant effects on the environment that were not previously addressed or adequately addressed in the 2012 RPU EIS, therefore, a Finding of Significant Effect will be prepared.
This Initial Environmental Checklist concludes that that many potentially significant project impacts are addressed by the measures that have been adopted as part of the approval of the 2012 RPU. Therefore, those 2012 RPU EIS mitigation measures that are related to, and may reduce the impacts of, this project will be identified in this Initial Environmental Checklist. Since these mitigation measures are already being carried out as part of implementation of the 2012 RPU, they will not be readopted, but rather are incorporated as part of the project and the impact analysis assumes implementation for purposes of determining the significance of any project impact. The benefits of these mitigation measures will be achieved independently of considering them as specific mitigation measures of this project. Nothing in this Initial Environmental Checklist in any way alters the obligations of the City to implement the RPU mitigation measures.
1.3 BACKGROUND
All of the land within the Lake Tahoe Basin falls under the jurisdiction of the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency. This includes land under the local jurisdiction of the City. In order to be responsive to the unique needs and opportunities of the Region and local communities, the TRPA Regional Plan encourages and authorizes local jurisdictions to develop and adopt individual Area Plans that provide more specific development objectives and standards that are adapted to the needs of the specified area. Local jurisdictions are permitted to develop, adopt, and implement regulations so long as they are consistent with TRPA’ Regional Plan. The 2030 South Lake Tahoe General Plan is the City's primary policy document guiding land use, transportation, infrastructure, community design, environmental, and other decisions in a manner consistent with the planning statues for the State of California. The adopted Tourist Core Area Plan is designed to supplement the City’s General Plan by designating zoning districts and providing specific guidance for the area included within the Area Plan boundaries. The development standards and the specific policies referenced in this Area Plan are the land use standards intended to administer and regulate the land use for the Tourist Core.
The 2013 Tourist Core Area Plan defines a vision for the future of the area of the City that has previously been guided by the Stateline/Ski Run Community Plan which was adopted in March 1994 by the City and the TRPA. This is an area of special attention in the Tahoe Basin for a number of reasons; it is the center of tourist services and recreation access, spanning the Nevada and California Stateline and has traditionally been the area with the highest concentration of services and density.
This Area Plan provides more detailed direction than the City of South Lake Tahoe’s General Plan and TRPA’s Regional Plan. It addresses land use regulations, development and design standards and environmental improvements for the area. It encourages general improvement and enhancement for the built environment. This Area Plan anticipates a framework that will allow the area to be re-cast, to change the existing conditions into opportunities for redevelopment with a focus on achieving on the ground environmental improvements consistent with the City’s General Plan and environmental thresholds goals of the 2012 Regional Plan.
The Tourist Core is a tourist area land use plan that works to implement features of the TRPA’s Regional Plan and the City’s General Plan. It would provide management direction for all projects proposed within its boundaries. It is an integrated land use plan addressing physical design, redevelopment, commercial and tourist accommodation growth, traffic circulation, the environment and restoration, and public service. Th2 adopted 2013 plan established goals, policies and implementation strategies and programs. Elements of the Area Plan address land use, transportation, recreation, cultural and natural resources, public and quasi930
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 5
public facilities, and implementation. The Tourist Core is also designated by TRPA as a Town Center, a Regional Center and a receiving area for the transfer of development rights and existing units of use.
The process of amending the Tourist Core Area Plan was initiated in 2023 with City staff identifying areas out of date and in need of general improvements to reflect the City and State’s evolving goals and new laws. The City provided TRPA with an Intent to Amend notice and a general project description on January 17, 2023. At this time staff had not yet begun to draft amendments, as stakeholder, Planning Commission, and City Council input were needed to inform the changes. Stakeholders representing a variety of interest groups in the Tourist Core were invited to a workshop on February 1, 2023, to discuss the potential list of updates. During the months of February 2023 through May 2023, hearings were held to receive input on the proposed updates before the Planning Commission (February 23, 2023), City Council (May 16, 2023), and TRPA Regional Plan Implementation Committee (May 24, 2023). Throughout this process, City and TRPA staff met bimonthly to discuss the potential area plan amendments as well as concurrent changes to TRPA Code of Ordinances that may affect the final list of necessary updates.
1.4 PROJECT LOCATION, SETTING AND SURROUNDING LAND
USES
The Tourist Core is located within the City of South Lake Tahoe and is centered on US Highway 50 and Ski Run Boulevard from Fairway Avenue to the California and Nevada Stateline (see Figure 1). The Area Plan is approximately two miles along US Highway 50 extending from Fairway Drive to the California and Nevada Stateline and includes Ski Run Boulevard from US Highway 50 to Pioneer Trail. This area functions as the primary visitor and tourist district in the south shore of Lake Tahoe and provides direct access to recreation opportunities such as Heavenly Ski Resort, Edgewood Gold Course, Ski Run Marina, Lakeside Marina and Van Sickle Bi-State Park. The Area Plan is approximately 305 acres in size and the land use pattern varies, although the predominant theme of the land uses are tourist related, with a large number of motels, hotels, restaurants, and retail shops. The Area Plan Boundary shall be expanded to include two parcels fronting Pioneer Trail (APNs 029-352-010 and 029-371-016) located immediately south of its intersection with Moss Road (previously residential zoned PAS 092) (see Figure 3).
The Tourist Core has two major commercial/tourist centers: the area centered on Heavenly Village/Crescent V Shopping Center adjacent to the State line and the area centered on the intersection of US 50 and Ski Run Boulevard running from Ski Run Marina to Pioneer Trail. The Heavenly Village area is a mixed-use development that provides tourist accommodation, retail and restaurants set in a pedestrian and walkable environment. The Ski Run Boulevard area provides a more traditional commercial/tourist land use setting running the length of Ski Run Boulevard (see Figure 2).
These uses occupy structures ranging in height, age and physical conditions, from units built in the 50s and 60s to some of the newest buildings in the south shore and from single story structures to 6 to 8-story tourist accommodation facilities. Many of the newer structures are the result of the City of South Lake Tahoe Redevelopment Agency’s partnership with private developers to implement the City’s Redevelopment Plan. Redevelopment in the area include the construction of tourist, commercial and retail facilities, pedestrian and transit facilities, and water quality improvement in the late 1990’s and early 2000s. Projects constructed include the Embassy Suites (now known as the Margaritaville Resort Lake Tahoe), Lake Tahoe Resorts, Heavenly Village, Heavenly Gondola, Stateline Transit Center, Crescent V Shopping Center and the Wildwood Basin Water Quality Improvement Project. In addition, the area has also experience private redevelopment efforts that include the redevelopment of the Ski Run Center, Valero Gas Station, Ski Run Marina Shops, Holiday Inn Express and Applebee’s Restaurant. 931
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 6
Figure 1 – Tourist Core Area Plan Location Map
932
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 7
Figure 2 – Tourist Core Area Plan Location Map
933
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 8
Excluding the transportation routes, 66.1% of the parcels are developed, 9.8% remain vacant and the remaining 4.8% are dedicated to open space. Of the remaining 13 vacant parcels in the Tourist Core, 11 parcels are held in private ownership, 2 are publicly owned by the City of South Lake Tahoe.
The Tourist Core is bordered on the north by the Lake Tahoe, Ski Run Marina which provides a popular access point to beach recreation and boating opportunities and single family residential land uses. One notable residential area directly adjacent to the Tourist Core is Tahoe Meadows which is listed as a Historic District by TRPA and is listed on the National Registry of Historic Places. To the south the Tourist Core is bordered by a mixed multi-family and single family residential area and the Van Sickle Bi-State Park which provides access to mountain bike, hiking and horseback riding trails. Directly to the west of the Tourist Core is the Bijou/Al Tahoe commercial district and to the east of the Tourist Core is the Stateline Casino Core which includes the major gaming establishments in the south shore.
1.5 PROJECT OBJECTIVES/PURPOSE AND NEED
As identified above, the purpose of the proposed Tourist Core Area Plan is to facilitate implementation of a tourist/commercial land use plan to further the goals and policies of the Regional Plan of the Lake Tahoe Basin and the City of South Lake Tahoe General Plan. This plan is intended to create area-wide change within the land use parameters of the land use planning and development regulations of the City and TRPA.
The adopted Tourist Core Area Plan is intended to provide for improved mixed use land use pattern (commercial, tourist and high density residential development) and concentrated development conditions through revitalization to provide improved recreation access, tourist accommodation facilities and diverse commercial retail needs to visitors and local residences in a setting that is transit-, bicycle-, and pedestrianoriented setting. The area is envisioned as a central destination that provides full services for visitors and permanent residents and offers unique experiences related to the many outdoor recreation possibilities that surround the core area. The revitalization of the South Shore will catalyze the transformation from a failing and vestigial gaming economy into a sustainable outdoor tourism recreational destination by incorporating active streetscapes featuring strolling, shopping, entertainment and outdoor dining opportunities. In addition, transit and alternative travel will provide an essential part of the envisioned destination resort experience resulting in significant environmental gain and improved scenic quality.
The plan is being amended to keep pace with changes that have been made to California law, TRPA Regional Plan and Code of Ordinances, the City’s General Plan Housing Element, the City strategic goals, and to implement and incentivize transporation connectivity. At the forefront of these changes is the goal of activating the town center, and increasing housing opportunities with an emphasis on affordable housing.
The Area Plan’s existing density limits (25 units per acre) are a large barrier for affordable housing developments as they cannot be competitive for grants or financing at the current density; meanwhile, the lack of a minimum density prevents parcels central to transportation and amenities from being utilized to their highest potential. In accordance with California law, workforce and co-living housing opportunities shall be expanded through modifications to use definitions and zoning designations.
The following project objectives are identified for the Tourist Core Area Plan updates:
Expand the boundary of the Area Plan to add two developed parcels that will benefit from greater density, height and land coverage and help promote residential and tourist development near services and transit facilities;
Improve the effectiveness of Housing Element policies and achievement of Housing Element goals;
Update residential design standards to allow ministerial approval of purely residential developments, including ADUs.
934
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 9
Modify permissible use definitions to create better compatibility between uses and zoning districts.
Create objective design standards for commercial and mixed-use developments that complement the natural environment, promote the mountain theme architecture, and create walkable and bikeable streetscapes.
Transition to a less auto-centric town center by creating opportunities for reduced parking and project contribution to alternative transportation methods. Implement zoning, boundary, and district changes where appropriate to better integrate existing development and incentivize key redevelopment opportunities. Respond to the unique circumstances and needs of local communities in the Tahoe Region; Provide incentives to encourage transfers, concentration, rehabilitation and redevelopment of aging tourist and commercial uses within the Tourist Core;
1.6 DOCUMENT ORGANIZATION
This IS/ND/IEC follows the standard content for environmental documents under CEQA and TRPA Code of Ordinances and Rules of Procedures. An EIR/EIS was determined to be unnecessary, as there are not potentially significant environmental effects associated with adoption of this Area Plan. This IS/IEC is a full disclosure document, describing the plan and its environmental effects in sufficient detail to aid decision-making.
Chapter 5 contains a summary of the environmental effects and necessary mitigation measuresif applicable.
1.7 PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT
Opportunities for public participation in the environmental document review process are provided in order to promote open communication and better decision-making. All persons and organizations having a potential interest in the proposed Area Plan are invited to provide comments during the thirty-day comment period for the IS/IEC.
Pursuant to the requirements of CEQA, this IS/IEC will be sent, along with a Notice of Completion, to the California State Clearinghouse. In addition, copies of this document will be distributed to other Lake Tahoe Basin reviewing agencies and interested individuals and entities for review. After closure of the public review period, City staff will respond to all comments. City staff will then prepare an agenda item for the City’s Planning Commission’s recommendation and City Council action that include the IS/IEC, the comments, and responses to the comments. If the Council determines that the proposed Area Plan would not have significant adverse impacts, the City Council would adopt the plan and certify the environmental document. Following Council approval, the Notice of Determination would be filed with the county recorder-clerk.
Pursuant to the TRPA’s Rules of Procedures and Chapter 3 of the TRPA Code of Ordinances, this IS/IEC will be made available for public review to those people who request copies. TRPA staff will prepare an agenda item for the Advisory Planning Commission’s recommendation and Governing Board action. If it is determined that significant adverse impacts would not result from the proposed project, the Governing Board would issue a Finding of No Significant Effect, adopt the Area Plan and certify the environmental document.
The proposed amendments to the Area Plan was prepared by the City and is developed on feedback provided by the public and the City Council direction. The process of amending the Tourist Core Area Plan was initiated in October of 2022 with City staff identifying areas out of date and in need of general improvements to reflect the City and State’s evolving goals and new laws. The City provided TRPA with 935
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 10
an Intent to Amend notice and a general project description on January 11, 2023. Stakeholders representing a variety of interest groups were invited to a workshop on February 1, 2023, to discuss the updates. The Planning Commission heard this feedback on February 23, 2023 and had no major changes to the direction of the amendments and again on October 23, 2023. On May 24, 2023 the TRPA Regional Plan Implementation Committee received the presentation and provided feedback. City Council was given a similar presentation on June 6, 2023, and provided staff with feedback. Throughout this process City and TRPA staff met bimonthly to discuss the area plan amendments as well as changes to TRPA Code of Ordinances that may affect them.
1.8 RELATIONSHIP TO LAND USE PLANS, POLICIES AND
REGULATIONS
The Tourist Core Area Plan falls under the direct jurisdiction of both the City of South Lake Tahoe and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency. In addition, Federal and State agencies exercise varying levels of control concerning speci fic parcels or resources. This section identifies each agency’s responsibility relative to the proposed Area Plan; it also identified the plans and policies to which the Area Plan must show compliance.
Federal: The US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has designated Lake Tahoe an Outstanding National Resource Water (ONRW). ONRWs are provided the highest level of protection under EPA’s Antidegradation Policy, stipulating that states may allow some limited activities that result in temporary and short-term changes to water quality, but that such changes should not adversely affect existing uses or alter the essential character or special uses for which the water was designated on ONRW. Although the Area Plan does not require approval from the EPA the incentives related to coverage is dependent upon EPA certifying TRPA’s updated Water Quality Management Plan for the Tahoe Region (208 Plan).
Regional: The TRPA is a bi-state planning agency with authority to regulate growth and development within the Lake Tahoe Region. TRPA implements that authority through its Regional Plan. The Regional Plan Goals and Policies establish an overall framework for development and environmental conservation in the Lake Tahoe Region.
In December 2012, the TRPA Governing Board adopted an updated Regional Plan. Priorities of the updated Regional Plan that apply to this Area Plan include:
Accelerating water quality restoration and other threshold gains by supporting environmental redevelopment opportunities, restoration of disturbed lands and Environmental Improvement Program (EIP) investments.
Transitioning to more permitting by local governments to create one-stop-shopping for homeowner improvements in order to return TRPA to the more regional role the Compact originally intended. Creating walkable communities and increasing alternative transportation options.
Important policies addressed in the Regional Plan include:
Retaining the established regional growth control system. Under this system, rampant overdevelopment was stopped and open spaces preserved. Most of the policies from the 1987 Regional Plan stayed in place.
Creating a more efficient planning system that integrates TRPA requirements into the plans and permits of other government agencies.
936
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 11
Encouraging property owners to transfer development rights from sensitive or outlying areas to Town Centers with the goal of restoring these lands.
Eliminating regulatory barriers to the environmental redevelopment of rundown buildings. Simplifying burdensome regulations for homeowners while achieving threshold gain. Integrating with the Regional Transportation Plan to support sidewalk and bike trail projects that reduce automobile dependency and increase walkability and safety. Continuing to deliver restoration projects under the EIP that achieve erosion control on roadways and restore forests and wetlands.
The updated TRPA Code of Ordinance allows for the development of Area Plans to refine and implement the Regional Plan policies appropriate to specific areas. Chapter 13, Area Plans, include new provisions that allow for local, state, and federal agencies, in coordination with TRPA staff, to prepare coordinated Area Plans for the implementation of land use goals, policies, and ordinances. The Area Plans, which must include implementing ordinances and zoning, are required to be consistent with the Regional Plan. Once an Area Plan has been found in conformance with the Regional Plan, local, state, or federal agencies may assume development review authority by Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with TRPA. In 2014 a MOU was created that expanded permitting authority of the City within the Tourist Core Area Plan.
State of California: Several State agencies may play a role in development decisions within the Tahoe Region. As such, these State agencies must grant permits or other forms of permission prior to physical development. Affected agency staff will review the proposed Area Plan for consistency with adopted plans and policies. The Area Plan does not require State agency approval..
State agencies that may have a responsible agency role in projects that may be implemented in the Area Plan include:
California Tahoe Conservancy: The mission of the California Tahoe Conservancy (CTC) is to protect and restore the natural environment of Lake Tahoe, including the lake’s exceptional clarity and diversity of wildlife habitat in the basin. The CTC implements a comprehensive set of programs to affirmatively address resource needs in the Tahoe Basin, including the protection and restoration of the natural environment, especially water quality; enhancement of wildlife habitat; provision of public access and recreation opportunities; and management of acquired public land at Lake Tahoe.
The CTC has developed and initiated implementation of a number of programs involving acquisitions, site improvements, and land management activities, and involving direct activities as well as grants, which require capital funding. Program areas include:
Water Quality and Watersheds
Forest Habitat Enhancement
Recreation and Public Access
Land Management and Acquisition
Coverage and Marketable Rights
Climate Change and Sustainability
Within the Tourist Core the CTC has ownership of 4 parcels. One parcel was acquired through the CTC’s Land Coverage Program to either meet excess coverage mitigation requirements, for bicycle trail or other public service projects, or to sell on the open market to private parties. Another parcel was purchased for 937
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 12
recreation access purposes and provides access to Van Sickle Bi-State Park and the remaining two parcels were purchased under their Sensitive Lands Acquisition Program. Adjacent to and south of the Tourist Core, the CTC has acquired the former Caltrans US Highway 50 right-of-way for the South Tahoe Greenway Share Use Trail.
The CTC also manages a Land Bank Program that is designed to facilitate a number of natural resource objectives, assist the needs of the general public and environmental projects, and provide funding benefits.
An MOU signed with the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA) in early 1988, enables the Conservancy to sell rights from the Land Bank on the open market.
The retirement of the development potential on properties can generate a wide range of development rights or credits, depending on what existed or was credited to the property at the time of acquisition (either land coverage or other marketable rights). The Conservancy periodically acquires these other rights, including those for tourist accommodations, sewer connections, residential units, and commercial floor area. Such rights are usually sold to parties building or remodeling a commercial site or a multi-family unit(s). The rights are recognized by the various regulatory agencies within the Basin and can therefore be sold or transferred under the proper circumstances. The use of these rights is reserved for projects in the areas where the rights originated in order to maintain the economic base of those communities.
Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board: Lahontan has water quality responsibilities including the California-side of the Lake Tahoe Basin. This agency establishes water quality standards, subject to the approval of the State Water Quality Control Board, and has broader enforcement power than TRPA. By issuing waste discharge permits and requiring monitoring to show compliance, among other activities, Lahontan actively enforces attainment of standards.
Any party responsible for construction activity over one acre must obtain a National Pollution Discharge Elimination System Permit (NPDES Permit) form Lahontan to eliminate or reduce pollutants in storm water discharged to surface waters, which include riparian zones, from area of construction activity.
Lahontan is also responsible for incorporating the the Lake Tahoe Daily Maximum (TMDL) pollutant load reduction targets into the NPDES permit for California municipalities in the Tahoe Basin. This permit regulates stormwater discharge form the City’s stormwater management infrastructure and Federal rules requires the City to implement programs to control pollutant runoff.
The NPDES permit issued to the City stipulates a September 30, 2016 deadline to reduce estimated 2004 baseline jurisdictional pollutant loads of fine sediment particles by 10%, total nitrogen by 8% and total phosphorus by 7%. Lahontan is expected to update the NPDES permit every five years to include additional load reduction targets. Upcoming targets are anticipated for 2026. Attainment of the 2026 target, termed the Clarity Challenge, is estimated to return Lake Tahoe to an average annual transparency of 80 feet (Lahontan 2010).
The City completed development of a Pollutant Load Reduction Plan (PLRP) to define a path to compliance with the requirements to reduce pollutant loading to Lake Tahoe from urban stormwater runoff. The goal of the Load Reduction Report was to identify feasible and cost-effective actions to meet anticipated targets.
In September 2021, the City Council received a draft of the 2021 City of South Lake Tahoe PLRP which documents the City’s proposed approach and timeline for meeting the 2026 load reduction targets set forth in the City’s NPDES permit, which was then submitted to Lahontan in October, 2021. Proposed strategies outlined in the Load Reduction Plan for meeting the load reduction targets are incorporated in the Area Plan and are discussed in detail in Section 10, Natural and Cultural Resources. 938
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 13
The PLRP estimates the City's pollutant load reduction from water quality projects and enhanced operations and maintenance activities by using the same Pollutant Load Reduction Model (PLRM) which was used in establishing the City's 2004 baseline pollutant load. Estimated load reductions for specific projects and operational improvements are shown in the PLRP. Pollutant load reductions will be credited to the City as catchments (subwatersheds) with projects and/or operational improvements registered with Lahontan pursuant to the Lake Clarity Crediting Program.
California Department of Transportation (Caltrans): Caltrans is responsible for planning, designing, constructing, and maintaining all state highways. The jurisdictional interest of Caltrans extends to improvements to roadways on the state highway system (including roadways designated as U.S. highways).
Any federally funded transportation improvements would be subject to review by Caltrans staff and the California Transportation Commission, either on or off of the state highway system.
California Trustee Agencies: State agencies with trustee responsibility in the Tourist Core include:
California Division of Forestry (tree removal and forest resource concerns), State Historic Preservation Officer (cultural resources), California Department of Fish and Game (wildlife resources), and State Lands Commission with regard to state-owned "sovereign" lands such as Lake Tahoe.
City of South Lake Tahoe: The City of South Lake Tahoe is the only incorporated city within the Lake Tahoe Region. The City implements its regulatory authority through its General Plan and City code. The City’s 1999 General Plan adopted TRPA’s Plan Area Statements (PASs) to replace its previous local zoning. In the City’s 2011 General Plan update, the City adopted new land use designations for PASs located within the City’s jurisdiction but retained the PASs and Community Plans as its zoning system. The PASs will remain in effect until superseded by an Area Plan. 939
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 14
2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 AREA PLAN OVERVIEW AND DESCRIPTION OF CHANGES
The proposed project is an update to the Tourist Core Area Plan in which current goals, policies and implementation strategies for providing specific land use guidance within the plan’s boundary are contained. The updated Tourist Core Area Plan proposes to incorporate two parcels fronting Pioneer Trail, currently located in residential Plan Area Statement 092, into the Tourist Center Neighborhood Mixed-Use (TSC-NMX) District. Both parcels (APNs 029-352-010 and 029-371-016) are developed with existing tourist accommodation uses. The addition of these parcels, totaling approximately 36,000 square feet (0.83 acres) is intended to increase opportunity for redeveloping the sites. Permissible uses consistent with the previous PAS for this area are supplemented with additional residential land uses. ; As part of these amendments, a minimum density standard is also adopted to encourage the development of high-density housing. Modifications to existing design standards and parking standards are also proposed to promote walkability.
The Area Plan includes changes necessary to opt in to the TRPA Phase 2 Housing Code Amendments adopted in December 2023 for the areas within and outside of the Town Center/Regional Center Overlay – these amendments are included in the proposed changes to density, height and land coverage limits applicable to deed restricted affordable housing as documented in Tourist Core Area Plan Appendix C.
Table 1 provides an overview of the existing plans, maps, and ordinances that are relevant to the Tourist Core Area Plan, a synopsis of the proposed changes, and a brief description of those changes.
Table 1 Elements of Tourist Core Area Plan
Tourist
Core Area
Plan
Element
Proposed Change from
Existing Plans, Maps, and
Ordinances
Summary Description
Vision and
Guiding
Principles
Adds a new housing policy Includes new policy to preserve existing residential uses and increase multi-family options.
Land Use
Element,
and Land
Use Map
Amends and adds new land use
policies and amends zoning map
to incorporate two parcels
Includes new policy to create a pedestrian oriented “Lake District” adjacent to the Tourist Core Area Plan
Includes new policies encouraging the development of
workforce housing in the Tourist Core Area Plan.
Includes a new policy to establish minimum density standards for multi-family development.
Amend Land Use Map to incorporate APNs 029-352-010 and 029-371-016 into the TSC-NMX District (see Figure 3 below).
Transporta
tion
Element
Adds new transportation policies Includes new policy to coordinate with transportation agencies to expand alternatives modes of transportation.
Includes new policies to promote shared parking and enhanced mobility hub.
940
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 15
Table 1 Elements of Tourist Core Area Plan
Tourist
Core Area
Plan
Element
Proposed Change from
Existing Plans, Maps, and
Ordinances
Summary Description
Implement
ation
Element
Update status of projects Updated implementation status of various improvement projects.
Updated Development Rights incentives provided by the City.
Updated the number of residential bonus units available in the Tourist Core Area Plan.
Added new incentives for residential/tourist conversion and density incentives adopted by the TRPA.
The City incentive of RUUs at no cost for ADUs and multifamily developments has been included. Alternate Traffic and Air Quality Fee Program was deleted.
New projects are subject to TRPA’s Mobility Mitigation Fee requirements of Chapter 65 of the TRPA Code of
Ordinances
The Change in Use section was removed as it is no longer contained in the South Lake Tahoe City Code or TRPA Code of Ordinances.
The Conversion of Use section was updated to reflect the current Chapter 51 of TRPA Code of Ordinances.
Density incentives adopted by TRPA are added.
Appendix
B
Replaced with Commercial
Design Guidelines
TRPA height findings were removed from this appendix.
The findings are applicable through reference to TRPA Code of Ordinances.
The South Lake Tahoe Commercial Design Guidelines
have been included as Appendix B to provide visual
representations of the intent of design standards in
Appendix C.
Appendix
C,
Developm
ent and
Design
Standards
Modify existing use matrix for
clarity and consistency.
Modification of existing standards
for clarity.
Permissible use matrix and definitions have been modified for consistency and simplification.
All items previously included in in Substitute Design Standards have been relocated to the main standards
section.
The maximum building height for the TSC-MU district is increased from 56 feet to 65 feet.
Appendix
D, CSLT
Green
Building
Program
Include more recent sustainable
building certification programs.
Additional green building certifications are being added to the Green Building Program to make projects eligible for development incentives. Development incentives are no
longer tiered and shall be based on the discretion of the decision-making authority.
941
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 16
Figure 3 – Proposed Tourist Core Area Plan Expansion
942
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 17
As part of the TCAP, the City of South Lake Tahoe will comply with all mitigation measures from the Regional Plan Update EIS certified by the TRPA Governing Board on December 12, 2012. The adoption of these measures includes compliance with measures that have already been incorporated into the TRPA Code, adopted on December 12, 2012 and effective on Februray 9, 2013.
Also part of the Tahoe Valley Area Plan is the City of South Lake Tahoe’s continued compliance with all mitigation measures from the General Plan EIR certified by the City on May 17, 2011.
Table 2 provides a summary of the proposed development standard and land use updates to TCAP zoning districts. The full text of the proposed amendments is provided in revisions to TCAP Appendix C, available for review on the City’s webpage: https://cityofslt.us/2290/Area-Plan-Proposals-and-Updates.
Table 2
Development Standards for the Tourist Core Area Plan
Development Standard Tourist Center (TSC-C) District Density Multiple Family Dwelling 25 12-65 units/acre
Multi-Person Dwelling 25 65 persons/acre, no minimum
Nursing and Personal Care Add 65 persons/acre, no minimum Residential Care Add 65 persons/acre, no minimum
Single Family Dwelling Only condominiums allowed at 12-65 units/acre Employee Housing Removed as own category. Is now included in Single family, Multiple Family, or Multi-Person Dwellings
Uses
Nursing and Personal Care Added Allowed by right
Residential Care Added Allowed by right
Amusement, Recreation, &
Entertainment Facilities
New use category made from combining previous uses:
Amusement & Recreation, Privately Owned Assembly &
Entertainment, Public Owned Assembly & Entertainment
Allowed by right. Facilities with capacity for 200 persons or more require a special use permit.
Healthcare Services Allowed by right but can’t front on Lake Tahoe Boulevard.
Professional Offices Allowed by right throughout district.
Local Public Assembly Facilities New use category, previously Local Assembly & Entertainment
Allowed by right. Facilities with capacity for 200 persons or more require a special use permit.
Range Management Allowed by right. This use was erroneously left out of the use matrix previously.
Height and Roof Standards
Roof Height This standard was removed.
Building Height Maximum (stories) This standard was removed.
Roof Slope Minimum roof slope changed from 5:12 to 3:12 943
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 18
Development Standard Tourist Center Gateway (TSC-G) District Density Multiple Family Dwelling 25 12-65 units/acre
Multi-Person Dwelling 25 65 persons/acre, no minimum
Nursing and Personal Care Add 65 persons/acre, no minimum Residential Care Add 65 persons/acre, no minimum
Employee Housing Removed as own category. Is now included in Single family, Multiple Family, or Multi-Person Dwellings
Permissible Uses
Multi-Person Dwelling Changed to Allowed by right
Nursing and Personal Care Added Allowed by right
Residential Care Added Allowed by right
Amusement, Recreation, &
Entertainment Facilities
New use category made from combining previous uses:
Amusement & Recreation, Privately Owned Assembly &
Entertainment, Public Owned Assembly & Entertainment
Allowed by right. Facilities with capacity for 200 persons or more require a special use permit.
Local Public Assembly Facilities New use category, previously Local Assembly & Entertainment
Allowed by right. Facilities with capacity for 200 persons or more require a special use permit.
Range Management Allowed by right. This use was erroneously left out of the use matrix previously.
Height and Roof Standards
Roof Slope Minimum roof slope changed from 5:12 to 3:12 Building Height Maximum (stories) This standard was removed.
Roof Height This standard was removed.
Development Standard Tourist Center Mixed-Use (TSC-MU) District Density Multiple Family Dwelling 25 12-65 units/acre
Multi-Person Dwelling 25 65 persons/acre, no minimum
Nursing and Personal Care Add 65 persons/acre, no minimum Residential Care Add 65 persons/acre, no minimum
Employee Housing Removed as own category. Is now included in Single family, Multiple Family, or Multi-Person Dwellings
Permissibl
e Uses
Multi-Person Dwelling Changed to Allowed by right
Nursing and Personal Care Added Allowed by right
Residential Care Added Allowed by right
944
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 19
Eating and Drinking Places Changed to Allowed by right
Amusement, Recreation, &
Entertainment Facilities
New use category made from combining previous uses:
Amusement & Recreation, Privately Owned Assembly &
Entertainment, Public Owned Assembly & Entertainment
Allowed by right. Facilities with capacity for 200 persons or more require a special use permit.
Local Public Assembly Facilities New use category, previously Local Assembly & Entertainment
Allowed by right. Facilities with capacity for 200 persons or more require a special use permit.
Range Management Allowed by right. This use was erroneously left out of the use matrix previously.
Height and Roof Standards
Roof Slope Minimum roof slope changed from 5:12 to 3:12 Building Height Maximum (stories) This standard was removed.
Roof Height This standard was removed.
Development Standard Tourist Center Mixed-Use Corridor (TSC-MUC) District and TSC-MUC Special Area #1 District
Density
Multiple Family Dwelling 25 12-65 units/acre
Multi-Person Dwelling 25 65 persons/acre, no minimum
Nursing and Personal Care Add 65 persons/acre, no minimum Residential Care Add 65 persons/acre, no minimum
Employee Housing Removed as own category. Is now included in Single Family, Multiple Family, or Multi-Person Dwellings
Permissible Uses
Multi-Person Dwelling Changed to Allowed by right
Nursing and Personal Care Added Allowed by right
Residential Care Added Allowed by right
Amusement, Recreation, &
Entertainment Facilities
New use category made from combining previous uses:
Amusement & Recreation, Privately Owned Assembly &
Entertainment, Public Owned Assembly & Entertainment
Allowed by right. Facilities with capacity for 200 persons or more require a special use permit.
Local Public Assembly Facilities New use category, previously Local Assembly & Entertainment
Allowed by right. Facilities with capacity for 200 persons or more require a special use permit.
945
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 20
Range Management Allowed by right. This use was erroneously left out of the use matrix previously.
Height and Roof Standards
Roof Slope Minimum roof slope changed from 5:12 to 3:12 Building Height Maximum (stories) This standard was removed.
Roof Height This standard was removed.
Development Standard Tourist Center Neighborhood Mixed-Use (TSCNMX) District Maximum Density Multiple Family Dwelling 25 12-65 units/acre
Multi-Person Dwelling 25 65 persons/acre, no minimum
Nursing and Personal Care Add 65 persons/acre, no minimum Residential Care Add 65 persons/acre, no minimum
Employee Housing Removed as own category. Is now included in Single family, Multiple Family, or Multi-Person Dwellings
Permissible Uses
Multi-Person Dwelling Changed to Allowed by right
Nursing and Personal Care Added Allowed by right
Residential Care Added Allowed by right
Range Management Allowed by right. This use was erroneously left out of the use matrix previously.
Height and Roof Standards
Roof Slope Minimum roof slope changed from 5:12 to 3:12 Building Height Maximum (stories) This standard was removed.
Roof Height This standard was removed.
Development Standard Recreation (REC) District Density
Multiple Family Dwelling n/a 12-25 units/acre (Employee Housing Only) Multi-Person Dwelling Add 65 persons/acre, no minimum (Employee Housing Only)
Employee Housing Removed as own category. Is now included in Single family, Multiple Family, or Multi-Person Dwellings
Permissible
Uses
Multi-Person Dwelling Add as an Allowed by right
Multi-Person Dwelling Add as an Allowed by right
946
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 21
Privately Owned Assembly and
Entertainment
Deleted and incorporated into Amusement, Recreation, &
Entertainment Facilities.
Height and Roof Standards
Roof Slope Minimum roof slope changed from 5:12 to 3:12 Building Height Maximum (stories) This standard was removed.
Roof Height This standard was removed.
Development Standard Tourist Center Gateway (TSC-G) Special Area #1 District
Density
Multiple Family Dwelling 25 12-65 units/acre
Multi-Person Dwelling 25 65 persons/acre, no minimum
Nursing and Personal Care Add 65 persons/acre, no minimum Residential Care Add 65 persons/acre, no minimum
Employee Housing Removed as own category. Is now included in Single family, Multiple Family, or Multi-Person Dwellings
Permissible Uses
Multi-Person Dwelling Changed to Allowed by right
Nursing and Personal Care Added Allowed by right
Residential Care Added Allowed by right
Amusement, Recreation, &
Entertainment Facilities
New use category made from combining previous uses:
Amusement & Recreation, Privately Owned Assembly &
Entertainment, Public Owned Assembly & Entertainment
Allowed by right. Facilities with capacity for 200 persons or more require a special use permit.
Local Public Assembly Facilities New use category, previously Local Assembly & Entertainment
Allowed by right. Facilities with capacity for 200 persons or more require a special use permit.
Range Management Allowed by right. This use was erroneously left out of the use matrix previously.
Height and Roof Standards
Roof Slope Minimum roof slope changed from 5:12 to 3:12 Building Height Maximum (stories) This standard was removed.
Roof Height This standard was removed.
947
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 22
Table 3
Development Standards for the Tourist Core Area Plan Boundary Expansion
Development Standard PAS 092 Tourist Center Neighborhood Mixed-Use (TSC-NMX) District
Density
Multiple Family Dwelling 15 units/acre 25 12-65 units/acre Multi-Person Dwelling 25 persons/acre 25 65 persons/acre, no minimum Nursing and Personal Care Not permitted Add 65 persons/acre, no minimum Residential Care Not permitted Add 65 persons/acre, no minimum Single Family Dwelling 1 unit per parcel Only condominiums allowed at 12- 65 units/acre
Employee Housing Not permitted Removed as own category. Is now included in Single family, Multiple
Family, or Multi-Person Dwellings
Uses
Nursing and Personal Care Not permitted Added Allowed by right Residential Care Not permitted Added Allowed by right
Amusement, Recreation, &
Entertainment Facilities
Amusement & Recreation (Not
permitted)
Privately Owned Assembly &
Entertainment (Not permitted)
Public Owned Assembly &
Entertainment (Not permitted)
New use category made from
combining previous uses:
Amusement & Recreation, Privately
Owned Assembly & Entertainment,
Public Owned Assembly &
Entertainment
Allowed by right. Facilities with
capacity for 200 persons or more
require a special use permit.
Healthcare Services Not permitted Allowed by right but can’t front on Lake Tahoe Boulevard.
Professional Offices Special Use Allowed by right throughout district.
Local Public Assembly
Facilities
Local Assembly &
Entertainment (Not permitted)
New use category, previously Local
Assembly & Entertainment
Allowed by right. Facilities with
capacity for 200 persons or more
require a special use permit.
Range Management Not permitted Allowed by right. This use was erroneously left out of the use
matrix previously.
Height and Roof Standards
Roof Height Not applicable This standard was removed.
Building Height Maximum
(stories)
Not applicable This standard was removed.
Roof Slope TRPA Code Chapter 37.3.4 Minimum roof slope changed from 5:12 to 3:12
948
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 23
Permissible Use List
The Tourist Core Area Plan updates propose modifications to the existing permissible use list to consolidate multiple similar uses under one category, to create more succinct criteria, and to increase compatibility within categories. “Employee Housing” has been eliminated as an independent use and shall be included in other residential uses. Health and athletic clubs, day spas, and funeral parlors are now included under General Retail and Personal Service as they are consistent with the existing criteria of the category in that they are “non-medical services involving the care of persons.” Categories in which there was overlap of criteria have been consolidated into one use encompassing amusement, recreation, assembly, and entertainment.
Design and Development Standards
The Tahoe Valley Area Plan includes development and design standards that are specific to the Plan Area and replace the City of South Lake Tahoe City Code Chapters 6.10 and 6.55 development standards, and portions of the TRPA Code of Ordinances Chapter 30, land coverage, Chapter 31 regarding density, Chapter 36 regarding design standards, and Chapter 37 regarding height standards. Standards for the Area Plan are contained in Appendix C of the Tourist Core Area Plan. Further design and development standards are housed in the South Lake Tahoe Design Guidelines (2016). This document has historically been used as a supplemental document to Appendix C. As part of the updates to the plan, this document shall be included as Appendix B and shall be used in conjunction with Appendix C to provide examples of the standards. Specific standards that have been changed through this process include:
• Allowing roof pitches of 3:12 to 12:12 (previously the minimum roof pitch was 5:12) and the removal of the roof height requirement.
• Shifting to more objective building modulation and articulation standards. • Increased flexibility in corner build and build to line requirements. • Increased bicycle parking requirements
• Reducing residential parking requirements by right
• Allowing for a reduction in commercial parking spaces.
Significant changes were made to the organization of Appendix C by incorporating design standards previously designated as “substitute” into the primary standards. Purely residential projects in certain districts may now follow the residential design standards contained in the City of South Lake Tahoe City Code Chapter 6.85.
Building Height and Design
The maximum building height for the TSC-MU district is increased from 56’ to 65’. In order to increase the efficiency and feasibility of large buildings, a minimum roof pitch of 3:12 is being proposed (previously 5:12) as well as elimination of the requirement that a building’s roof be 40% of the building height. Further, the amendments would eliminate the building height maximum (stories) standard that limited the number of stories in addition to a buildings total height (feet).Numerous other changes are being made for clarity and consistency, most notably the creation of objective design standards to achieve desired levels of building articulation.
Density
New density maximums and a minimum density standard are being proposed. For the first time the City is proposing a minimum density of 12 units per acre for multiple family dwellings in all districts except for recreation district.
Mixed-use projects meeting certain criteria may be exempt from the minimum density. The maximum density for multiple family dwellings in the TSC-C, TSC-MU, TSC-MUC, and TSC-G is increased from 25 to 65 units per acre.
The Tourist Core Area Plan will incorporate the City’s accessory dwelling unit (ADU) ordinance; however, these units are not counted towards density. To maintain consistency with the 2011 City of South Lake Tahoe General Plan, Table LU-2 (Development Intensity Standards) must be amended to permit up to 65 residential units per acre in the Town Center and Tourist Center land use designations.
949
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 24
3.0 BASELINE
As specified in Section 13.3.1 of the TRPA Code, all plans, policies, and regulations in the Regional Plan and the TRPA Code shall remain in effect unless superseded by the provisions of an area plan. Thus, existing baseline conditions for the purposes of this IS/IEC reflect current 2023 environmental conditions (the time of writing of this IEC) with the updated Regional Plan, TRPA Code, City General Plan and Code in effect, and the existing plans (PAS 092), maps, and ordinances also in effect. The Tourist Core Area Plan has an approximate 20-year planning horizon.
The proposed project evaluated in this IS/IEC are the proposed amendments to the Tourist Core Area Plan, which was originally adopted on November 11, 2013 and amended numerous times since then. 950
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 25
4.0 METHODOLOGY AND ASSUMPTIONS
This IS/IEC was prepared to evaluate the potential environmental effects of the Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments using as a tool the CEQA and TRPA checklist questions, responses, and supporting narrative.
The analysis tiers and incorporates by reference specific analyses contained in the following environmental review documents, as appropriate:
TRPA, Regional Plan Update EIS, certified by the TRPA Governing Board on December 12, 2012 (RPU EIS)
TRPA/Rincon Consultants, Inc., 2020 Linking Tahoe: Regional Transportation Plan & Sustainable Communities Strategy IS/ND/IEC/FONSE, April 2021)
CSLT, General Plan Update EIR, certified by the City Council on May 17, 2011 (CSLT EIR) City of South Lake Tahoe, Tourist Core Area Plan IS/MND/IEC/FONSE, certified by the City Council on October 15, 2013 and adopted by the TRPA on November 11, 2013.
These program-level environmental documents include a regional scale analysis and a framework of mitigation measures that provide a foundation for subsequent environmental review at an area plan level.
These documents serve as first-tier documents for the TRPA review of the proposed Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments. To the extent that the Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments are consistent with the Regional Plan and the RTP, for which the program EISs were prepared, the Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments could be found to be “within the scope” of the program EISs.
This Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments IS/IEC is also a program-level environmental document. No specific development projects are proposed at this time or analyzed herein. All future projects within the Tourist Core would be subject to project-level environmental review and permitting by City and/or TRPA, with the permitting agency determined based on the size, nature and location of the project (Section 13.7.3 of the TRPA Code). Project-level environmental documents would require identification of, and mitigation for any potentially significant environmental impacts.
TRPA has prepared an Area Plan Environmental Analysis Guidelines flowchart intended to assist local jurisdictions in considering environmental review requirements associated with the land uses proposed in area plans. The guidance poses the following questions:
Does a land use district in the area plan allow a use that has a greater potential impact than the corresponding land use in the Regional Plan? This includes any community plans and/or PASs that would be wholly or partially, replaced by the area plan. Does a zoning district in the area plan allow a use that has a greater potential impact than the corresponding land use district in the PAS?
Does the project have a greater potential impact than the use allowed by the zoning district in the area plan/PAS?
These questions contemplate whether land use changes resulting from adoption of the proposed amendments would result in new uses that could result in potential environmental impacts not previously contemplated by the community plans, PASs, and Regional Plan. 951
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 26
To address these questions, the proposed amendments to the Tourist Core Area Plan Land Use Map and Zoning Map were carefully reviewed. The adopted 2013 land use and zoning map as amended to date, are consistent with the TRPA conceptual land use map adopted as part of the 2012 Regional Plan and the City General Plan which was adopted in 2011. Proposed additions to the town center overlay boundary (Town Center Mixed-Use District) in these amendments would expand town center areas envisioned in TRPA’s Regional Plan Conceptual Land Use Map which classifies the Tourist Core as tourist. As a result, amendments to expand the Town Center and the TRPA regional plan maps will need to comply with TRPA Code Section 13.5.3.G (Modification to Centers) and be adopted by the TRPA Governing Board following City adoption of the Area Plan amendments.
The tables included in Chapter 2 of this IS/IEC compares the existing permissible uses allowed within PAS 092 (for two to be added to the TCAP) and existing zoning districts with those uses that would be allowed with the Tahoe Valley Area Plan amendments, as specified in the Development and Design Standards (Appendix C) of the Tahoe Valley Area Plan. Generally, the types of land uses that would be permissible in the TSC-G, TSC-C, TSC-MUC, TSC-MU, and TSC-NMX zoning districts are consistent with the mix of uses (tourist accommodation, commercial, public service, office, and residential) envisioned for community centers in the Regional Plan (TRPA 2012a, p. 2-33) and the General Plan (CSLT 2011, pp. LU3 and LU-10); the uses that would be permissible within these zoning districts reflect the mix of uses envisioned for recreation areas in the Regional Plan (TRPA 2012a, p. 2-19); and the uses within the OS zoning district would be limited to passive recreation uses, storm water facilities, and restoration activities.
Because the permissible use list would be consistent with the uses envisioned in the Regional Plan, the analysis herein focuses on the unique characteristics of the allowed uses and potential environmental impacts associated with their implementation (e.g., land use compatibility, water quality, scenic resources, and traffic). The checklist responses include cross-referencing to other checklist items to reduce redundancy, where appropriate.
952
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 27
5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST AND IMPACT
ANALYSIS
1. Project title: Tourist Core Area Plan
2. Lead agency name and address:
The City of South Lake Tahoe is the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) lead agency responsible for preparing an Initial Study/Negative Declaration (IS/ND) and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA) will serve as the lead agency for the Initial Environmental Checklist (IEC) under the Tahoe Regional Planning Compact.
City of South Lake Tahoe
1052 Tata Lane
South Lake Tahoe, California 96150
Tahoe Regional Planning Agency
P.O. Box 5310
Stateline, Nevada 89449
3. Contact person and phone number
City of South Lake Tahoe: John Hitchcock, Planning Manager, (530) 542-7472 Tahoe Regional Planning Agency: Alyssa Bettinger, Senior Planner, (775) 589-5301
4. Project location:
The Tourist Core is located within the City of South Lake Tahoe and covers 305-acre area, centered on centered on US Highway 50 and Ski Run Boulevard from Fairway Avenue on the west to the California and Nevada Stateline on the east. The Area Plan also includes all of Ski Run Boulevard beginning at the shoreline of Lake Tahoe in the north to the intersection of Pioneer Trail in the south. The amendments expand the plan area to add two parcels fronting Pioneer Trail in one location just south of Moss Road.
5. Project sponsor’s name and address
City of South Lake Tahoe
1052 Tata Lane
South Lake Tahoe, California 96150
6. General Plan designation: 7. Zoning
The City’s General Plan designates The Tourist Core Area Plan contains the Tourist Core as multiple zoning designations within Tourist Center and TRPA’s Conceptual the 305-acre area
Land Use Map designates it as Tourist.
953
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 28
8. Description of project:
The proposed project is an update to the Tourist Core Area Plan in which current goals, policies and implementation strategies for providing specific land use guidance within the plan’s boundary are contained. Chapter 2 provides a detailed summary of the proposed amendments. The exact language of the proposed amendments is provided on the City’s website (https://cityofslt.us/2290/Area-PlanProposals-and-Updates). The proposed project is an update to the Tourist Core Area Plan in which current goals, policies and implementation strategies for providing specific land use guidance within the plan’s boundary are contained. The proposed amendments would expand the Area Plan boundary to incorporate two parcels (APNs 029-352-010 and 029-371-016) that front Pioneer Trail, both developed with existing tourist accommodation uses. The addition of these parcels as is intended to increase opportunity for redeveloping the sites (previously located in PAS 092). In addition to the boundary amendments, other changes to permissible land use, density, etc. are proposed as documented in Chapter 2..
9. Surrounding land uses and setting: Briefly describe the project’s surroundings:
The Tourist Core is bordered on the north by Lake Tahoe, and Ski Run Marina which provides a popular access point to beach recreation and boating opportunities and the Tahoe Meadows Historic District Tahoe Meadows is a residential district located along the shoreline of Lake Tahoe and is listed as a Historic District by TRPA and is also listed on the National Registry of Historic Places. To the south the Tourist Core is border by a mixed multi-family and single family residential area, dating from the 1960s to the 1990s and Van Sickle Bi-State Park which provides access to mountain bike, hiking and horseback riding trails. Directly to the west of the Tourist Core is the Bijou/Al Tahoe commercial district and to the east of the Tourist Core is the Stateline Casino Core which includes the major gaming establishments in the south shore.
10. Other public agencies whose approval is required (e.g., permits, financing approval, or participation agreement):
Adoption of the Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments is only required by the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council and the TRPA Governing Board. However, any projects that may move forward as a result of the implementation of this Area Plan may also require approval by the California Department of Fish and Game, the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, State Water Resources Board, El Dorado County Air Pollution Control District, California State Lands Commission, and/or the California Department of Transportation (Caltrans). 954
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 29
5.1 ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS POTENTIALL AFFECTED
If environmental factors are checked below in Table 4, there would be at least one impact that is a “Potentially Significant Impact” as indicated by the checklist on the following pages.
Table 4: Environmental Factors with Potentially Significant Impacts Aesthetics Agriculture Resources Air Quality
Biological Resources Cultural Resources Geology Resources Greenhouse Gas
Emissions
Hazards & Hazardous
Materials
Hydrology/Water
Quality
Land Use/Planning Mineral Resources Noise
Population/Housing Public Services Recreation
Transportation/Traffic Utilities/Service
Systems
Mandatory Findings of
Significance
955
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 30
5.2 CEQA ENVIROMENTAL DETERMINATION
On the basis of this Initial Study:
I find that the proposed project COULD NOT have a significant effect on the environment, and a NEGATIVE DECLARATION will be prepared.
I find that although the proposed project could have a significant effect on the environment, there will not be a significant effect in this case because revisions in the project have been made by or agreed to by the project proponent. A MITIGATED NEGATIVE DECLARATION will be prepared.
I find that the proposed project MAY have a significant effect on the environment, and an ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT is required.
I find that the proposed project MAY have a "potentially significant impact" or "potentially significant unless mitigated" impact on the environment, but at least one effect 1) has been adequately analyzed in an earlier document pursuant to applicable legal standards, and 2) has been addressed by mitigation measures based on the earlier analysis as described on attached sheets. An ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT is required, but it must analyze only the effects that remain to be addressed.
John Hitchcock, Planning Manager
Development Services, City of South Lake Tahoe
Date
956
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 31
5.3 TRPA ENVIRONMENTAL DETERMINATION (TO BE COMPELTED
BY TRPA)
On the basis of this TRPA Initial Environmental Checklist:
a. The proposed project could not have a significant effect on the environment and a finding of no significant effect shall be prepared on accordance with TRPA’s Rules of Procedures Yes No
b. The proposed project could have a significant effect on the environment, but due to the listed mitigation measures which have been added to the project, could have no significant effect on the environment and a mitigated finding of no significant effect shall be prepared in accordance with TRPA’s Rules of Procedures.
Yes No
c. The proposed project may have a significant effect on the environment and an environmental impact statement shall be prepared in accordance with this chapter and TRPA’s Rules of Procedures.
Yes No
Signature of Evaluator Date
Title of Evaluator
957
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 32
5.4 EVALUATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
The following environmental analysis has been prepared using the CEQA Guidelines Appendix G:
Environmental Checklist Form to complete an Initial Study (IS). This checklist also includes analysis of environmental impacts required in the TRPA Initial Environmental Checklist (IEC) found at:
http://www.trpa.org/documents/currentapps/Initial_Environmental_Checklist_Web.pdf.
5.4.1 CEQA
CEQA requires a brief explanation for answers to the Appendix G: Environmental Checklist except "No Impact" responses that are adequately supported by noted information sources. Answers must take account of the whole action involved, including off-site as well as on-site, cumulative as well as project-level, indirect as well as direct, and construction as well as operational impacts.
Table 5: CEQA Defined Levels of Impact Significance
Impact Severity Definition
No Impact A "No Impact" answer is adequately supported if the referenced information sources show that the impact simply does not apply to projects like the one involved (e.g., the project falls outside a fault rupture zone). A "No Impact" answer should be explained where it is based on project-specific factors as well as general standards (e.g., the project will not expose sensitive receptors to pollutants, based on a project-specific screening analysis).
Less than Significant
Impact
“Less than Significant Impact” applies where the Project’s impact creates no significant impacts based on the criterion or criteria that sets the level of impact to a resource and require no mitigation to avoid or reduce impacts.
Less than Significant
Impact after Mitigation
“Less than Significant Impact after Mitigation" applies where the incorporation of mitigation measures has reduced an effect from potentially "Significant Impact" to a "Less Than Significant Impact." The lead agency must describe the mitigation measures, and briefly explain how they reduce the effect to a less than significant level.
Significant Impact "Significant Impact" is appropriate if there is substantial evidence that an effect is potentially significant, as based on the criterion or criteria that sets the level of impact to a resource. If there are one of more “Potentially Significant Impact” entries when the determination is made, an EIR is required.
Source: CEQA Appendix G Environmental Checklist Form 2010
5.4.2 TRPA
Article VI of the TRPA Rules of Procedures presents the rules governing the preparation and processing of environmental documents pursuant to Article VII of the Compact and Chapter 3 of the Revised TRPA Code of Ordinance.
TRPA uses an IEC, in conjunction with other available information, to determine whether an EIS will be prepared for a project or other matter. This could include preparation of an Environmental Assessment, in accordance with Section 3.4 of the TRPA revised Code, when TRPA determines that an IEC will not provide sufficient information to make the necessary findings for a project.
The IEC includes a series of questions categorized by and pertaining to resources regulated by TRPA. Each checklist item requires a checked response of “Yes,” “No,” “No, with Mitigation,” or “Data Insufficient.” A checked response of “Data Insufficient” or a determination that a project may have a significant effect 958
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 33
on the environment (Section 3.3.2 of the TRPA Code) indicates that additional environmental review in the form of an Environmental Assessment (EA) or Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) would be required.
The IEC form indicates that all “Yes” and “No, with Mitigation” responses require written explanations.
This IEC provides supporting narrative for all responses. Where a checked response may not be intuitive or easily understood by the reader, that response has been marked with an asterisk (*) and a brief clarifying statement supporting the rationale for the checked response is included.Based on an initial review of the Project, City staff determined that an IEC would provide sufficient information regarding the Project to make one of the findings below. As set forth in Code Subsection 3.3.1, based on the information submitted in the IEC, and other information known to TRPA, TRPA shall make one of the following findings and take the identified action:
1. The proposed project could not have a significant effect on the environment and a finding of no significant effect shall be prepared in accordance with TRPA’s Rules of Procedure.
2. The proposed project could have a significant effect on the environment, but due to the listed mitigation measures which have been added to the project, could have no significant effect on the environment and a mitigated finding of no significant effect shall be prepared in accordance with TRPA’s Rules of Procedure.
3. The proposed project may have a significant effect on the environment and an environmental impact statement shall be prepared in accordance with this Chapter and TRPA’s Rules of Procedure.
When completed, TRPA reviews the IEC to determine the adequacy and objectivity of the responses. When appropriate, TRPA consults informally with federal, state, or local agencies with jurisdiction over the project or with special expertise on applicable environmental impacts. 959
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 34
5.4.3 Aesthetics (CEQA), Scenic Resources/Community Design and Light and Glare (TRPA)
This section presents the analyses for potential impacts to aesthetics, scenic resources/community design and light and glare. Table 6 identifies the applicable impacts, anticipated level of impact, and whether mitigation measures are required to reduce impacts to a less than significant level.
Table 6: Aesthetics, Scenic Resources/Community Design and Light and Glare CEQA Environmental Checklist
Item
Potentially
Significant
Impact
Less Than
Significant
with
Mitigation
Measures
Less Than
Significant
Impact
No Impact
1. Have a substantial adverse effect
on a scenic vista? (CEQA Ia) X
2. Substantially damage scenic
resources, including, but not
limited to, trees, rock outcroppings,
and historic buildings, within a
state scenic highway? (CEQA Ib)
X
3. Substantially degrade the existing
visual character or quality of the
site and its surroundings? (CEQA
Ic)
X
4. Create a new source of substantial
light or glare, which would
adversely affect day or nighttime
views in the area? (CEQA Id)
X
TRPA Initial Environmental
Checklist Item Yes No, With Mitigation
Data
Insufficient No
5. Be visible from any state or federal
highway, Pioneer Trail or from
Lake Tahoe? (TRPA item 18a)
X, LTS
6. Be visible from any public
recreation area or TRPA
designated bicycle trail? (TRPA
item 18b)
X, LTS
7. Block or modify an existing view
of Lake Tahoe or other scenic vista
seen from a public road or other
public area? (TRPA item 18c)
X, LTS
8. Be inconsistent with the height and
design standards required by the
applicable ordinance or
Community Plan? (TRPA item
18d)
X, LTS
960
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 35
9. Be inconsistent with the TRPA
Scenic Quality Improvement
Program (SQIP) or Design Review
Guidelines? (TRPA item 18e)
X
10. Include new or modified sources of
exterior lighting? (TRPA item 7a) X, LTS
11. Create new illumination which is
more substantial than other
lighting, if any, within the
surrounding area? (TRPA item 7b)
X, LTS
12. Cause light from exterior sources
to be cast off-site or onto public
lands? (TRPA item 7c)
X
13. Create new sources of glare
through the siting of the
improvements or through the use
of reflective materials? (TRPA
item 7d)
X
1. Would the Project have a substantial adverse effect on a scenic vista? (CEQA Ia) As documented in Figure 4, the project area contains six scenic vistas visible from public roadways (within Roadway Units 32 – Casino Area, 33 – The Strip and 45 – Pioneer Trail North) and four scenic vistas from the lake (within Shoreline Unit 31 – Bijou). While the Area Plan amendments may increase the amount, distribution, and type of development in the future, such changes are likely to be positive by improving the visual quality of the built environment consistent with the general recommendations for site planning found in the SQIP, the TRPA Code of Ordinances and the standards of the Tourist Core Area Plan. As noted in TRPA’s 2011 Threshold Evaluation, the Scenic Roadway Travel Unit within the urbanized areas of the Region (i.e., community plan areas) have seen significant improvements in the scenic quality as a result of improved architectural quality of the built environment and the removal of dilapidated structures for the creation of riparian areas, storm water retention basins and passive neighborhood parks. Moreover, Chapter 66 of the TRPA Code of Ordinances requires any project within the Tourist Core that is visible from the identified scenic resource shall demonstrate that the numerical ratings assigned to each individual resource is not decreased as recorded in the 1982 Scenic Resource Inventory. As of 2015 or 2019 (the year they were last evaluated), each of the shoreline scenic resources described above are meeting the adopted threshold standard. However, the roadway scenic resources are still in non-attainment, but showing improvements from redevelopment efforts completed to date.
961
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 36
Figure 1 – Tourist Core Area Plan Location Map
962
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 37
The potential scenic impact associated with additional height that is available within the TCAP was analyzed in the RPU EIS (Impact 3.9-1) and was found to be potentially significant, requiring mitigation measures which were codified in Sections 37.7.16 and 37.7.17 of the TRPA Code and incorporated in the Tourist Core Area Plan Development and Design Standards. The Tourist Core Area Plan requires any buildings that consist of three or more stories to not project above the forest canopy, ridge lines or otherwise detract from the viewshed. In addition, the Area Plan requires that the TRPA Findings 1, 3, 5 and 9 as described in Section 37.7.16 of the TRPA Code be made. The findings are as follows:
When viewed from major arterials, scenic turnouts, public recreation areas, or the waters of Lake Tahoe, from a distance of 300 feet, the additional height will not cause a building to extend above the forest canopy, when present, or a ridgeline. For height greater than that set forth in Table 37.4.1- 1 for a 5:12 roof pitch, the additional height shall not increase the visual magnitude beyond that permitted for structures in the shoreland as set forth in subsection 66.3.7, Additional Visual Magnitude, or Appendix H, Visual Assessment Tool, of the Design Review Guidelines. With respect to that portion of the building that is permitted the additional height, the building has been designed to minimize interference with existing views within the area to the extent practicable. The portion of the building that is permitted additional building height is adequately screened, as seen from major arterials, the waters of lakes, and other public areas from which the building is frequently viewed. In determining the adequacy of screening, consideration shall be given to the degree to which a combination of the following features causes the building to blend or merge with the background.
The horizontal distance from which the building is viewed; The extent of screening; and
Proposed exterior colors and building materials.
When viewed from a TRPA scenic threshold travel route, the additional building height granted a building or structure shall not result in the net loss of views to a scenic resource identified in the 1982 Lake Tahoe Basin Scenic Resource Inventory. TRPA shall specify the method used to evaluate potential view loss.
These requirements would also apply to the proposed height amendment for the TSC-MU District (Regional Center Overlay where height up to 95 feet may be considered per TRPA Code Section 13.5.3.A) to increase the current limit from 56 feet to 65 feet. The TSC-MU District is located along US Highway 50 near Ski Run Boulevard, between US Highway 50 and Pioneer Trail west of their intersection and to the north and south of the TSC-C District near the stateline core. This evaluation concludes that the Area Plan’s development and design standards, and the required scenic quality findings of the TRPA Code of Ordinances, avoid and minimize potential impacts to scenic vistas by prohibiting buildings to protrude above the forest canopy or ridgeline, and by requiring site-specific design features that minimize ground disturbance, installation of screening, the use of earth tone colors the use of natural materials, and an architectural style that complements the Tahoe landscape.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
963
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 38
2. Would the Project substantially damage scenic resources, including, but not limited to, trees, rock outcroppings, and historic buildings within a state scenic highway? (CEQA Ib) No state scenic highways exist within nor are directly visible from the Tourist Core. The area does not contain any trees, rock outcroppings or historic buildings that are unique or contribute to the visual resources of the area. Therefore, the Project has no impact on state designated scenic highways.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
3. Would the Project substantially degrade the existing visual character or quality of the site and its surroundings? (CEQA Ic)
The Area Plan includes detailed design standards that are intended to ensure that the built environment complements the natural appearing landscape in the Tahoe Region while improving the quality of life and promoting livability, sustainability and walkability. The Area Plan specifically regulates building form, materials and colors and includes the following:
Buildings shall provide adequate architectural articulation and detail to avoid a bulky and “boxlike” appearance; A unified palette of quality materials shall be used on all sides of buildings; Colors shall be used to help delineate windows and other architectural features to increase architectural interest;
A variety of natural-appearing materials should provide contrast on building facades; Colors should be chosen to blend in with the setting and to minimize reflectivity. Bright colors should be used for accent only and should be applied to a maximum of 10 percent of the building façade; and
Roofs, including mechanical equipment and skylights, shall be constructed of nonglare finishes and earth tone colors that minimize reflectivity.
For buildings that are located adjacent to residential areas where buildings are generally limited to two stories in the setback zone, the Area Plan includes provisions to minimize the potential impact on the visual character and quality of the residential land uses. The Area Plan incorporates a standard that requires buildings to be step backed at a 1:1 ratio from the setback line for any portion of the building that exceeds 25 feet and requires additional measures if necessary that includes landscape buffering, increased side yard or rear yard setbacks, or reduced height to minimize impacts on adjacent residential areas.
The Area Plan promotes a more dense land use pattern to promote pedestrian- and transit-oriented development. Pursuant to TRPA’s Code of Ordinances, the Area Plan provides additional height and increased density incentives, to ensure adequate capacity for redevelopment and transfers of development.
However, the expected change in amount, distribution and type of development is not expected to have a significant impact on the visual character or quality of the Tourist Core or its surroundings. The character and quality is expected to improve as a result of the proposed design standards discussed above and additional height granted to structures will not impact existing viewsheds as discussed in Question 1 (CEQA Checklist Ia) above. Furthermore, improvements in the visual character and quality of this Area Plan has 964
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 39
been documented in numerous TRPA Threshold Evaluations as projects implemented many of the design standards that are incorporated in this Area Plan.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
4. Would the Project create a new source of substantial light or glare, which would adversely affect day or nighttime views in the area? (CEQA Id)
Consistent with existing conditions, implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan would allow for construction of new development and redevelopment projects. These projects would likely include new or modified sources of exterior lighting. However, the lighting standards provide criteria for the range of lighting that is necessary to provide safety and security, as well as provide, in limited areas, the ambient lighting that would allow for an atmosphere that enhances the qualities of an active civic place. The existing design standards for exterior lighting are designed to reduce light pollution, reduce the splay of light on adjoining parcels and adjacent residential uses. The Tourist Core Area plan, includes the following requirements:
Outdoor lights (including winter seasons display) shall not blink, flash, or change intensity or give the illusion of movement
Prohibits the commercial operation of searchlights.
Limits seasonal lighting displays to November 1 through March 1 unless an approval of a minor review is obtained. Displays are limited to 90 days, shall use LED or low voltage (24 volts or less), and are subject to building and fire department inspection. Outdoor lighting is used for illumination purposes only and shall not be designed for, or used as, an advertising display.
Lighting shall only be directed downwards, up-lighting is not permitted unless overhead shields are used and light sources (bulbs) shall not be visible. No light can spray off site and the use of cutoff shields or other devices are required The maximum height of exterior architectural lighting is limited to 26 feet with the exception of the Stateline tourist node area which allows for lighting of architectural features above 26 feet and landscape lighting provided a visual analysis is prepared. Roof, in part or in total, shall not be illuminated including the prohibition the use of flood lighting, reflective materials, or lighting strips, including neon/fluorescent tubing, and the like.
Assembly poles and fixtures shall be painted a dark earthtone color. Lighting levels shall not exceed a maximum of 25 foot-candles, measured within one foot of the base ground level.
965
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 40
The maximum height for any freestanding light pole shall not exceed 20 feet unless it’s a cobra head fixture placed at major intersections of state highways with conform to the state standard.
Prohibits the use of low sodium lights (monochromatic orange).
The Tourist Core Area Plan includes existing provision to incorporate increased protections against misdirected or excessive lighting, when compared to the existing city-wide design standards. New provisions include limiting light bulb that may be used (i.e., incandescent, high pressure sodium, metal halide, compact florescent, or light-emitting diode [LED]), prohibit the installation of lighting on trees except for seasonal lighting, further limits the use of seasonal lighting in the Stateline node to November 26 through March 1, and includes language to clarify the maximum level of illumination permitted for various applications. New lighting standards provides “foot candle” criteria for exterior lighting, streets, pedestrian zones, and secured areas that are consistent with or more stringent than the Illuminating Engineering Society recommendations (IDSA 1998) or the City’s existing standards. Previously, the City’s illumination standard allowed up to 25 foot-candles for all lighting sources. Thus, new or modified sources of exterior lighting associated with projects proposed under the Tourist Core Area Plan would be consistent with or more stringent than existing City or TRPA substitute standards.
As previously discussed in Question 3 (CEQA Checklist Ic) and the exterior lighting discussion above the Tourist Core Area Plan requires the use of variety of natural-appearing material and colors that blend in with the natural setting and prohibits the use of flood lighting, reflective materials, or lighting strips, including neon/fluorescent tubing to minimize reflectivity and glare. Therefore no substantial glare or reflectivity of a project proposed under the Tourist Core Area Plan is expected to affect day or nighttime views in the area.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
5. Would the Project be visible from any state or federal highway, Pioneer Trail or from Lake Tahoe? (TRPA 18a)
The Tourist Core is visible form US Highway 50, Pioneer Trail and from Lake Tahoe.
US Highway 50 is a federal highway and runs through the Tourist Core from its western border to its eastern border at the California/Nevada state line. Pioneer Trail forms the southern border of the Area Plan at the intersection of Ski Run Boulevard and at the intersection of US Highway 50. The most western portion of the Tourist Core from Bijou Commercial Center to Ski Run Marina is visible from Lake Tahoe. Both US Highway 50 and Pioneer Trail are designated by TRPA as an Urban Scenic Corridor. Urban Scenic Corridors are generally urbanized where man-made development is the dominant visual feature but development still blends with the natural environment (TRPA Code Chapter 66).
As shown in Figure 4, the Tourist Core contains a portion of TRPA Scenic Roadway Travel Unit #32 – Casino Core, Scenic Roadway Travel Unit #33 – The Strip, Scenic Roadway Travel Unit #45 – Pioneer Trail (North) and Shoreline Travel Unit #31 – Bijou. Within the scenic travel units, TRPA has identified scenic quality ratings for individual scenic resources that include a view of Lake Tahoe from Ski Run Boulevard and general landscape and built environment views from US Highway 50 and Pioneer Trail.
Within the shoreline travel unit TRPA has identified four scenic resources. Three resources constitute views of the shoreline and the fourth resource is a view of the mountain backdrop. The 2019 Threshold Evaluation indicates all the scenic individual scenic resources are in attainment for the scenic threshold with the recent 966
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 41
evaluation noticing an improvement in the visual quality of the built environment as viewed from Lake Tahoe. Shoreline Travel Unit #31 is currently in threshold attainment as noted in the 2019 Threshold Evaluation which noted an improvement in the visual quality of the man-made environment as a result of the redesign and rehabilitation of El Dorado Beach.
Roadway Units #32, #33 and #45 are all presently not in attainment but continue to show improvements in visual quality as a result of redevelopment and application of design standards that complements the natural environment. All 3 units are targeted for scenic restoration in the SQIP and the TCAP includes policies that call for for improving the architectural style of existing and new buildings, using natural appearing building material, using natural colors, consolidating driveway access, locating parking lots in the rear or side yards, incorporating landscaping treatment, sign compliance and the undergrounding of utility line whenever possible.
Since the adoption of the 2013 Tourist Core Area Plan, numerous redevelopment, transportation and water quality projects have been implemented in the Area Plan that have directly contributed towards scenic threshold gains. The 2011 and the 2019 Threshold Evaluation noted that the majority of roadway units with improved threshold scores fall partially or wholly within Community Plan/urbanized areas of the Region.
Removal of degraded structures, improvement in architectural quality of new and remodeled structures, increased landscaping, creation of open space and landscape drainage basins, installing curb, gutters and pedestrian sidewalks and consolidating highway curb cuts, and improved signage have all contributed to a transformation in many of these units. This improvement affects both travel route and scenic quality ratings.
As described in Question 3 (CEQA Checklist IC) above, the Tourist Core Area Plan includes detailed design standards that ensure that the built environment complements the natural appearing landscape in the Tahoe Region while improving the quality of life, promoting livability, sustainability and walkability. The Area Plan specifically regulates building form, materials and colors to avoid bulky and “box-like appearance, to promote materials and colors that blend with the natural setting, to reduce glare and reflectivity, and preserve views of the lake, ridgelines and meadows. Application of these standards for redevelopment of dilapidated structures, for the development of news structures, in conjunction with site design standards to protect viewsheds and minimize impact on adjacent residential areas, is expected to improve the visual quality and character of the Tourist Core. This change in visual quality and character is not expected to adversely affect the shoreline scenic unit or the scenic quality ratings for individual resources but would improve scenic conditions resulting in threshold gains in the three non-attainment roadway travel units found in the Tourist Core.
Thus, implementation of specific projects under the Tourist Core Area Plan is not likely to result in adverse impacts on views from any state or federal highway, Pioneer Trail or from Lake Tahoe.
Environmental Analysis: Yes, Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
6. Would the Project be visible from any public recreation area or TRPA designated bicycle trail? (TRPA 18b)
A review of the 1993 Lake Tahoe Basin Scenic Resource Evaluation indicates that there are no identified recreation areas or designated bicycle trails in the Tourist Core. However, the Tourist Core itself is visible from a number of recreation areas identified in the Scenic Resource Evaluation. These recreation areas are:
Baldwin Beach, Taylor Creek, Kiva Beach, Camp Richardson, Pope Beach, Regan Beach, El Dorado Beach and Nevada Beach. In all cases the Area Plan is visible as a distant foreground view of a developed and undeveloped shoreline, a forested middle ground view that is back dropped by distant mountains views. 967
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 42
The Scenic Resource Evaluation noted that the panoramic views of the lake and distant shoreline are elements that contributed to the scenic quality of these recreation areas.
Any proposed projects within the Area Plan is not likely to affect scenic views from these identified recreation areas or contribute to their degradation as a result of protective standards incorporated into the Area Plan to prohibit structures from protruding above the existing forest canopy. Any development visible from the recreation area would likely be structures along the shoreline that are built below the canopy and would blend in with its natural setting.
The Ski Run Marina is a recreation area located within the Tourist Core Area that provides beach recreation and boating access to the lake; however, it is not mapped and identified as a scenic resource in the Scenic Resource Evaluation. Although a proposed project in the Area Plan would likely be visible from this recreation area it is not likely to be impacted because application of design standards and protective measures for view shed protection described and discussed in questions 1 through 5 (CEQA Checklist item 1a through 1d) above and Question 7 below.
Projects resulting from implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan would involve development and redevelopment consistent with the Area Plan’s Development and Design Standards and Chapter 66 of the TRPA Code that would prohibit buildings to protrude above the forest canopy or ridgeline, include sitespecific design features that minimize ground disturbance, incorporate screening, use of earth tone colors, materials and architectural style that complements the Tahoe landscape. Thus, implementation of specific projects under the Tourist Core Area Plan is not likely to result in impacts to views from any public recreation area or TRPA designated bicycle trails. All projects would comply with TRPA Code provisions and the Tourist Core Development and Design Standards, which would result in generally improved scenic conditions in the Tourist Core Area Plan.
Environmental Analysis: Yes, Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
7. Would the Project block or modify an existing view of Lake Tahoe or other scenic vista seen from a public road or other public area? (TRPA 18c)
As discussed above in Questions 1 (CEQA Checklist 1a) and 6 the project area includes scenic vistas from the public roadway and is also visible from offsite public recreation areas. Implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan would allow for construction of new development and redevelopment projects. These projects would likely include new structures or introduce massing to existing scenic vistas but is not expected to block or modify an existing resource that would result in a significant impact. The Area Plan includes protective measures that prohibit buildings from projecting above the forest canopy, ridge lines, or otherwise detract from the view shed and the scenic quality findings of the TRPA Code of Ordinances must be made for any project granted additional height (see Question 1, CEAQ Checklist 1a discussion).
Moreover, as discussed in Question 3, CEQA Checklist Ic, projects are required to implement the Area Plan’s design standards to ensure compatibility with the natural environment.
Projects resulting from implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan would involve development and redevelopment consistent with the Area Plan’s Development and Design Standards and Chapter 66 of the TRPA Code that would prohibit buildings to protrude above the forest canopy or ridgeline, include sitespecific design features that minimize ground disturbance, incorporate screening, use of earth tone colors, materials and architectural style that complements the Tahoe landscape. Thus, implementation of specific projects under the Tourist Core Area Plan is not likely to result in obstructed views to and from Lake Tahoe, recreation areas, bike trails, and public roadways. All projects would comply with TRPA Code provisions 968
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 43
and the Tourist Core Development and Design Standards, which would result in generally improved scenic conditions in the Tourist Core.
Environmental Analysis: Yes, Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
8. Would the Project be inconsistent with the height and design standards required by the applicable ordinance or Community Plan? (TRPA 18d)
Consistent with the Regional Plan, the Tourist Core Area Plan would allow for changes in the built environment through use of remaining allocations, use of newly authorized allocations, and implementation of design standards and guidelines and Code provisions that would ultimately affect the form of new development and redevelopment. The Tourist Core Area Plan implements and is consistent with the provisions of the Regional Plan (such as increased density and height in community centers) intended to incentivize redevelopment, while protecting scenic resources. The Tourist Core Area Plan Development and Design standards are intended to guide development that would reflect the character of the area, protect viewsheds, and substantially improve the appearance of redevelopment projects.
While redevelopment is intended to and often results in improvement in the scenic quality of roadway travel routes, changes in the built environment could have undesirable consequences on scenic quality if they adversely affect views or vistas, damage or remove scenic resources, or result in development that is incompatible with the scenic values of the Region. Potential scenic impacts from development and redevelopment activities in the Tahoe Region are currently mitigated through environmental review and compliance with TRPA regulations.
Height: Pursuant to the Chapter 13 of the TRPA Code of Ordinances, the Tourist Core Area Plan incorporates the height standards permitted in Table 13.5.3-1: Minimum Development Standards for Area Plans (TRPA Code, page 13-3). Table 13.5.3-1 permits up to a maximum of 56’ in areas designated as Town Centers and up 95’ in areas designated as a Regional Center. The Tourist Core Area Plan boundary encompasses lands designated both as a Town Center and as a Regional Center on TRPA’s Conceptual Land Use Map (TRPA 2012d). The 2013 Tourist Core Area Plan adopted the height standards permitted by Chapter 13 and incorporated protective measures discussed in Question 1 and Question 3 to protect scenic resources and the visual character and quality of the Tourist Core. The proposed amendments would permit 9 feet of additional height in the TSC-MU District, located in the Regional Center Overlay, for a new maximum height of 65 feet. Even with the additional 9 feet of allowable building height in the TSCMU District, the approval requirements and existing scenic quality ordinances referenced above would continue to protect views of the natural-appearing landscapes and unique natural features as viewed from adopted scenic corridors and recreation areas, provide a regulatory mechanism to ensure that allowances for increased height would be approved only in conjunction with limitations and design standards consistent with the Regional Plan, and not interfere with attainment of scenic threshold. Thus this evaluation concludes no impact when implementing the updated height standards.
Environmental Analysis: Yes, Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
969
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 44
9. Would the Project be inconsistent with the TRPA Scenic Quality Improvement Program (SQIP) or Design Review Guidelines? (TRPA 18e)
The SQIP addresses the segment of US Highway 50 and Pioneer Trail that is located within the Tourist Core. Both segments are out of attainment and have been designated as restoration areas by the SQIP. The SQIP promotes restoration of disturbed areas and requires that visual quality ratings be maintained and that non-attainment areas improve. Therefore, development that degrades this rating constitutes a significant impact.
The evaluation presented above for Questions 1 through 7 (CEAQ Checklist 1a through 1d) concludes that while implementation the Tourist Core Area Plan would allow for construction of new development and redevelopment projects and result in increased visibility of man-made features, the change would not rise to a level of significance when the design standards and protective measures of the Area Plan are implemented. Furthermore, the roadway segments located within the Area Plan are designated by TRPA as an Urban Scenic Corridor whichh recognizes that man-made development can be the dominant visual features provided that the development complements the natural environment.
Due to the fact that the two roadway segments are in non-attainment and identified in the SQIP, the planning recommendations for improving the scenic quality in the roadway segments are required as appropriate during project review by the TRPA Code of Ordinances (Section 36.4). Recommendations include improved landscaping of parking lots, screening of utilities, and where appropriate placing overhead utility lines underground.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
10. Would the Project include new or modified sources of exterior lighting? (TRPA 7a) See discussion and analysis for Question 4, which concludes the level of impact is less than significant.
Environmental Analysis: Yes, Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
11. Would the Project create new illumination, which is more substantial than other lighting, if any, within the surrounding area? (TRPA 7b)
See discussions and analyses and for Question 4and Question 8 above, which concludes the level of impact is less than significant.
Environmental Analysis: Yes, Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
12. Would the Project cause light from exterior sources to be cast off-site or onto public lands? (TRPA 7c)
See discussions and analyses for Question 4 and Question 8, which concludes the level of impact is less than significant.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
970
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 45
Required Mitigation: None.
13. Would the Project create new sources of glare through the siting of the improvements or through the use of reflective materials? (TRPA 7d)
See discussion and analysis for Question 4, which concludes the level of impact is less than significant.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
971
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 46
5.4.4 Agriculture and Forestry Resources
This section presents the analyses for potential impacts to agriculture and forestry resources. Some TRPA checklist items concern impacts to vegetation, which are addressed in Section 5.4.6, Biological Resources.
Table 7 identifies the applicable impacts, anticipated level of impact, and whether mitigation measures are required to reduce impacts to a less than significant level.
Table 7: Agriculture and Forestry Resources
CEQA Environmental
Checklist Item
Potentially
Significant
Impact
Less Than
Significant
with
Mitigation
Measures
Less Than
Significant
Impact
No Impact
14. Convert Prime Farmland,
Unique Farmland, or Farmland
of Statewide Importance, as
shown on the maps prepared
pursuant to the Farmland
Mapping and Monitoring
Program of the CA Resources
Agency, to a non-agricultural
use? (CEQA IIa)
X
15. Conflict with existing zoning
for agricultural use, or a
Williamson Act contract?
(CEQA IIb)
X
16. Conflict with existing zoning
for, or cause rezoning of, forest
land (as defined in Public
Resource Code section
12220(g), timberland (as
defined by Public Resource
Code section 4526) or
timberland zoned Timberland
Production (as defined by
Government Code section
51104(g))? (CEQA IIc)
X
17. Result in the loss of forest land
or conversion of forest land to
non-forest use? (CEQA IId)
X
18. Involve other changes in the
existing environment which,
due to their location or nature,
could result in conversion of
Farmland, to non-agricultural
use or conversion of forest
land to non-forest use? (CEQA
IIe)
X
972
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 47
14. Would the Project convert Prime Farmland, Unique Farmland, or Farmland of Statewide Importance (Farmland), as shown on the maps prepared pursuant to the Farmland Mapping and Monitoring Program of the California Resources Agency, to a non-agricultural use? (CEQA IIa) The Tourist Core Area Plan primarily consist of already developed land and is not located in an area identified as Prime Farmland, Unique Farmland, or Farmland of Statewide Importance (Farmland), as shown on the maps prepared pursuant to the Farmland Mapping and Monitoring Program of the California Resources Agency, and therefore poses no impact to such lands.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
15. Would the Project conflict with existing zoning for agricultural use, or a Williamson Act contract? (CEQA IIb)
The Tourist Core Area Plan creates no conflicts with zoning for agricultural use or a Williamson Act contract because no contracts exist within the project area.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
16. Would the Project conflict with existing zoning for, or cause rezoning of, forest land (as defined in Public Resource Code section 12220(g), timberland (as defined by Public Resource Code section 4526) or timberland zoned Timberland Production (as defined by Government Code section 51104(g))? (CEQA IIc)
The Tourist Core Area Plan conflicts with no zoning of and causes no rezoning of forest land, timberland or timberland zoned Timberland Production.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
17. Would the Project result in the loss of forest land or conversion of forest land to non-forest use? (CEQA IId)
The loss of substantial forest land, defined above for Question 16, or conversion of forest land to non-forest use creates a significant if appropriate permits are not obtained.
See discussion and analysis for Question 16 which concludes no impacts to forest land are anticipated with implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact
Required Mitigation: None.
18. Would the Project involve other changes in the existing environment which, due to their location or nature, could result in conversion of Farmland, to non-agricultural use or conversion of forest land to non-forest use? (CEQA IIe)
973
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 48
See discussions and analyses for Questions 15, 16 and 17, which conclude no impacts to farmland and less than significant impacts to forest land after mitigation.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
974
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 49
5.4.5 Air Quality
This section presents the analyses for potential impacts to air quality. Table 8 identifies the applicable impacts, anticipated level of impact, and whether mitigation measures are required to reduce impacts to a less than significant level.
Table 8: Air Quality
CEQA Environmental
Checklist Item
Potentially
Significant
Impact
Less Than
Significant
with
Mitigation
Measures
Less Than
Significant
Impact
No Impact
19. Conflict with or obstruct
implementation of the
applicable air quality plan?
(CEQA IIIa)
X
20. Violate any air quality
standards or contribute
substantially to an existing or
projected air quality
violation? (CEQA IIIb)
X
21. Result in a cumulatively
considerable net increase of
any criteria pollutant for
which the project region is
non-attainment under
applicable federal or state
ambient air quality standard
(including releasing
emissions which exceed
quantitative thresholds for
ozone precursors? (CEQA
IIIc)
X
22. Expose sensitive receptors to
substantial pollutant
concentrations? (CEQA IIId)
X
23. Create objectionable odors
affecting a substantial number
of people? (CEQA IIIe)
X
TRPA Initial Environmental
Checklist Item Yes No, With Mitigation
Data
Insufficient No
24. Substantial air pollutant
emissions? (TRPA 2a) X
25. Deterioration of ambient
(existing) air quality? (TRPA
2b)
X
26. Creation of objectionable
odors? (TRPA 2c) X
975
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 50
27. Alteration of air movement,
moisture or temperature, or
any change in climate, either
locally or regionally? (TRPA
2d)
X
28. Increased use of diesel fuel?
(TRPA 2e) X, LTS
19. Would the Project conflict with or obstruct implementation of the applicable air quality plan? (CEQA IIIa)
The Tourist Core Area Plan would not alter, revise, conflict or obstruct the regulations pertaining to air quality. Consistent with existing conditions, subsequent projects that could occur under the Tourist Core Area Plan would be subject to subsequent environmental review and permitting, and would be required to comply with Chapter 65 of the TRPA Code. Chapter 65 includes provisions that apply to direct sources of air pollution in the Tahoe region, including certain motor vehicles registered in the region, combustion heaters installed in the region, open burning, stationary sources of air pollution, and idling combustion engines.
TRPA’s 2020 Linking Tahoe: Regional Transportation Plan & Sustainable Communities Strategy (RTP) includes an analysis of its conformity with the California State Implementation Plan in to ensure that the RTP remains consistent with State and local air quality planning efforts to achieve and/or maintain the NAAQS.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
20. Would the Project violate any air quality standards or contribute substantially to an existing or projected air quality violation? (CEQA IIIb)
The Tourist Core Area Plan would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to air quality. Consistent with existing conditions, subsequent projects that could occur under the Tourist Core Area Plan would be subject to subsequent environmental review and permitting, and would be required to comply with Chapter 65 of the TRPA Code. Chapter 65 includes provisions that apply to direct sources of air pollution in the Tahoe region, including certain motor vehicles registered in the region, combustion heaters installed in the region, open burning, stationary sources of air pollution, and idling combustion engines.
The Lake Tahoe Air Basin is in attainment or designated unclassified for all national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS) and is designated a nonattainment area for the ozone and PM10 California ambient air quality standards (CAAQS). Implementation of subsequent projects under the Tourist Core Area Plan has the potential to produce substantial air pollutant emissions during project construction and operation, as discussed below.
Short-Term Construction Emissions
Subsequent development and redevelopment projects that could occur under the Tourist Core Area Plan would involve construction and construction emissions. Construction emissions are described as short-term or temporary in duration. ROG and NOx (ozone precursors) emissions are primarily associated with gas and diesel equipment exhaust and the application of architectural coatings. Fugitive dust emissions (PM10 976
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 51
and PM2.5) are primarily associated with site preparation and vary as a function of such parameters as soil silt content, soil moisture, wind speed, acreage or disturbance area, and vehicle travel by construction vehicles on- and off-site.
Although the details of projects are not know at this time, implementation of subsequent projects under the Tourist Core Area Plan would involve construction that would result in the temporary generation of ozone precursor and fugitive dust emissions from site preparation; off-road equipment, material import/export, worker commute exhaust emissions; paving; and other miscellaneous activities. Typical construction equipment associated with development and redevelopment projects includes dozers, graders, excavators, loaders, and trucks. Construction emissions associated with subsequent projects under the Tourist Core Area Plan have the potential to be substantial such that they could violate or contribute substantially to an existing or projected air quality violation, and/or expose sensitive receptors to substantial pollutant concentrations.
As part of mitigation from the City General Plan EIR (CSLT 2010, page 4.5-33), the City adopted Policy NCR-5.10 in the General Plan (CSLT 2011b, page NCR-9) to address short-term construction emissions.
Furthermore, the Area Plan also incorporated Policy NCR-5.1 to address short-term construction emissions (TCAP 2013, page 7-3), which include incorporating measures to reduce construction-generated emissions to the extent feasible on a project-specific basis. Such measures may include, but are not limited to, the following:
Implement measures recommended by the El Dorado County Air Quality Management District. Prohibit open burning of debris from site clearing unless involved with fuels reduction project; Restriction of idling of construction equipment and vehicles; Apply water to control dust as needed to prevent dust impacts offsite; Utilize low emission construction equipment and/or fuels and use existing power sources (e.g., power poles), wherever feasible.
Long-Term Operational Emissions
Subsequent development and redevelopment projects that could occur under the Tourist Core Area Plan could affect regional air quality and could create localized exposure to carbon monoxide (CO) emissions.
Consistent with the Regional Plan and the General Plan, the Area Plan seeks to accommodate the expected growth in in a way that improves traffic flow and mobility of residents and visitors to the Area Plan, and reduces localized traffic congestion and related CO concentrations. Based on the traffic analysis in the Regional Plan (TRPA 2012a, pages 3.4-22 through 3.4-26) and the General Plan (CSLT 2010, pages 4.5- 42 through 4.5-43), estimated mobile-source CO emissions associated with the Regional Plan and the General would not conflict with or obstruct regional CO maintenance efforts. Similarly, because the Tourist Core Area Plan expected growth and estimated mobile-source CO emission falls within that estimated for the General Plan and the Regional Plan, , it too would not impede CO maintenance efforts.
With respect to localized CO impacts, the Transportation Project-Level Carbon Monoxide Protocol (Garza et al. 1997) states that signalized intersections that operate at an unacceptable level of service (LOS) represent a potential for a CO violation, also known as a “hot spot.” Thus, an analysis of CO concentrations is typically recommended for receptors located near signalized intersections that are projected to operate at LOS E or F. According to the traffic analysis prepared for the RPU EIS, signalized intersections in the 977
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 52
Basin under the Regional Plan, including those within the Tourist Core Area Plan, measured in 2035 would operate at an acceptable LOS (i.e., LOS D or better) (TRPA 2012a, page 3.4-37). According to the traffic analysis prepared for the GP EIR, signalized intersections within the City limits under the General Plan, including those within the Tourist Core measured in 2030 would operate at an acceptable LOS of D or better. One intersection (US Highway 50/Pioneer Trail) was found to have a forecast LOS of E; however, detailed evaluation of the change in traffic activity by hour indicates that LOS E conditions would not exceed 4 hours per day and thus the LOS standard would be achieved (CSLT 2010, page 4.4-31 through
4.4-32).
Because the Tourist Core Area Plan seeks to implement and is within the scope of what was envisioned in the General Plan and the Regional Plan, it too would not cause signalized intersections to operate at unacceptable levels. Therefore, traffic volumes would not be heavy enough to result in a CO “hot spot”.
For this reason, and based on the fact that CO emission factors would be reduced substantially (due to increasingly cleaner fuels and vehicles) over the planning period, the Tourist Core Area Plan would not result in congestion at intersections that would result in a violation of a CO air quality standard, contribute substantially to an existing or projected air quality violation, or expose sensitive receptors to substantial pollutant concentrations.
With respect to other regional criteria air pollutants (ozone precursors, PM10, and PM2.5), consistent with the Regional Plan, subsequent projects that may occur under the Tourist Core Area Plan may include development and redevelopment projects that could generate long-term operational emissions, including mobile and area source emissions.
Based on the results of the emissions modeling conducted in support of the RPU EIS and RTP EIR/EIS and subsequent 2020 IS/IEC, emissions of ozone precursors and CO would be expected to decrease substantially by 2035. This can be explained by the fact that vehicle emissions standards would be improved substantially over the next 20 years, and limited development could occur within the Tahoe Basin. Any additional population growth and associated increase in operational ozone precursor emissions in the Basin would be more than offset by more stringent vehicle emissions standards, fuel economy standards, and truck and bus emission rules, over the planning period (TRPA 2012a, page 3.4-33).
Emissions of PM10 and PM2.5 were projected to increase slightly by 2035 (approximately 4 tons per year (TPY) or 21 lb/day and 3 TPY or 14 lb/day, respectively). However, Section 65.1.4 of the TRPA Code requires that only wood stoves that meet EPA emissions standards would be installed and would allow air quality mitigation fees to be used for regional projects, which could include incentives to remove nonconforming stoves. These proposed changes would be expected to continue the existing trend of decreasing PM emissions in the Region over the planning period.
Because the Tourist Core Area Plan buildout is required to be consistent with the Regional Plan, implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan would also be expected to result in a substantial long-term reduction in emissions of ozone precursors and CO. Because the increase in emissions of PM associated with build-out of the entire Regional Plan would be below the project-level increment considered significant by TRPA (82 lb/day), the Tourist Core Area Plan would not be anticipated to lead to nonattainment of national standards.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
21. Would the Project result in a cumulatively considerable net increase of any criteria pollutant for which the project region is non-attainment under applicable federal or state ambient air quality 978
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 53
standard (including releasing emissions which exceed quantitative thresholds for ozone precursors)? (CEQA IIIc)
The Region is in attainment for ozone and non-attainment for and PM10, as presented in Table 9. A significant cumulative impact results if the Project causes an increase in PM10 and Ozone.
Table 9: Federal and State Attainment Status for the Lake Tahoe Air Basin Pollutant State Status Federal Status
8-Hour Ozone Nonattainment Unclassified/Attainment
PM10 Nonattainment Unclassified
PM2.5 Attainment Unclassified/Attainment
CO Attainment Unclassified/Attainment
Source: EPA 2024; CARB 2024
In the Lake Tahoe Region, these pollutants relate to automobile use and potential impacts measured with VMT calculations. No single project is sufficient in size to, by itself; result in nonattainment of ambient air quality standards. Instead, a project’s individual emissions contribute to existing cumulatively significant adverse air quality impacts.
With respect to ozone precursors and PM10, consistent with the Regional Plan, subsequent projects that may occur under the Tourist Core Area Plan may include development and redevelopment projects that could generate long-term operational emissions, including mobile and area source emissions.
Based on the results of the emissions modeling conducted in support of the RPU EIS and RTP EIR/EIS and subsequent 2020 IS/IEC, emissions of ozone precursors in the Basin would be expected to decrease substantially by 2035. This can be explained by the fact that vehicle emissions standards would be improved substantially over the next 20 years, and limited development could occur within the Tahoe Basin. Any additional population growth and associated increase in operational ozone precursor emissions in the Basin would be more than offset by more stringent vehicle emissions standards, fuel economy standards, and truck and bus emission rules, over the planning period (TRPA 2012a, page 3.4-33 and TMPO 2012, page
3.4-331 ).
Emissions of PM10 and PM2.5 was projected to increase slightly by 2035 (approximately 4 tons per year (TPY) or 21 lb/day). However, Section 65.1.4 of the TRPA Code requires that only wood stoves that meet EPA emissions standards would be installed and would allow air quality mitigation fees to be used for regional projects, which could include incentives to remove non-conforming stoves. Furthermore, the City General Plan Policy NCR-5.11 requires that all feasible El Dorado County Air Quality Municipal District (EDCAQMD) recommended measures to reduce operational emissions of criteria pollutants be incorporated into project design and that all projects demonstrate compliance with TRPA’s air quality mitigation program at the time of project consideration. These proposed changes would be expected to continue the existing trend of decreasing PM emissions in the Region over the planning period.
Because the Tourist Core Area Plan is required to be consistent with the Regional Plan, implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan would also be expected to result in a substantial long-term reduction in emissions of ozone precursors. Because the increase in emissions of PM associated with build-out of the entire Tourist Core would be below the project-level increment considered significant by TRPA (82 lb/day), the Tourist Core Area Plan would not be anticipated to lead to nonattainment of national standards. 979
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 54
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
22. Would the Project expose sensitive receptors to substantial pollutant concentrations? (CEQA IIId)
Typical sensitive receptors include residences, hospitals, and schools. Although no schools or hospitals are located within the Tourist Core Area Plan it is surrounded on the south and the north by residential neighborhoods.
Short-Term Construction Emissions
Subsequent development and redevelopment projects that could occur under the Tourist Core Area Plan would involve construction and construction emissions. Construction emissions are described as short-term or temporary in duration. ROG and NOx (ozone precursors) emissions are primarily associated with gas and diesel equipment exhaust and the application of architectural coatings. Fugitive dust emissions (PM10 and PM2.5) are primarily associated with site preparation and vary as a function of such parameters as soil silt content, soil moisture, wind speed, acreage or disturbance area, and vehicle travel by construction vehicles on- and off-site.
Although the details of projects are not know at this time, implementation of subsequent projects under the Tourist Core Area Plan would involve construction that would result in the temporary generation of ozone precursor and fugitive dust emissions from site preparation; off-road equipment, material import/export, worker commute exhaust emissions; paving; and other miscellaneous activities. Typical construction equipment associated with development and redevelopment projects includes dozers, graders, excavators, loaders, and trucks. Construction emissions associated with subsequent projects under the Tourist Core Area Plan have the potential to be substantial such that they could violate or contribute substantially to an existing or projected air quality violation, and expose sensitive receptors to substantial pollutant concentrations.
As part of mitigation from the City General Plan EIR (CSLT 2010, page 4.5-33), the City adopted Policy NCR-5.10 in the General Plan (CSLT 2011b, page NCR-9) to address short-term construction emissions.
Furthermore, the Area Plan also incorporated Policy NCR-5.1to address short-term construction emissions (TCAP 2013, page 7-3), which include incorporating measures to reduce construction-generated emissions to the extent feasible on a project-specific basis. Such measures may include, but are not limited to, the following:
Implement measures recommended by the El Dorado County Air Quality Management District. Prohibit open burning of debris from site clearing unless involved with fuels reduction project; Restriction of idling of construction equipment and vehicles; Apply water to control dust as needed to prevent dust impacts offsite; Utilize low emission construction equipment and/or fuels and use existing power sources (e.g., power poles), wherever feasible.
Long-Term Operational Emissions
980
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 55
Subsequent development and redevelopment projects that could occur under the Tourist Core Area Plan could affect regional air quality and could create localized exposure to carbon monoxide (CO) emissions.
Consistent with the Regional Plan and the General Plan, the Area Plan seeks to accommodate the expected growth in a way that improves traffic flow and mobility of residents and visitors to the Tourist Core, and reduces regional and localized traffic congestion and related CO concentrations. Based on the analysis in the Regional Plan (TRPA 2012a, pages 3.4-22 through 3.4-26) and the General Plan EIR (CSLT 2010, pages 4.5-42 through 4.5-43), estimated mobile-source CO emissions associated with the Regional Plan would not conflict with or obstruct regional CO maintenance efforts. Similarly, because the Tourist Core Area Plan expected growth and estimated mobile-source CO emissions falls within that estimated for the General Plan and the Regional Plan, it too would not impede CO maintenance efforts.
With respect to localized CO impacts, the Transportation Project-Level Carbon Monoxide Protocol (Garza et al. 1997) states that signalized intersections that operate at an unacceptable level of service (LOS) represent a potential for a CO violation, also known as a “hot spot.” Thus, an analysis of CO concentrations is typically recommended for receptors located near signalized intersections that are projected to operate at LOS E or F. According to the traffic analysis prepared for the RPU EIS, signalized intersections in the Basin under the Regional Plan, including those within the Tourist Core Area Plan, measured in 2035 would operate at an acceptable LOS (i.e., LOS D or better) (TRPA 2012a, page 3.4-37). According to the traffic analysis prepared for the GP EIR, signalized intersections within the City limits under the General Plan, including those within the Tourist Core Area Plan, would operate at an acceptable LOS of D or better in 2030. One intersection (US Highway 50/Pioneer Trail) was found to have a forecast LOS of E; however, detailed evaluation of the change in traffic activity by hour indicates that LOS E conditions would not exceed 4 hours per day and thus the LOS standard would be achieved (CSLT 2010, page 4.4-31 through
4.4-32). Because the Tourist Core Area Plan seeks to implement and is within the scope of what was envisioned in the General Plan and the Regional Plan, it too would not cause signalized intersections to operate at unacceptable levels. Therefore, traffic volumes would not be heavy enough to result in a CO “hot spot”. For this reason, and based on the fact that CO emission factors would be reduced substantially (due to increasingly cleaner fuels and vehicles) over the planning period, the Tourist Core Area Plan would not result in congestion at intersections that would result in a violation of a CO air quality standard, contribute substantially to an existing or projected air quality violation, and expose sensitive receptors to substantial pollutant concentrations.
With respect to other regional criteria air pollutants (ozone precursors, PM10, and PM2.5), consistent with the Regional Plan, subsequent projects that may occur under the Tourist Core Area Plan may include development and redevelopment projects that could generate long-term operational emissions, including mobile and area source emissions.
Based on the results of the emissions modeling conducted in support of the RPU EIS and the RTP EIR/EIS, emissions of ozone precursors, and CO in the Basin would be expected to decrease substantially by 2035.
This can be explained by the fact that vehicle emissions standards would be improved substantially over the next 20 years, and limited development could occur within the Tahoe Basin. Any additional population growth and associated increase in operational ozone precursor emissions in the Basin would be more than offset by more stringent vehicle emissions standards, fuel economy standards, and truck and bus emission rules, over the planning period (TRPA 2012a, page 3.4-33 and TMPO 2012, page 3.4-331).
Emissions of PM10 and PM2.5were projected to increase slightly by 2035 (approximately 4 tons per year (TPY) or 21 lb/day and 3 TPY or 14 lb/day, respectively). However, Section 65.1.4 of the TRPA Code requires that only wood stoves that meet EPA emissions standards would be installed and would allow air quality mitigation fees to be used for regional projects, which could include incentives to remove nonconforming stoves. Furthermore, the City General Plan Policy NCR-5.11 requires that all feasible El 981
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 56
Dorado County Air Quality Municipal District (EDCAQMD) recommended measures to reduce operational emissions of criteria pollutants be incorporated into project design and that all projects demonstrate compliance with TRPA’s air quality mitigation program at the time of project consideration. These proposed changes would be expected to continue the existing trend of decreasing PM emissions in the Region over the planning period.
Because the adopted 2013 Tourist Core Area Plan, as proposed in the amendments is required to and will implement and is consistent with the Regional Plan, implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan would also be expected to result in a substantial long-term reduction in emissions of ozone precursors and CO.
Because the increase in emissions of PM associated with build-out of the entire Tourist Core Area Plan would be below the project-level increment considered significant by TRPA (82 lb/day), the Tourist Core Area Plan is not anticipated to expose sensitive receptors to substantial pollutant concentrations.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
23. Would the Project create objectionable odors affecting a substantial number of people? (CEQA IIIe)
The occurrence and severity of odor effects depend on the nature, frequency, and intensity of the odor source, wind speed and direction, and the presence of sensitive receptors. Offensive odors rarely cause physical harm, but odors can be unpleasant and generate citizen complaints to regulatory agencies and local governments. Typical sensitive receptors include residences, hospitals, and schools. There are no hospitals or schools located within the Tourist Core; however, residences can be found within the boundary of the Area Plan and located in adjacent neighborhoods.
As a general matter, the types of land use development that pose potential odor problems include wastewater treatment plants, refineries, landfills, composting facilities and transfer stations. No such uses occupy the project area. The proposed uses in the Area Plan as listed in Appendix C of the Tourist Core Area Plan, are not characteristic of the types of uses that would result in the development of a major source of objectionable odor..
In the short-term, odor impacts occur from the use of diesel engines and asphalt concrete paving during construction. As stated in the discussion of short-term impacts to sensitive receptors under Question 22 above, these odors are both temporary and localized, affecting only the area immediately adjacent to the active construction area. Diesel exhaust emissions and asphalt concrete paving odors dissipate rapidly away from the source and cease upon completion of construction activities and would be addressed by the Chapter 65 of the TRPA Code idling restrictions and General Plan Policy NCR-5.10 and Tourist Core Area Plan Policy NCR-5. Thus, the implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan does not result in substantial direct or indirect exposure of sensitive receptors to offensive odors.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
24. Would the Project result in substantial air pollutant emissions? (TRPA 2a) This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the TRPA Regional Plan Update, and therefore the analysis is tiered from and consistent with the RPU EIS. The Tourist Core Area Plan would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to air quality. Consistent with existing conditions, subsequent projects that 982
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 57
could occur under the Tourist Core Area Plan would be subject to subsequent environmental review and permitting, and would be required to comply with Chapter 65 of the TRPA Code. Chapter 65 includes provisions that apply to direct sources of air pollution in the Tahoe region, including certain motor vehicles registered in the region, combustion heaters installed in the region, open burning, stationary sources of air pollution, and idling combustion engines.
The Lake Tahoe Air Basin is in attainment or designated unclassified for all national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS) and is designated a nonattainment area for the ozone and PM10 California ambient air quality standards (CAAQS). Because the Tourist Core Area Plan incorporates measures similar to TRPA’s Mitigation Measure 3.4-2 to reduce emissions to the extent feasible, subsequent projects under the Tourist Core Area Plan would not result in substantial air pollutant emissions during project construction and operation, as discussed below.
See also analyses for Questions 20 through 22 which concludes a less than significant impact.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact
Required Mitigation: None.
25. Would the Project result in deterioration of ambient (existing) air quality? (TRPA 2b) See analyses for Questions 20 and 21 which concludes a less than significant impact and Questions 24, which concludes no impact to ambient air quality.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
26. Would the Project result in creation of objectionable odors? (TRPA 2c) See discussion and analysis for Question 23, which addresses the creation of objectionable odors and concludes a less than significant odor impact to short-term and long-term effects to sensitive receptors.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
27. Would the Project result in alteration of air movement, moisture or temperature, or any change in climate, either locally or regionally? (TRPA 2d) This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the TRPA Regional Plan Update, and therefore the analysis is tiered from and consistent with the RPU EIS. During review of the adopted 2012 RPU and 2013 Tourist Core Area Plan buildout assumptions for increased development, redevelopment, and construction activity that would result in an increase in overall greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, TRPA concluded that this impact was cumulatively significant, mitigated to the extent feasible, and otherwise unavoidable.
Changes proposed in the current Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would increase available residential densities and maximum building heights in the TSC-MU District to encourage residential redevelopment but would not result in any changes to the existing TRPA growth management system that caps total development under the RPU.
983
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 58
Implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would result in some level of development and population growth anticipated during the plan horizon and would contribute some level of greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) to the regional output. Given that many of the sustainability- and conservation-oriented land use and transportation policies and strategies of the Regional Plan, General Plan and the Tourist Core Area Plan would reduce VMT, increase transit and non-motor vehicle travel, and allow or encourage redevelopment of older buildings that would improve energy efficiency, the combined influence of development and population growth planned for within and during the planning horizon of the Tourist Core Area Plan alone may only result in a less-than-significant increase in overall GHG emissions. However, when considered in combination with basin-wide GHG emission resulting from overall Regional Plan implementation this would be a cumulatively considerable contribution to global climate change as identified in the 2012 RPU EIS and described below (TRPA 2012a, page 3.5-15).
Construction-related emissions would primarily be associated with heavy-duty construction equipment and truck and vehicle exhaust associated with subsequent project development. Long-term operational sources of GHG emissions associated with subsequent projects under the Tourist Core Area Plan would include area sources (e.g., landscaping equipment, snow removal equipment, wood-burning appliances), mobile sources (e.g., vehicle exhaust), energy consumption (e.g., electricity and natural gas), solid waste (e.g., emissions that would occur at a landfill associated with solid waste decomposition), and water consumption (e.g., electricity used to deliver and treat water to serve the Region).
Based on the comparison of GHG emissions estimates conducted for the Regional Plan under existing and build-out conditions, the Regional Plan would increase overall GHG emissions in the Basin. The net increase in GHG emissions associated with Regional Plan implementation was considered substantial, and the resultant substantial long-term increase in GHG emissions was determined to make a cumulatively considerable contribution to global climate change in the RPU EIS. Because the Tourist Core Area Plan will implement and is consistent with the Regional Plan, it too would contribute cumulatively to climate change.
As required under RPU EIS mitigation, TRPA’s GHG Emissions Reduction Policy will require implementation of measures for the reduction of GHG emissions generated by demolition and construction activity in the Region and by ongoing building and property operations. Such measures include, but are not limited to, the following:
For construction-related GHG emissions:
Limit equipment idling time to a maximum of five minutes; Recycle or reuse construction waste and demolition material to the maximum extent feasible; Use electrified or alternative-fueled construction equipment to the maximum extent feasible; and Use local and sustainable building materials to the extent possible.
For operation-related GHG emissions:
Use on-site renewable energy, such as photovoltaic systems; Exceed building code standards for energy efficiency; Install energy efficient appliances and equipment in new buildings; Retrofit existing buildings to exceed energy efficiency building code standards; Construct new development to allow for electric lawn maintenance and snow removal equipment compatibility;
Require minimum passive solar design standards in new buildings; Expand recycling opportunities and increase recycling infrastructure, including food waste diversion into a composting process; and
984
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 59
Implement water conservation standards in new development.
In addition to the measures described above in the RPU EIS, the Area Plan incorporates General Plan Policy NCR-5.10 (CSLT 2011b, page NCR-9) in Policy NCR-5.1 of the Area Plan to address short-term construction emissions (TCAP 2013, page 7-3), which include incorporating measures to reduce construction-related GHG emissions to the extent feasible on a project-specific basis. Such measures may include, but are not limited to, the following:
Implement measures recommended by the El Dorado County Air Quality Management District. Prohibit open burning of debris from site clearing unless involved with fuels reduction project; Restriction of idling of construction equipment and vehicles; Apply water to control dust as needed to prevent dust impacts offsite; Utilize low emission construction equipment and/or fuels and use existing power sources (e.g., power poles), wherever feasible.
For operational-related GHG emission the implementation of relevant policies form the General Plan are also anticipated to reduce GHG emission. These policies include:
Decreasing reliance on non-renewable energy source
Developing a comprehensive strategy to reduce GHG emission Provide credits and incentives for “Green Buildings”
Use emission-reduction technology in building components and design Use of photovoltaic systems
Promote rehabilitation of the housing stock to achieve greater energy efficiency Use “EPA Energy Star” certified appliance for new private and public facilities In October 2020, the City adopted a Climate Action Plan (CAP) to both reduce GHG emissions from activities within the City and help the community to adapt to climate change and improve its resilience over the long term. In addition to reducing emissions, the CAP will provide numerous co-benefits and improve the livability of the City. The CAP Executive Summary (Table ES-1) summarizes numerous actions that will implement many of the recommendations from the RPU mitigation programs and City General Plan policy. Through the implementation of the 2020 CAP, along with participation from public agencies, businesses, and individuals, the City will be able to make significant progress towards its 2030 and 2040 GHG reduction targets, increase the City’s resilience to impacts of climate change, and, in the process, help reduce the impact of RPU and the Tourist Core Area Plan buildout.
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments will help implement measures outlined above to replace old inefficient buildings with modern energy efficient and greener development, encourage higher density residential development closer to services and transit to reduce vehicle trips, and reduce the reliance on the private automobile to reduce average annual VMT per capita.
Environmental Analysis: Because implementation of the Regional Plan (i.e., cumulative condition) will result in significant and unavoidable impacts to GHG emissions and TRPA has already found that other social, environmental an economic factors overrode those impact, no further analysis is required for the Tourist Core Area Plan since its impacts are consistent with those identified in the RPU EIS.
Required Mitigation: No Further Mitigation is Required.
28. Would the Project result in increased use of diesel fuel? (TRPA 2e) 985
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 60
This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the TRPA Regional Plan Update, and therefore this analysis is tiered from and consistent with the RPU EIS.
Construction associated with subsequent projects under the Tourist Core Area Plan would require the use of diesel fuel for the operation of construction equipment. Certain specific projects that involve on-going truck deliveries or motorized vehicle use (such as snowmobile courses) as part of their operations could also increase gasoline and diesel fuel consumption relative to existing conditions.
From an air quality perspective, one of the primary concerns related to diesel fuel consumption is the resultant exposure of sensitive receptors to emissions of toxic air contaminants (TACs) that can occur during both the construction and operational phases of a project.
The construction of subsequent projects under the Tourist Core Area Plan could result in short-term diesel exhaust emissions, including diesel particulate matter (PM), from the use of off-road diesel equipment required for site grading and excavation, paving, and other construction activities. Diesel PM was identified as a TAC in 1998. The potential cancer risk from the inhalation of diesel PM is a more serious risk than the potential non-cancer health impacts (TRPA 2012a, page 3.4-39). Consistent with the findings in the RPU EIS, the proximity of heavy-duty diesel-fueled construction equipment to existing sensitive receptors within or adjacent to the Tourist Core Area Plan during construction activities resulting from implementation of the Tourist Core Area may result in exposure of sensitive receptors to TACs.
As part of mitigation from the RPU EIS, TRPA commited to implementing Best Construction Practices Policy for TAC Emissions During Construction, which includes measures to reduce exposure to construction-related TAC emissions to the extent feasible. Such measures may include, but are not limited to, the following:
Limit diesel-equipment idling time to five minutes maximum; Equip heavy-duty construction equipment with diesel particulate traps; and Locate construction staging areas as far away as possible from on- and off-site receptors.
In addition to the measures described above in the RPU EIS, the Area Plan incorporates General Plan Policy NCR-5.10 (CSLT 2011b, page NCR-9) in Policy NCR-5.1 of the Area Plan to address short-term construction emissions (TCAP 2013, page 7-3), which includes measures to reduce construction-related GHG emissions to the extent feasible on a project-specific basis. Such measures may include, but are not limited to, the following:
Implement measures recommended by the El Dorado County Air Quality Management District. Prohibit open burning of debris from site clearing unless involved with fuels reduction project; Restriction of idling of construction equipment and vehicles; Apply water to control dust as needed to prevent dust impacts offsite; Utilize low emission construction equipment and/or fuels and use existing power sources (e.g., power poles), wherever feasible.
As part of a Mitigation Measure 4.5.5 from the GP EIR (CSLT 2010, page 4.5-47) the City also adopted Land Use Policy LU-8.18 (CSLT 2011b, page LU-19) to reduce exposure of TACs by requiring that all new or relocated discretionary development that would be a source of TACs near residences or sensitive receptors to either provide an adequate buffer, or filters, or other equipment, or incorporate mitigation measures to reduce potential exposure to acceptable levels.
Therefore, because measured identified in the RPU EIS and GP EIR that would reduce construction-related TAC emission to the extent feasible have been incorporated into the Tourist Core Area Plan, subsequent 986
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 61
projects under the Tourist Core Area Plan involving the use of heavy-duty diesel-fueled construction equipment would not result in the exposure of sensitive receptors to TACs.
Finally, based on a review of the proposed permissible uses in the Tourist Core Area Plan, the Tourist Core Area Plan would not include the construction or operation of any major sources of TAC emissions such as power-generating plants or other heavy industrial uses. The land use strategy of the Tourist Core Area Plan, the City General Plan, as well as the Regional Plan, would include incentivizing development in the town and regional centers, which are located along the Basin’s main transportation corridors (US Highway 50).
The ARB recommends a minimum setback distance of 500 feet from urban roads with 100,000 vehicles per day or rural roads with 50,000 vehicles per day to minimize the health risk of sensitive receptors to mobile-source TACs (TRPA 2012a, page 3.4-39). US Highway 50 cannot accommodate more than 50,000 vehicles per day (TRPA 2012a, page 3.4-40).
Environmental Analysis: Yes, Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
987
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 62
5.4.6 Biological Resources (Stream Environment Zones, Wetlands, Wildlife and Vegetation)
This section presents the analyses for potential impacts to biological resources, including impacts to SEZs, wetlands, wildlife and vegetation. Table 10 identifies the applicable impacts, anticipated level of impact, and whether mitigation measures are required to reduce impacts to a less than significant level.
Table 10: Biological Resources
CEQA Environmental Checklist Item
Potentially
Significant
Impact
Less Than
Significant
with
Mitigation
Measures
Less Than
Significant
Impact
No
Impact
29. Have a substantial adverse effect, either
directly or through habitat modifications, on
any species identified as a candidate,
sensitive, or special status species in local or
regional plans, policies, or regulations, or by
the California Department of Fish and Game
or U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service? (CEQA
IVa)
X
30. Have a substantial adverse effect on any
riparian habitat or other sensitive natural
community identified in local or regional
plans, policies, regulations or by the
California Department of Fish and Game or
US Fish and Wildlife Service? (CEQA IVb)
X
31. Have a substantial adverse effect on federally
protected wetlands as defined by Section 404
of the Clean Water Act (including, but not
limited to, marsh, vernal pool, coastal, etc.)
through direct removal, filling, hydrological
interruption, or other means? (CEQA IVc)
X
32. Interfere substantially with the movement of
any native resident or migratory fish or
wildlife species or with established native
resident or migratory wildlife corridors, or
impede the use of native wildlife nursery
sites? (CEQA IVd)
X
33. Conflict with any local policies or ordinances
protecting biological resources, such as tree
preservation policy or ordinance? (CEQA
IVe)
X
34. Conflict with the provisions of an adopted
Habitat Conservation Plan, Natural
Community Conservation Plan, or other
approved local, regional, or state habitat
conservation plan? (CEQA IVf)
X
988
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 63
TRPA Initial Environmental Checklist Item Yes No, With
Mitigation
Data
Insufficient No
35. Removal of native vegetation in excess of the
area utilized for the actual development
permitted by the land capability/IPES
system? (TRPA 4a)
X
36. Removal of riparian vegetation or other
vegetation associated with critical wildlife
habitat, either through direct removal or
indirect lowering of the groundwater table?
(TRPA 4b)
X
37. Introduction of new vegetation that will
require excessive fertilizer or water, or will
provide a barrier to the normal replenishment
of existing species? (TRPA 4c)
X
38. Change in the diversity or distribution of
species, or number of any species of plants
(including trees, shrubs, grass, crops, micro
flora and aquatic plants)? (TRPA 4d)
X
39. Reduction of the numbers of any unique, rare
or endangered species of plants? (TRPA 4e) X
40. Removal of streambank and/or backshore
vegetation, including woody vegetation such
as willows? (TRPA 4f)
X
41. Removal of any native live, dead or dying
trees 30 inches or greater in diameter at
breast height (dbh) within TRPA’s
Conservation or Recreation land use
classifications? (TRPA 4g)
X
42. A change in the natural functioning of an old
growth ecosystem? (TRPA 4h) X
43. Change in the diversity or distribution of
species, or numbers of any species of animals
(birds, land animals including reptiles, fish
and shellfish, benthic organisms, insects,
mammals, amphibians or microfauna)?
(TRPA 5a)
X
44. Reduction of the number of any unique, rare
or endangered species of animals? (TRPA
5b)
X
45. Introduction of new species of animals into
an area, or result in a barrier to the migration
or movement of animals? (TRPA 5c)
X
46. Deterioration of existing fish or wildlife
habitat quantity or quality? (TRPA 5d) X
29. Would the Project have a substantial adverse effect, either directly or through habitat modifications, on any species identified as a candidate, sensitive, or special status species in local or regional plans, policies, or regulations, or by the California Department of Fish and Game or U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service? (CEQA IVa)
989
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 64
This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the City General Plan Update and therefore the analysis is tiered from and consistent with the GP EIR. .
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter or revise any regulations that adversely affect any species identified as a candidate, sensitive, or special status species in local or regional plans, policies, or regulations, or by the California Department of Fish and Game or U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.
Consistent with existing conditions, development or redevelopment projects associated with the Tourist Core Area Plan could affect unique, rare, or endangered species depending on the type, timing, and specific nature of proposed actions. However, any such projects would be subject to subsequent project-level environmental review and permitting at which time they would be required to demonstrate compliance with all federal, state, and TRPA regulations pertaining to the protection of animal species. (Section 62.4 of the TRPA Code). At a project-level, potential effects on animal species would be determined based on the species’ distribution and known occurrences relative to the project area, the presence of suitable habitat for the species in or near the project area, and preconstruction surveys. TRPA’s existing policies and Code provisions address potential impacts to special-status species through site-specific environmental review, development and implementation of project-specific measures to minimize or avoid impacts through the design process, and compensatory or other mitigation for any adverse effects on special-status species as a condition of project approval (Sections 61.3.6 and 62.4 of the TRPA Code). Project-level planning and environmental analysis would identify potentially significant effects, minimize or avoid those impacts through the design process, and require mitigation for any significant effects as a condition of project approval. Therefore, implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan would not result in the reduction in the number of any unique, rare, or endangered species of animals.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
30. Would the Project have a substantial adverse effect on any riparian habitat or other sensitive natural community identified in local or regional plans, policies, regulations or by the California Department of Fish and Game or US Fish and Wildlife Service? (CEQA IVb) This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the City General Plan Update and therefore the analysis is tiered from and consistent with the GP EIR..
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendents would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to existing fish or wildlife habitat quantity or quality or pertaining to resource protection measures for Stream Environmental Zones (SEZ) which encompasses riparian habitat. Consistent with existing conditions, development or redevelopment projects associated with the Tourist Core Area Plan could affect riparian habitat or other sensitive natural community depending on the type, timing, and specific nature of proposed actions. However, any such projects would be subject to subsequent project-level environmental review and permitting at which time they would be required to demonstrate compliance with all federal, state, and TRPA regulations pertaining to the protection of riparian areas. Section 61.3.3 of the TRPA Code includes provision for protecting SEZ vegetation, other common vegetation, uncommon vegetation, and sensitive plants species. Chapters 62 and 63 of the TRPA Code include provisions to protect and enhance fisheries and wildlife habitats. Project-level planning and environmental analysis would identify potentially significant effects, minimize or avoid those impacts through the design process, and require mitigation for any significant effects as a condition of project approval. Therefore, implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan would not result in the deterioration of riparian habitat or other sensitive natural community identified in local or regional plans, policies, and regulations or by the California Department of Fish and Game or US Fish and Wildlife Service
990
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 65
Moreover, previous restorations efforts within the boundaries of the Tourist Core Area Plan have restored
4.7 acres of SEZ. Proposed policies are incorporated in the Tourist Core Area Plan to promote the restoration of disturbed SEZs and the zoning map identified priority areas for coverage reduction and restoration.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
31. Would the Project have a substantial adverse effect on federally protected wetlands as defined by Section 404 of the Clean Water Act (including, but not limited to, marsh, vernal pool, coastal, etc.) through direct removal, filling, hydrological interruption, or other means? (CEQA IVc) The Stream Environment Zones located within the Tourist Core Area Plan do not meet the qualifications of federally protected wetlands. Consistent with existing conditions, development or redevelopment projects associated with the Tourist Core would be required to be in compliance with all provisions of the Resource Management and Protection regulations found in Chapters 60, 61 and 62 of the TRPA Code Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None
32. Would the Project interfere substantially with the movement of any native resident or migratory fish or wildlife species or with established native resident or migratory wildlife corridors, or impede the use of native wildlife nursery sites? (CEQA IVd) This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the City General Plan Update and therefore the analysis is tiered from and consistent with the GP EIR.
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to the migration or movement of animals. Consistent with existing conditions, development or redevelopment projects associated with the Tourist Core Area Plan could result in a barrier to the migration or movement of animals depending on the type, timing, and specific nature of proposed actions. However, any such projects would be subject to subsequent project-level environmental review and permitting at which time they would be required to demonstrate compliance with all federal, state, and TRPA regulations in Chapter 62 and 63 of the TRPA Code.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
33. Would the Project conflict with any local policies or ordinances protecting biological resources, such as tree preservation policy or ordinance? (CEQA IVe) This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the City General Plan Update and therefore the analysis is tiered from and consistent with the GP EIR..
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to the protection of biological resources such as tree preservation policy. Consistent with existing conditions, development or redevelopment projects associated with the Tourist Core Area Plan could result in removal of trees and vegetation depending on the type, timing, and specific nature of proposed actions. However, 991
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 66
any such projects would be subject to subsequent project-level environmental review and permitting at which time they would be required to demonstrate compliance with all federal, state, and TRPA regulations in Chapter 62 and 63 of the TRPA Code.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
34. Would the Project conflict with the provisions of an adopted Habitat Conservation Plan, Natural Community Conservation Plan, or other approved local, regional, or state habitat conservation plan? (CEQA IVf)
The Project does not conflict with the provisions of an adopted Habitat Conservation Plan, Natural Community Conservation Plan, or other approved local, regional, or state habitat conservation plan because no such plans exist for the project area.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
35. Would the Project result in removal of native vegetation in excess of the area utilized for the actual development permitted by the land capability/IPES system? (TRPA 4a) This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the TRPA Regional Plan Update, and therefore this analysis incorporates by reference the RPU EIS.
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to native vegetation protection during construction. Consistent with existing conditions, vegetation surrounding the construction site of any project permitted by the Tourist Core Area Plan would be required to comply Section 33.6, Vegetation Protection During Construction, of the TRPA Code. Protective requirements include installation of temporary construction fencing, standards for tree removal and tree protection, standards for soil and vegetation protection, and revegetation of disturbed areas. Additionally, the Citywide design standards and the proposed landscaping standards of the Tourist Core Area Plan requires the use of lawn and landscaping species listed in the TRPA-recommended and approved Native and Adapted Plants for the Tahoe Basin, with the exception of accent plantings.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
36. Would the Project result in removal of riparian vegetation other vegetation associated with critical wildlife habitat, either through direct removal or indirect lowering of the groundwater table? (TRPA 4b)
This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the TRPA Regional Plan Update, and therefore this analysis incorporates by reference the RPU EIS.
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to vegetation removal and groundwater management. Water supply within the Tourist Core Area Plan is primarily obtained from groundwater sources. Consistent with existing conditions, any project permitted through the Tourist Core Area would be required to meet TRPA requirements for water supply. TRPA regulations 992
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 67
prohibit the approval of any development requiring water unless there is adequate water supply within an existing water right (Section 32.4.1 of the TRPA Code). Additionally, Section 33.3.6 of the TRPA Code prohibits excavation that intercepts or interferes with groundwater except under specific circumstances and with prior approval by TRPA (Section 33.3.6.A.2). For these reasons, consistent with existing conditions, projects approved under the Tourist Core Area Plan would not directly or indirectly lower the groundwater table.
Further, consistent with existing conditions, vegetation removal associated with projects that could occur under the Tourist Core Area Plan with subsequent approval would be required to comply with existing TRPA, federal, and state regulations, permitting requirements, and environmental review procedures that protect habitat that supports riparian vegetation and critical wildlife. Specifically, riparian vegetation and wildlife habitat are protected by Sections 61.1.6 (Management Standards for Tree Removal), 61.3.3 (Protection of Stream Environment Zones), and 63.3 (Fish Habitat Protection), and Chapter 62 (Wildlife Resources) of the TRPA Code. For these reasons, development associated with the Tourist Core Area Plan is not expected to result in the removal of riparian or other vegetation associated with critical wildlife habitat.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
37. Would the Project result in introduction of new vegetation that will require excessive fertilizer or water, or will provide a barrier to the normal replenishment of existing species? (TRPA 4c)
This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the TRPA Regional Plan Update, and therefore this analysis incorporates by reference the RPU EIS.
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to new vegetation. Consistent with existing conditions, implementation of new development or redevelopment projects associated with the Tourist Core Area Plan would be required to comply with the TRPA Code provisions (e.g., Section 61.4, Revegetation) and Goals and Policies that prohibit the release of non-native species in the Tahoe Region. Generally, native species require less fertilizer and water than non-native species. In addition, the existing landscaping design standards of the Citywide designs standards require vegetation maintenance plans to provide the appropriate amount of water to support the long-term growth of landscape, using efficient watering methods which are proposed for incorporation in the Tourist Core Area Plan. Provisions for fertilizer management and preparation of fertilizer management plans that address the type, quantity, and frequency of use of fertilizers are included in Section 60.1.8 of the TRPA Code.
Projects associated with implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan would be subject to subsequent project-level environmental review and permitting, and at that time they would be required to demonstrate that any proposed new vegetation would not require excessive fertilizer or water, or provide a barrier to the normal replenishment of existing species.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
38. Would the Project result in change in the diversity or distribution of species, or number of any species of plants (including trees, shrubs, grass, crops, micro flora and aquatic plants)? (TRPA 4d)
993
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 68
See discussion and analyses in Questions 35 through 37, and 39 through 42.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
39. Would the Project result in reduction of the numbers of any unique, rare or endangered species of plants? (TRPA 4e)
This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the TRPA Regional Plan Update, and therefore this analysis incorporates by reference the RPU EIS.
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to unique, rare, or endangered species of plants. The natural resource protection provisions of Chapters 61 and 62 of the TRPA Code are still applicable to the Tourist Core Area Plan. Consistent with existing conditions, construction activities associated with implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan could affect specialstatus plant species and the presence of suitable habitat, depending on the type, timing, and specific nature of any proposed actions. All projects associated with the Tourist Core Area Plan would be subject to subsequent project-level environmental review and permitting. At a project-level, potential effects on plant species would be determined based on the species’ distribution and known occurrences relative to the project area, the presence of suitable habitat for the species in or near the project area, and preconstruction surveys. TRPA’s existing policies and Code provisions address potential impacts to special-status species through site-specific environmental review, require development and implementation of project-specific measures to minimize or avoid impacts through the design process, and require compensatory or other mitigation for any adverse effects on special-status species as a condition of project approval (Sections
61.3.6 and 62.4 of the TRPA Code). Project-level planning and environmental analysis would identify potentially significant effects, minimize or avoid those impacts through the design process, and require mitigation for any significant effects as a condition of project approval. Therefore, implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan would not result in the reduction in the number of any unique, rare, or endangered species of plants.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None
40. Would the Project result in removal of streambank and/or backshore vegetation, including woody vegetation such as willows? (TRPA 4f)
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to removal of streambank and backshore vegetation. See discussion and analysis for Question 36 above.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
41. Would the Project result in removal of any native live, dead or dying trees 30 inches or greater in diameter at breast height (dbh) within TRPA’s Conservation or Recreation land use classifications? (TRPA 4g)
This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the TRPA Regional Plan Update, and therefore this analysis incorporates by reference the RPU EIS.
994
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 69
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to tree removal. Forested areas within the Tourist Core Area Plan are within the area of the Tahoe Region that is defined as an “westside forest type”(Chapter 90 of the TRPA Code). Section 61.1.4 of the TRPA Code, which includes TRPA’s old growth enhancement and protection provisions, prohibits cutting any live dead, or dying tree larger than 30 inches diameter at breast height (dbh) in westside forest types on conservation and recreation lands or within SEZ areas, except under certain defined conditions. There are no lands within the Tourist Core Are Plan that has been classified by TRPA as either conservation or recreation. Tree removal in SEZ areas associated with any project within the Tourist Core Area Plan would also be subject to these limitations. Any projects allowed within the Tourist Core Area Plan would be subject to subsequent project-level environmental review and permitting by TRPA and/or the City. Consistent with existing conditions, permit applicants would be required to demonstrate that tree removal would be conducted in accordance with Chapter 61 of the TRPA Code, including those provisions related to the removal of trees 30 inches dbh or greater set forth to protect the natural function of old growth ecosystems on recreation and SEZ lands.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None
42. Would the Project result in a change in the natural functioning of an old growth ecosystem? (TRPA 4h)
See discussion and analysis for Question 41 above.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
43. Would the Project result in change in the diversity or distribution of species, or numbers of any species of animals (birds, land animals including reptiles, fish and shellfish, benthic organisms, insects, mammals, amphibians or microfauna)? (TRPA 5a)
This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the TRPA Regional Plan Update, and therefore this analysis incorporates by reference the RPU EIS.
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter the regulations pertaining to the protection of animal species. The resource management provisions contained in Chapters 60 through 68 of the TRPA Code are still applicable to the Tourist Core Area Plan. Any subsequent projects allowed within the Tourist Core Area Plan would be subject to subsequent project-level environmental review and permitting.
Consistent with existing conditions, permit applicants would be required to demonstrate that any proposals would occur consistent with TRPA Code provisions related to resource management, including specifically the provisions of Chapters 62 and 63 that address protection of wildlife and fish resources, respectively.
For these reasons, adoption of the Tourist Core Area Plan would not result in the change in the diversity or distribution of species, or numbers of any species or animals.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
44. Would the Project result in reduction of the number of any unique, rare or endangered species of animals? (TRPA 5b)
995
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 70
This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the TRPA Regional Plan Update, and therefore this analysis incorporates by reference the RPU EIS.
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to specialstatus or listed species of animals. Consistent with existing conditions, development or redevelopment projects associated with the Tourist Core Area Plan could affect unique, rare, or endangered species depending on the type, timing, and specific nature of proposed actions. However, any such projects would be subject to subsequent project-level environmental review and permitting at which time they would be required to demonstrate compliance with all federal, state, and TRPA regulations pertaining to the protection of animal species. The protections for rare and special-status species contained in Sections 61.3.6 and 62.4 of the TRPA Code are still applicable to the Tourist Core Area Plan. At a project-level, potential effects on animal species would be determined based on the species’ distribution and known occurrences relative to the project area, the presence of suitable habitat for the species in or near the project area, and preconstruction surveys. TRPA’s existing policies and Code provisions address potential impacts to special-status species through site-specific environmental review, require development and implementation of project-specific measures to minimize or avoid impacts through the design process, and require compensatory or other mitigation for any adverse effects on special-status species as a condition of project approval (Sections 61.3.6 and 62.4 of the TRPA Code). Project-level planning and environmental analysis would identify potentially significant effects, minimize or avoid those impacts through the design process, and require mitigation for any significant effects as a condition of project approval. Therefore, implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan would not result in the reduction in the number of any unique, rare, or endangered species of animals.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None
45. Would the Project result in introduction of new species of animals into an area, or result in a barrier to the migration or movement of animals? (TRPA 5c) This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the TRPA Regional Plan Update, and therefore this analysis incorporates by reference the RPU EIS.
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to the introduction of new species and barriers to the migration or movement of animals. The types of uses that would be permitted in the Tourist Core Area Plan are not of the nature that would be expected to introduce any new animal species into the area. Consistent with existing conditions, development or redevelopment projects associated with the Tourist Core Area Plan could result in a barrier to the migration or movement of animals depending on the type, timing, and specific nature of proposed actions. However, any such projects would be subject to subsequent project-level environmental review and permitting at which time they would be required to demonstrate compliance with all federal, state, and TRPA regulations pertaining to maintenance of migration routes and movement of animals. The protections for movement and migration corridors contained in Section 62.3.2 of the TRPA Code are applicable to the Tourist Core Area Plan.
Project-level planning and environmental analysis would identify potentially significant effects, minimize or avoid those impacts through the design process, and require mitigation for any significant effects as a condition of project approval. Therefore, implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan would not result in a barrier to the migration or movement of animals.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None
996
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 71
46. Would the Project result in deterioration of existing fish or wildlife habitat quantity or quality? (TRPA 5d)
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to existing fish or wildlife habitat quantity or quality. Consistent with existing conditions, development or redevelopment projects associated with the Tourist Core Area Plan could affect fish and wildlife depending on the type, timing, and specific nature of proposed actions. However, any such projects would be subject to subsequent project-level environmental review and permitting at which time they would be required to demonstrate compliance with all federal, state, and TRPA regulations pertaining to the protection of fish and wildlife contained in Chapters 62 and 63 of the TRPA Code. . Project-level planning and environmental analysis would identify potentially significant effects, minimize or avoid those impacts through the design process, and require mitigation for any significant effects as a condition of project approval. Therefore, implementation of the Tourist Core Area Plan would not result in the deterioration of existing fish or wildlife habitat quantity. Moreover, the Tourist Core Area Plan specifically identifies priority areas for SEZ restoration that would directly benefit water quality, scenic, recreation and habitat quantity and quality.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None
997
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 72
5.4.7 Cultural Resources (CEQA) and Archaeological/Historical (TRPA) This section presents the analyses for potential impacts to cultural, archaeological and historical resources, discussing the Project impacts on cultural resources related to the disturbance of archaeological, historical, architectural, and Native American/traditional heritage resources. The section also addresses disturbance of unknown archaeological resources, as well as paleontological resources (fossils). Table 11 identifies the applicable impacts, anticipated level of impact, and whether mitigation measures are required to reduce impacts to a less than significant level.
Table 11: Cultural Resources and Archaeological/Historical CEQA Environmental
Checklist Item
Potentially
Significant
Impact
Less Than
Significant
with
Mitigation
Measures
Less Than
Significant
Impact
No Impact
47. Cause a substantial adverse
change in the significance of
a historical resource as
defined in §15064.5? (CEQA
5a)
X
48. Cause a substantial adverse
change in the significance of
an archaeological resource
pursuant to §15064.5?
(CEQA 5b)
X
49. Directly or indirectly destroy
a unique paleontological
resource or site or unique
geologic feature? (CEQA 5c)
X
50. Disturb any human remains,
including those interred
outside of formal cemeteries?
(CEQA 5d)
X
TRPA Initial Environmental
Checklist Item Yes No, With Mitigation
Data
Insufficient No
51. Will the proposal result in an
alteration of or adverse
physical or aesthetic effect to
a significant archaeological or
historical site, structure,
object or building? (TRPA
20a)
X
52. Is the proposed project
located on a property with
any known cultural,
historical, and/or
archaeological resources,
including resources on TRPA
X, LTS
998
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 73
or other regulatory official
maps or records? (TRPA 20b)
53. Is the property associated
with any historically
significant events and/or sites
or persons? (TRPA 20c)
X, LTS
54. Does the proposal have the
potential to cause a physical
change which would affect
unique ethnic cultural values?
(TRPA 20d)
X
55. Will the proposal restrict
historic or pre-historic
religious or sacred uses
within the potential impact
area? (TRPA 20e)
X
47. Would the Project cause a substantial adverse change in the significance of a historical resource as defined in §15064.5? (CEQA 5a)
This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the City General Plan Update and therefore the analysis is tiered from and consistent with the GP EIR.
Portions of the area plan boundary have been subject to archaeological survey during the preparation of the Stateline/Ski Run Community Plan, South Shore Redevelopment Plan EIR/EIS, and during review of development projects. The archival review of the State Office of Historic Preservation’s California Historical Resources database and field surveys resulted in no evidence of intact, potentially significant prehistoric, archaeological or Washoe cultural sites as defined in §15064.5 within the Tourist Core Area Plan. However, several historic sites of local interest are known to occur in the planning area based on previous studies and information obtained. The Lapham Hotel (later Lakeside House or Lakeside Park) was situated at the present day intersection of Pioneer Trail and US Highway 50 (Koval, 1990). Modern development in the area has in all likelihood destroyed any archaeological evidence that might have remained. The McCombers Station was situated near the intersection of Pioneer Trail and Ski Run Boulevard; however, subsequent surveys during project review for the City of South Lake Tahoe Fire Station #1 and the Aspens at South Lake Affordable Housing project did not turn up any intact archaeological evidence of the site.
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would accommodate development, which could occur on properties that may include historical or archaeological resources; associated with historically significant events or individuals; or result in adverse physical or aesthetic effects to a significant historical or archaeological site, structure, object, or building from California’s history and cultural heritage.
Additionally, development permitted within the Tourist Core Area Plan could result in physical changes that would affect unique ethnic cultural values or restrict historic or prehistoric religious or sacred uses.
However, federal and state regulations, the TRPA Code (Chapter 67) and General Plan Policies (CSLT 2010, pages NCR-6 trough NCR-7) address protection of these resources and provide processes to avoid or minimize impacts to historic and archaeological resources. Because any development associated with the Tourist Core Area Plan would be required to comply with federal and state regulations, TRPA Code and General Plan policies, during project specific review, it would not alter or adversely affect archeological or historical resources.
999
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 74
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None
48. Would the Project cause a substantial adverse change in the significance of an archaeological resource pursuant to §15064.5? (CEQA 5b)
See discussion and analysis for Question 47 above.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None
49. Would the Project directly or indirectly destroy a unique paleontological resource or site or unique geologic feature? (CEQA 5c)
This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the City General Plan Update and therefore the analysis is tiered from and consistent with the GP EIR.
A search of the University of California Museum of Paleontology collections database identified 22 paleontological resource finds in El Dorado County. However, none were identified in the City of South Lake Tahoe (CSLT 2010, page 4.10-8). However, it is possible that significant paleontological resources may be located in the City. To ensure the protection of paleontological resources that may be discovered during site disturbance and subsequent foundation construction, the City adopted General Plan Policy NCR4.4 requires a paleontological resource evaluation be prepared and measures to mitigate impacts to paleontological resources be identified when fossils are discovered during ground-disturbing activities (CSLT 2011b, page NCR-7).
In addition, federal and state regulations, and TRPA Code (Chapter 67) address protection of paleontological resources and provide processes to avoid or minimize impacts to identified and discovered resources. Because any development associated with the Tourist Core Area Plan would be required to comply with these requirements during project specific review and construction activity, it would not alter or adversely affect paleontological resources.
Environmental Analysis: No impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
50. Would the Project disturb any human remains, including those interred outside of formal cemeteries? (CEQA 5d)
The City has adopted General Plan Policy NCR-4.5 that requires the city to condition projects and other ground disturbance activities to notify the City if human remains are discovered and halt work. The County Coroner will be notified according to Section 5097.98 of the State Public Resource Code and Section 7050.5 of California’s Health and Safety Code. If the remains are determined to be Native American, the coroner will notify the Native American Heritage Commission, and the procedures outlined in CEQA Section 15064.5(d) and (e) shall be followed. Because any development associated with the Tourist Core Area Plan would be required to comply with these requirements during ground-disturbance activities, it would not alter or adversely affect or result in the loss of these resources and their associated ethnic and cultural values.
1000
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 75
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None
51. Will the Project result in an alteration of or adverse physical or aesthetic effect to a significant archaeological or historical site, structure, object or building? (TRPA 20a) See discussion and analysis for Question 47 above.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None
52. Is the Project located on a property with any known cultural, historical, and/or archaeological resources, including resources on TRPA or other regulatory official maps or records? (TRPA 20b) See discussion in Question 47 above that identified two mapped resources on TRPA’s official maps.
However the analysis concludes that modern development in the area has in all likelihood destroyed any archaeological evidence that might have remained. Because any development associated with the Tourist Core Area Plan would be required to comply with TRPA regulations (Chapter 67) that prohibits grading, operation of equipment, or other soil disturbance in areas where a designated historic resource is present, except in accordance with a TRPA-approved resource protection plan, it would not alter or adversely affect cultural, historical, and/or archaeological resources identified on TRPA’s or other regulatory official maps.
Environmental Analysis: Yes, Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None
53. Is the Project associated with any historically significant events and/or sites or persons? (TRPA 20c)
See discussions and analyses discussions for Questions 47 through 52 above.
Environmental Analysis: Yes, Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None
54. Does the Project have the potential to cause a physical change which would affect unique ethnic cultural values? (TRPA 20d)
See discussions and analyses for Question 47 and 52 above. Implementation of, federal and state regulations, TRPA Code (Chapter 67) and General Plan policies address protection of historic, cultural, archaeological and paleontological resources and provide processes to avoid or minimize impacts to these resources. Therefore any development associated with the Tourist Core Area Plan would not result in a physical change which would affect unique ethnic cultural values.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None
55. Will the Project restrict historic or pre-historic religious or sacred uses within the potential impact area? (TRPA 20e)
1001
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 76
See discussion and analysis for Question 47 above.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None
1002
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 77
5.4.8 Geology and Soils (CEQA) and Land (TRPA)
This section presents the analyses for potential impacts to geology, soils and land. Table 12 identifies the applicable impacts, anticipated level of impact, and whether mitigation measures are required to reduce impacts to a less than significant level.
Table 12: Geology and Soils and Land
CEQA Environmental
Checklist Item
Potentially
Significant
Impact
Less Than
Significant
with
Mitigation
Measures
Less Than
Significant
Impact
No Impact
56. Expose people or structures to
potential substantial adverse
effects, including the risk of
loss, injury, or death
involving:
i) Rupture of a known
earthquake fault, as delineated
on the most recent AlquistPriolo Earthquake Fault
Zoning Map issued by the
State Geologist for the area or
based on other substantial
evidence of a known fault?
Refer to Division of Mines
and Geology Special
Publication 42?
ii) Strong seismic ground
shaking?
iii) Seismic-related ground
failure, including
liquefaction?
iv) Landslides? (CEQA VIa)
X
57. Result in substantial soil
erosion or the loss of topsoil?
(CEQA VIb)
X
58. Be located on a geologic unit
or soil that is unstable, or that
would become unstable as a
result of the project, and
potentially result in on- or offsite landslide, lateral spreading, subsidence,
liquefaction or collapse?
(CEQA VIc)
X
1003
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 78
59. Be located on expansive soil,
as defined in Table 18-1-B of
the Uniform Building Code
(1994), creating substantial
risks to life or property?
(CEQA VId)
X
60. Have soils incapable of
adequately supporting the use
of septic tanks or alternative
waste water disposal systems
where sewers are not
available for the disposal of
waste water? (CEQA VIe)
X
TRPA Initial Environmental
Checklist Item Yes No, With Mitigation
Data
Insufficient No
61. Compaction or covering of
the soil beyond the limits
allowed in the land capability
or Individual Parcel
Evaluation System (IPES)?
(TRPA 1a)
X
62. A change in the topography or
ground surface relief features
of site inconsistent with the
natural surrounding
conditions? (TRPA 1b)
X
63. Unstable soil conditions
during or after completion of
the proposal? (TRPA 1c)
X
64. Changes in the undisturbed
soil or native geologic
substructures or grading in
excess of 5 feet? (TRPA 1d)
X
65. The continuation of or
increase in wind or water
erosion of soils, either on or
off the site? (TRPA 1e)
X
66. Changes in deposition or
erosion of beach sand, or
changes in siltation,
deposition or erosion,
including natural littoral
processes, which may modify
the channel of a river or
stream or the bed of a lake?
(TRPA 1f)
X
67. Exposure of people or
property to geologic hazards
such as earthquakes,
landslides, backshore erosion,
X
1004
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 79
avalanches, mud slides,
ground failure, or similar
hazards? (TRPA 1g)
56. Would the Project expose people or structures to potential substantial adverse effects, including the risk of loss, injury, or death involving:
56.i) Rupture of a known earthquake fault, as delineated on the most recent Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zoning Map issued by the State Geologist for the area or based on other substantial evidence of a known fault? Refer to Division of Mines and Geology Special Publication 42? (CEQA VIa).
This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the City General Plan EIR and therefore this analysis tiers from the GP EIR.
The intention of the Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zoning Act (PRC Section 2621-2630) is to reduce the risk to life and property from surface fault rupture during earthquakes by regulating construction in active fault corridors and prohibiting the location of most types of structures intended for human occupancy across the traces of active faults. The act defines criteria for identifying active faults, giving legal support to terms such as active and inactive and establishes a process for reviewing building proposals in Earthquake Fault Zones. As defined by the Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zoning Act (1972), an active fault is one that has had surface displacement within Holocene time or the last 11,000 years.
The project area is located within the Sierra Nevada-Great Basin seismic belt. Based on the Division of Mines and Geology Special Publication 42 and the Index to Official Maps of Earthquake Fault Zones (Hart and Bryant 1997), the project area is not located in the Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone. The closest Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone is the Genoa fault located southeast of the City and outside the Tahoe Basin.
There are four known faults that run through the City. One of these is located in the Tourist Core Area Plan in the general vicinity of Ski Run Boulevard. These are approximately located fault traces, some associated with the Tahoe Valley Fault Zone, and are not known to be active. The relatively minor and inactive faults have shown no history of fault ruptures and do not meet the criteria for building restrictions under the Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone Act. The risk of fault rapture is considered relatively low (CSLT 2010, pages 4.8-13 and 4.8-28).
According to the California Building Code (CBC), the Tourist Core Area Plan is located in Seismic Zone D, a region of relatively high seismicity, and has the potential to experience strong ground shaking from earthquakes. As such, all structures in the Tourist Core Area Plan must be designed to meet the regulations and standards associated with Zone D hazards as set forth in the CBC. Compliance with these existing regulations would ensure that all new or redeveloped structures in the Tourist Core Area Plan would be capable of withstanding anticipated ground shaking in the Region and would not create significant public safety risks or property damage in the event of an earthquake.
The City Code adopted the CBC in Chapter 8 and therefore all structures associated with development in the Tourist Core Area Plan would be designed and constructed in accordance design requirements of the Seismic Zone D which would minimize risks associated with seismic ground shaking and seismic related ground failure. Therefore the risk of fault rupture and ground shaking is a less than significant impact.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
1005
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 80
Required Mitigation: None
56.ii) Strong seismic ground shaking?
See discussion and analysis for Question 56.i above.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None
56.iii) Seismic-related ground failure, including liquefaction? The potential for seismic-related ground shaking in the Region could also contribute to public safety risks and property damage associated with ground failure including liquefaction, lateral spreading, collapse, and settlement. In addition, portions of the Tourist Core Area Plan have relatively high ground water levels that can contribute to the potential for ground failure, particularly during excavation and construction of belowgrade structures (CSLT 2010, page 4.8-29). Hazards associated with seismic-related ground failure are also regulated by the CBC standards which are adopted in Chapter 8 City Code to ensure that structures area properly designed and constructed to withstand anticipated ground failure. Therefore, the risk of injury or property damage from strong ground shaking or resulting ground failure would not be substantially increased from implementing the Tourist Core Area Plan and therefore a less than significant impact.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
56.iv) Landslides?
The varied topography within the Lake Tahoe Basin makes many areas susceptible to landslide hazards.
The main hazards are associated with alpine granitic terrains in the Basin are rock falls on steep slopes of massive granite and erosion of decomposed granite on both gentle and steep slopes. Consistent with existing conditions, development or redevelopment projects associated with the Tourist Core Area Plan may expose people or structures landslides depending on its location. However, the Land Use Element. Natural Hazards Subelement, Goal 1, Policy 1 of the TRPA Regional Plan restricts construction, reconstruction, or replacement of structures in identified avalanche or mass instability hazard areas unless. Therefore the risk of exposing people or structures to potential landslides in the Tourist Core Area Plan is unlikely and is less than a significant impact.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
57. Would the Project result in substantial soil erosion or the loss of topsoil? (CEQA VIb) See discussions and analyses for Questions 62, 63 and 64 below.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
1006
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 81
58. Would the Project be located on a geologic unit or soil that is unstable, or that would become unstable as a result of the Project, and potentially result in on- or off-site landslide, lateral spreading, subsidence, liquefaction or collapse? (CEQA VIc)
See discussions and analyses for Questions 56i through iv above and Question 59 below.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
59. Would the Project be located on expansive soil, as defined in Table 18-1-B of the Uniform Building Code (1994), creating substantial risks to life or property? (CEQA VId) According to the Swelling Clays Map of The Coterminous United State, the Tahoe Basin falls within an area that is underlain with little to no clays with swelling potential (USGS 1989). However, soil units mapped within the Basin contain soils with low to high shrink/well potential (NRCS 2007).
Development and infrastructure projects associated with the Tourist Core Area Plan may be constructed on areas of unstable or expansive soils or geologic units, thereby increasing the risk to people and structures.
Through adherence to existing regulation, projects implemented the Tourist Core Area Plan would be required to undergo site-specific environmental review and, as appropriate, geotechnical analysis (TRPA Code Section 33.4 and City Code Section 36-33) to determine the design, grading, and construction practices required to avoid or reduce geologic hazards including those associated with unstable, expansive soils and slope failure. Adherence to existing regulations would ensure impacts would be less than significant.
Environmental Analysis: Less than Significant Impact.
Required mitigation: None.
60. Would the Project have soils incapable of adequately supporting the use of septic tanks or alternative wastewater disposal systems where sewers are not available for the disposal of wastewater? (CEQA VIe)
Standard of Significance: Development of septic systems or alternative wastewater disposal systems in areas of soils that are inadequate to support such a use results in a significant impact.
The Porter-Cologne Water Quality Act requires all sewage and wastewater to be disposed of outside the Lake Tahoe Basin. Therefore, the use of septic tanks or alternative wastewater disposal are prohibited in the Lake Tahoe Basin.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required mitigation: None.
61. Would the Project result in compaction or covering of the soil beyond the limits allowed in the land capability or Individual Parcel Evaluation System (IPES)? (TRPA 1a) This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the TRPA Regional Plan Update, and therefore this analysis incorporates by reference the RPU EIS.
1007
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 82
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to land capability and IPES. The Tourist Core Area Plan would include the land coverage limitations of the adopted Regional Plan (Chapter 30 of the TRPA Code). These include allowing up to 70 percent within Town Centers and the Regional Center (TSC-C, TSC-MU, TSC-MUC, TSC-NMX) on high capability lands (land capability districts [LCDs] 4 through 7). For parcels located within the TSC-G district and within 300 feet of the high water line of Lake Tahoe the maximum coverage allowed is 50 percent on high capability lands.
The potential effects of these changes were analyzed in the RPU EIS (TRPA 2012, page 3.7-40) and were found to be less than significant.
“The additional coverage allowed in higher capability lands within Town Centers, the Regional Center, and the High Density Tourist District would be directly offset by coverage transferred from sensitive land or more than offset on an acre-by-acre basis by transfers from higher capability land, resulting in an overall reduction in coverage for the Region and, importantly, reduction in coverage from SEZs…”
Additionally, the Tourist Core Area Plan does not propose an alternative comprehensive coverage management system as defined in Section 13.5.3B of the TRPA Code. However, proposed policy language (NRC-4.2) in the Natural and Cultural Resources Element directs the City to consider opportunities for coverage reduction in all public and private redevelopment projects within community centers.
Any subsequent projects proposed within the Tourist Core Area Plan would be subject to permitting by the City and/or TRPA. Consistent with existing requirements, permit applicants would be required to demonstrate that proposed compaction and coverage would be within the limits allowed in Chapters 30 and 53 of the TRPA Code.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required Mitigation: None.
62. Will the Project result in a change in the topography or ground surface relief features of site inconsistent with the natural surrounding conditions? (TRPA 1b) This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the TRPA Regional Plan Update, and therefore this analysis incorporates by reference the RPU EIS.
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to grading.
Consistent with existing requirements, grading and construction activities associated with projects that could occur under the Tourist Core Area Plan with subsequent approval would be required to comply with the provisions of Chapter 33, “Grading and Construction,” of the TRPA Code and Chapter 36 of the City Code. Chapter 33 includes specific provisions for timing of grading, winterization of construction sites, specifications for cut and fills areas, protection of vegetation during construction, and preparation of a Slope Stabilization Plan for projects at the request of TRPA.
Additionally, in accordance with Section 36-58 of the City Code, all projects are required to implement temporary best management practices (BMPs) in accordance with the Handbook of Best Management Practices and maintained throughout the construction period until winterization and installation of permanent BMPs once construction has been finalized.
Any subsequent projects allowed within the Tourist Core Area Plan would be subject to permitting by the City and/or TRPA. Consistent with existing requirements, permit applicants would be required to demonstrate that any proposed grading would occur consistent with TRPA Code and City Code provisions 1008
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 83
that are protective of topography and ground surface relief features and are intended to retain natural conditions.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required mitigation: None.
63. Will the Project result in unstable soil conditions during or after completion of the proposal? (TRPA 1c)
This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the TRPA Regional Plan Update, and therefore this analysis incorporates by reference the RPU EIS.
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to BMPs for soil erosion. Consistent with existing requirements, soil disturbance associated with projects that could occur under the Tourist Core Area Plan with subsequent approval would be required to comply with Chapters 33 and 60 through 68 of the TRPA Code and Chapter 36 of the City Code. See discussion under Question 62 above.
Any subsequent projects allowed within the Tourist Core Area Plan would be subject to permitting by the City and/or TRPA. Consistent with existing requirements, permit applicants would be required to demonstrate that any proposed soil disturbance would occur consistent with TRPA and City Code provisions related to BMPs.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required mitigation: None.
64. Will the Project result in changes in the undisturbed soil or native geologic substructures or grading in excess of 5 feet? (TRPA 1d)
This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the TRPA Regional Plan Update, and therefore this analysis incorporates by reference the RPU EIS.
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to grading, excavation, and new disturbance. Consistent with existing requirements, projects that could occur under the Tourist Core Area Plan with subsequent approval could result in new soil disturbance, changes to native geologic substructures, and grading in excess of 5 feet. However, all projects would be required to comply with the provisions of Chapter 30 of the TRPA Code and Chapter 36 of the City Code regarding permanent disturbance and Section 33.3.6 of the TRPA Code regarding excavation depths that protect subsurface groundwater.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
Required mitigation: None.
65. Will the Project result in the continuation of or increase in wind or water erosion of soils, either on or off the site? (TRPA 1e)
See discussion and analysis for Question 62 above.
Environmental Analysis: No Impact.
1009
INITIAL STUDY/NEGATIVE DECLARATION/INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST/FONSE APRIL 2024 TOURIST CORE AREA PLAN AMENDME NTS PAGE 84
Required mitigation: None.
66. Will the Project result in changes in deposition or erosion of beach sand, or changes in siltation, deposition or erosion, including natural littoral processes, which may modify the channel of a river or stream or the bed of a lake? (TRPA 1f)
This potential effect is the same as those analyzed in the TRPA Regional Plan Update, and therefore this analysis incorporates by reference the RPU EIS.
The Tourist Core Area Plan Amendments would not alter or revise the regulations pertaining to the deposition of beach sand, or changes in siltation, deposition, or erosion, including natural littoral processes.
Only the TSC-G zoning district abuts Lake Tahoe; all others are upland of the Lake. Bijou Creek runs through a portion of the Tourist Core Area Plan. In accordance with Section 13.7.3 of the TRPA Code, TRPA would retain responsibility for enforcing and implementing Shorezone regulations as described in Chapters 80 through 85 of the TRPA Code. Consistent with existing requirements, projects that could occur under the Tourist Core Area Plan with subsequent approval that would alter structures in Lake Tahoe, river or a stream would be subject to the resource management and protection and Shorezone provisions in Chapters 60 through 85 of the TRPA Code.